REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
Lebanon
GFPP for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP) - P181954
Loan No./Credit No./ Grant No.: TF-C8895
Assignment Title: Phase 1: Priority Upstream Feasibility – Directorate General of Civil Status eServices Digitisation
Reference No. (as per Procurement Plan): LB-OMSAR-568786-CS-QCBS
The Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Preparation Grant for the Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP), and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
The consulting services (“the Services”) include undertaking a rapid, practical and evidence-based assessment of the institutional, technical, operational, legal and readiness conditions required to digitise priority DGCS services and preparing the foundation for subsequent use-case design and the civil registration platform build. The assignment is expected to be completed within a maximum of three months (approximately 12 weeks) from contract signature.
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this REOI.
The Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR) now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are:
Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” dated September 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment:
In accordance with World Bank Procurement Regulations regarding Conflict of Interest, the consulting firm selected for this Phase 1 feasibility and design assignment will be disqualified from subsequently bidding on or providing goods, works, or non-consulting services for the downstream implementation phases (Phases 2 and 3).
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost-based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Regulations method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours (09:00 AM to 04:00 PM, Beirut Time).
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by COB 5 October, 2026.
Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR)
Technical Unit – Preparation Grant for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project
Attn: Ms. Mirvat Hammoud – Procurement Specialist
Address: STARCO Building, Bloc A, 5th Floor
Omar Daouk Street, Mina El Hosn Sector
Beirut, Lebanon
Tel: +961 (1) 371 505; ext. 160
E-mail: mhammoud@omsar.gov.lb
Terms of Reference
PREPARATION GRANT FOR LEBANON DIGITAL ACCELERATION PROJECT (P181954)
Phase 1: Priority Upstream Feasibility – Directorate General of Civil Status eServices Digitisation
Background
Lebanon is facing a protracted, multidimensional crisis that has impaired state institutions and public service delivery. Fragmented digital systems, reliance on paper-based processes, and limited trust in electronic transactions continue to hinder efficiency, transparency, and accountability across the public and private sectors. These challenges are compounded by gaps in digital governance, incomplete regulatory activation, and limited institutional capacity to operationalize key digital enablers.
In response, the Government of Lebanon, with support from the World Bank, as part of the Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP), is undertaking a strategic investment aimed to modernize Lebanon’s public sector through digital transformation, stimulate private sector growth, and accelerate the development of a robust digital economy is under preparation with World Bank support. The Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (the “Project”) will establish secure, scalable, and resilient digital infrastructure including cloud services, data platforms, and cybersecurity systems that are essential for attracting investment and fostering innovation. By strengthening digital ID, e-signature capabilities, and the legal framework for digital transactions, the Project will improve the ease of doing business and enable trusted, efficient engagement between the public and private sectors. In parallel, the Project will advance key regulatory reforms in telecom, data protection, e-signature, and artificial intelligence (AI), while investing in Lebanon’s digital talent pool. Together, these measures will lay the foundation for a more competitive, dynamic, and inclusive economy.
The World Bank’s Grant Facility for Project Preparation (GFPP) has been extended to OMSAR to support Project preparation. The GFPP grant will be implemented by a Technical Unit (TU) housed within OMSAR.
Within this broader digital transformation agenda, the modernization and digitization of civil registration services represents an important priority and a key enabler for trusted digital service delivery. The Directorate General of Civil Status (DGCS), under the Ministry of Interior and Municipalities (MoIM), is the national owner of Lebanon’s civil registration and National ID databases. Civil registration operations are centrally governed but highly decentralised, with Civil Status Qalams (CSQs), Mukhtars and other actors playing critical roles in registration, certification and issuance of civil status documents. The digitization level of CSQs is quite low with the Beirut Qalam slightly higher where a portion of the archived documents are scanned or microfished.
A June 2026 Directorate General of Civil Status – eServices Digitisation Priorities assessment identified significant opportunities to improve citizen-facing services and internal workflows through digital processes, interoperability, digital identity, electronic signatures and secure exchange of official information. It also identified important prerequisites, including assessment of existing systems and data sources, readiness of local civil status offices, digital skills of key actors, legal and institutional constraints, and transaction volumes. The assessment proposes a phased procurement approach in which Phase 1 provides the upstream evidence needed to sequence and cost subsequent use-case design and the downstream civil registration platform.
Phase 1 is intended to be implemented rapidly under the World Bank Grant Facility for Project Preparation (GFPP) during 2026. It is deliberately focused on cross-cutting readiness and feasibility questions rather than detailed use-case-specific solution design, which will be addressed under the subsequent phases. The assignment will therefore establish an evidence base for investment decisions, confirm critical dependencies and constraints, and provide a prioritised roadmap and requirements for the downstream phases.
Assignment and Objectives
The objective of this assignment is to undertake a rapid, practical and evidence-based assessment of the institutional, technical, operational, legal and readiness conditions required to digitise priority DGCS services and to prepare the foundation for subsequent use-case design and the civil registration platform build.
The specific objectives are to:
Scope of Work and Deliverables
The Consultant shall undertake the following tasks. Activities shall be conducted in parallel whenever possible in close coordination with DGCS/MoIM and relevant government stakeholders and shall respect applicable institutional mandates.
Task 1: Current Systems, Data and Integration Landscape
Task 2: Local Office Digital Readiness Assessment
Task 3: Data Readiness Assessment
Task 4: Digital Skills and Institutional Capacity
Task 5: Digitisation of the Mukhtar Local Logbook
Task 6: Business Process Analysis
Task 7: Business Process Reengineering
Task 8 : Cross-Cutting Feasibility, Dependencies and Investment Roadmap
Deliverables
The Consultant shall produce concise, decision-oriented deliverables suitable for use by DGCS/MoIM, OMSAR and the World Bank in preparing subsequent investments. All deliverables shall be submitted in editable formats together with PDF versions.
Commencement Date: The Commencement Date of the contract to start the assignment shall be the contract signature date by both parties.
Deliverable | Content | Indicative timing (from contract signature) |
D1 – Inception Report and Work Plan | Methodology, sampling approach, stakeholder engagement plan, data/information collection instruments, detailed work plan, risks and quality-assurance approach. | Week 2 |
D2 – Upstream Readiness and Baseline Assessment | Consolidated assessment covering systems/data, local-office readiness, skills/capacity, key findings, dependencies, gaps, risks and priority recommendations. | Week 9 |
D3 – Priority Feasibility and Downstream Investment Roadmap | Final cross-cutting feasibility assessment; prioritisation and sequencing; high-level target requirements; legal/institutional and technical dependencies; validation Workshop summaries; recommended pilots; indicative cost drivers; procurement inputs and roadmap for Phases 2 and 3. | Week 12 |
Key Stakeholders and Consultation Requirements – Access facilitated by MoIM
Approach and Methodology
Qualifications and Experience
The selected advisory firm should demonstrate the following minimum qualifications:
Team Composition and Key Personnel Qualifications:
The Consultant shall deploy a multidisciplinary team with the appropriate expertise to deliver the assignment within the required timeframe. The team must be composed of core members who possess the technical, operational, and institutional knowledge necessary to conduct rapid assessments across Lebanon’s decentralized civil registry system.
The following key positions are required for the duration of the assignment. The Consultant may propose additional supporting staff as necessary.
1. Team Leader / Senior Digital Government Expert
Role: The Team Leader will serve as the primary point of contact for the Grant Coordinator and the Technical Committee. This individual will oversee the entire assignment, ensure the quality and timeliness of all deliverables, manage the team’s work plan, and lead stakeholder engagement at the senior government level.
Minimum Qualifications:
2. Senior Civil Registration / Identity Systems Specialist
Role: Responsible for the technical assessment of the existing DGCS systems (civil register, National ID), and for defining the requirements for interoperability, workflow digitisation, and National ID verification services (Tasks 1, 5, 6).
Minimum Qualifications:
3. Public Sector Digital Transformation / Business Process Expert
Role: Responsible for the analysis of current workflows (As-Is) and the design of target operating models. This role leads the assessment of digital skills, institutional capacity, and the digitisation of Mukhtar and marriage registration processes (Tasks 3, 4, 8).
Minimum Qualifications:
4. Digital Readiness and Field Assessment Specialist
Role: Responsible for the design and execution of the representative sample survey, conducting field visits to CSQs and Mukhtar offices, assessing connectivity, equipment, and operational practices (Task 2 & Task 7).
Minimum Qualifications:
5. Legal / Institutional Framework Expert
Role: Responsible for identifying legal, regulatory, and institutional constraints affecting the digitisation of civil registration processes (Cross-cutting dependencies, e-Signatures, Data Protection, Task 9 & 10).
Minimum Qualifications:
Additional Team Requirements:
Compliance, Data Protection and Environmental and Social Requirements
The Consultant shall perform all services in accordance with:
In addition, the consultant must comply with the following Environmental and Social (E&S) requirements aligned with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) and the Project commitments:
The Consultant shall comply with the World Bank’s 'Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers' and the 'Guidelines on Preventing and Combating Fraud and Corruption in Projects Financed by IBRD Loans and IDA Credits and Grants'.
Please note: In accordance with World Bank Procurement Regulations regarding Conflict of Interest, the consulting firm selected for this Phase 1 feasibility and design assignment will be disqualified from subsequently bidding on or providing goods, works, or non-consulting services for the downstream implementation phases (Phases 2 and 3).
Project Oversight, Reporting, and Contract Management
A Technical Committee (TC) will be established to provide strategic direction, oversight, and effective management of the engagement. Chaired by the Grant Coordinator and composed of members from DGCS/MoIM, OMSAR and other relevant government representatives, as appropriate. The Consultant shall report to the designated Grant/Project Coordinator and shall work closely with the DGCS focal point.
The Consultant shall submit brief progress updates and participate in periodic review meetings. Any issue that may materially affect scope, schedule, cost or downstream procurement readiness shall be escalated promptly.
The TC Approval Gate/ Grant Coordinator and Deliverable Acceptance
The Grant Coordinator, in consultation with the TC and relevant public entities, is the sole authority empowered to formally accept and approve project deliverables. The following administrative process applies to every milestone:
Payment Schedule and Invoicing
Payments will be made upon the satisfactory acceptance of the deliverables specified in the below Timeframe table. To initiate payment, the Consultant must submit an administrative phase containing the Official Invoice, evidence of delivery, and the Acceptance Notice delivered by the TC Chairperson.
Payments will be processed within thirty (30) days after the submission of the official invoice along with the formally accepted deliverable.
Intellectual Property and Confidentiality
Indicative Schedule and Payment Milestones
The assignment is expected to be completed within a maximum of three months (approximately 12 weeks) from contract signature. The Consultant shall undertake the ten tasks in parallel, with D2 targeted for Week 9 to provide sufficient time for fieldwork, stakeholder consultations and technical assessments. Approximately three weeks shall then be reserved for consolidation, prioritisation, sequencing, validation and preparation of D3.
Milestone | Deliverable | Target | Indicative payment |
1 | D1 – Inception Report and Work Plan | Week 2 | 20% |
2 | D2 – Upstream Readiness and Baseline Assessment | Week 9 | 40% |
3 | D3 – Priority Feasibility and Downstream Investment Roadmap | Week 12 | 40% |
REOI
Country: The People's Republic of China
Project Name: IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
Loan No.: 9213-CN
Assignment Name: Research topic on Quality and Safety of Agricultural Supply Chains
Contract No.: GDCS-017
0733-26083758
The Government of the People's Republic of China has received a loan from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to improve food safety management at the national and sub-national levels and to reduce food safety risks in selected value chains. The project is being implemented by the State Administration for Market Regulation, the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs, Guangdong Province, and Shandong Province (Yantai City).
As part of this project, Guangdong Province plans to conduct research on the quality and safety of agricultural product supply chains. The study will focus on outstanding retail and e-commerce models, including Sam's Club (global sourcing standards and highly efficient cold chains), Pangdonglai (regional quality control closed-loops and employee incentive mechanisms), and Freshippo / Hema (digital traceability and short-chain distribution). By analyzing their supply chain management models, the project aims to distill replicable and scalable industry best practices. Ultimately, this initiative seeks to resolve quality control bottlenecks in agricultural supply chains, promote the development of green supply chains in Guangdong, ensure the quality and safety of agricultural products, and provide robust support for agricultural modernization and rural revitalization.
This Contract utilizes World Bank loan funds to engage a consulting firm (hereinafter referred to as the 'Consultant') to conduct research on the quality and safety of agricultural product supply chains. The research aims to investigate food safety control at key supply chain nodes of outstanding retail and e-commerce enterprises (e.g., Sam's Club, Pangdonglai, Freshippo, and Yonghui Superstores). Furthermore, it will cover the comprehensive development of the entire agricultural supply chain, the structural framework of green supply chain systems, safety management practices, and the impacts of environmental and institutional factors on agricultural product quality and safety.
The implementation period of this Contract is 12 months, with an estimated total input of 34 person-months. The anticipated start date for the assignment is September 2026. Please refer to the Attachment for the detailed Terms of Reference.
Guangdong Provincial Center of Agro-product Safety and Quality (Guangdong Green Food Development Center) hereby invites qualified and interested Consultants to submit proposals for consulting services. Please refer to the Terms of Reference for the main scope of work.
Selection Criteria for the Consultants' Shortlist:
1.Capability to independently bear civil liability (Must provide a copy of the Business License or the Certificate of Legal Person for Public Institutions);
2.Sound financial accounting system (Must provide audited financial reports for the past 3 years);
3.Possess the professional and technical capabilities necessary for contract performance (A commitment letter must be provided to demonstrate business capabilities in agricultural product supply chains, food supply chains, or agricultural product quality and safety risk analysis research, which must include at least one of the following: risk management, risk communication, or risk assessment);
4.Good record of tax and social security payment in accordance with the law (Must provide proof of tax payment and social security contribution for the past 3 months);
5.Good business credit and sound business performance (Must provide a statement certifying no major illegal or irregular business activities in the past 3 years, and that the applicant is not listed on the "Credit China" website as a "person subject to enforcement for dishonesty," "major tax violation entity," or "entity with serious illegal acts in government procurement").
6.Track Record: At least one (1) similar contract signed by the Consultant within the past five years (from January 1, 2021, up to the deadline for submission of the Letter of Intent for this project, based on the date of contract signing). A similar contract refers to a contract whose service scope covers agricultural product supply chains, food supply chains, or agricultural product quality and safety risk analysis research (which must include at least one of the following: risk management, risk communication, or risk assessment), and the supply chain must originate from the production end. (Copies of relevant supporting documents must be provided, including the key pages of the contract that reflect the contract title, scope of services, date of signing, and the signatures and seals of both contracting parties).
Please note that the Consultant must provide all the supporting materials stipulated in the above "Selection Criteria for the Consultants' Shortlist," along with detailed contact information (including contact person, address, telephone number, email address, etc.). The Consultant shall solely bear the relevant responsibilities and consequences for any issues arising from incomplete submission or failure to meet the requirements.
Interested Consultants are advised to refer to the provisions regarding Conflict of Interest policy in Sections 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17, and the provisions regarding Eligibility in Sections 3.21, 3.22, 3.23, and 3.24 of the "World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers" (November 2020).
Consulting firms may form an association with other firms, but it must be clearly indicated whether the arrangement is in the form of a Joint Venture or Subcontracting. If the Joint Venture form is chosen, each member of the Joint Venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire Contract. Please note that every member of the Joint Venture must meet the requirements of the above "Selection Criteria for the Consultants' Shortlist".
The Consultant will be selected through the Consultant Qualification Selection (CQS) method as specified in the Procurement Regulations.
This Request for Expressions of Interest (REOI) is published on the "World Bank Section of China Tendering and Bidding Public Service Platform" (https://bulletin.cebpubservice.com/bank/index.html) and "China Tendering and Bidding Network" (https://www.chinabidding.cn/).
For further information, please contact the Procurement Agent during working hours from September 2, 2026, to September 16, 2026, between 9:00-11:30 AM and 1:00-5:00 PM (Beijing Time).
The number of hard copies of the Expression of Interest (including: specified supporting materials, a brief introduction of the company's basic information and business scope, and any other materials the Consultant deems necessary) shall be: one original and four copies in Chinese. Each copy must be perfect bound. In addition, the Consultant shall submit an electronic version separately on a USB flash drive at the same time as the submission of the Expression of Interest. The USB flash drive must be labeled with the Contract Number and the full name of the Consultant. The USB flash drive shall be sealed together with the original Expression of Interest.
Deadline and Address for Submission of Expressions of Interest:
Deadline for submission: 10:00 AM (Beijing Time) on September 17, 2026;
Address: Bid Opening Room, 6th Floor, Guangren Building, No. 1 Guangren Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province.
Client: Guangdong Provincial Center of Agro-product Safety and Quality (Guangdong Green Food Development Center)
Contact Person: Ms. Wu
Address: No. 135, Xianlie East Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province
Postal Code: 510230
Tel: +86-20-87590235
E-mail: mailto:nynct_ncpzx_zhangsh@gd.gov.cn
Procurement Agent: CITIC International Tendering Co., Ltd.
Contact Person: Ms. Guo, Mr. Zhang
Address: Room 1811, 18/F, Tower 59, No. 59 Dongsanhuan Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing
Postal Code: 100022
Tel: +86-10-87945198-503/504
E-mail: mailto:guoying@ck.citic.com; mailto:zhangfan@ck.citic.com
Attachment: Terms of Reference (TOR) for the Consulting Services Contract numberGDCS-017on the Research topic on Quality and Safety of Agricultural Supply Chains under the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
Terms of Reference (TOR) for the Consulting Services on the Research topic on Quality and Safety of Agricultural Supply Chains under the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
I.Project Background
Agricultural product quality and safety are critical issues of national importance that directly affect people's livelihoods. In recent years, national authorities have successively introduced policy documents such as the Regulations for the Implementation of the Food Safety Law of the People's Republic of China and the 14th Five-Year Plan for National Agricultural Green Development, explicitly proposing the establishment of a comprehensive quality and safety management system spanning the entire supply chain 'from farm to table'.
As a major agricultural and consumer province in China, Guangdong Province has actively responded to the national call by enacting local policies, including the Guangdong Province Food Safety Regulation and the 14th Five-Year Plan for Agricultural Product Quality and Safety in Guangdong Province. These initiatives aim to promote the green transformation, digitalization, and standardization of the agricultural supply chain. However, challenges persist within the supply chain, including difficulties in tracing source pollution, cold chain disruptions, and a relatively low level of green development.
Driven by consumption upgrades and the rapid expansion of e-commerce platforms, agricultural product supply chain models are undergoing profound transformations. Traditional supply chains, which are centered around wholesale markets, involve numerous links and long chains, resulting in high quality and safety risks and significant traceability challenges. In contrast, emerging models such as direct supermarket procurement and live-streaming e-commerce have improved quality and safety standards to a certain extent by shortening the supply chain and strengthening source control. Their management models serve as a benchmark for holistic supply chain safety, utilizing a reverse-driving mechanism from the consumer market to enforce strict quality and safety control at the production source. For instance, retailers like Pangdonglai and Sam's Club ensure the safety and premium quality of fresh produce through rigorous supplier access criteria and cold chain management. Meanwhile, Freshippo leverages blockchain technology to achieve end-to-end traceability, thereby enhancing consumer trust.
To conduct an in-depth study on the food safety practices and experiences within the supply chains of leading retailers such as Sam's Club, Pangdonglai, and Freshippo, the Guangdong Center for Agricultural Product Quality and Safety (Guangdong Green Food Development Center) plans to utilize funds from the World Bank-financed Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project (hereinafter referred to as the 'World Bank-financed Project'). These funds will be used to engage a consulting firm to carry out research on the quality and safety of agricultural product supply chains.
II.Objectives of the Consulting Services
Focusing on outstanding retail and e-commerce models such as Sam's Club (global sourcing standards and highly efficient cold chains), Pangdonglai (regional quality control closed-loops and employee incentive mechanisms), and Freshippo (digital traceability and short-chain distribution), this research aims to analyze their supply chain management models and distill replicable and scalable industry best practices. Ultimately, this initiative seeks to resolve existing quality control bottlenecks in agricultural supply chains, promote the development of green supply chains in Guangdong, safeguard the quality and safety of agricultural products, and provide robust support for agricultural modernization and rural revitalization.
III.Tasks of the Consulting Services
1.Analysis of Quality and Safety Risk Characteristics and Influencing Factors in Agricultural Product Supply Chains
Conduct an in-depth and comprehensive analysis of the multi-stage nature, time sensitivity, and stakeholder complexity exhibited in the supply chains of at least three (3) agricultural product categories. By integrating empirical research, case studies, and mathematical modeling, systematically elucidate the underlying mechanisms through which natural factors (e.g., extreme weather and natural disasters), human factors (e.g., the use of pesticides and fertilizers, and management and control models), and technological factors (e.g., digital traceability and cold chain logistics) impact agricultural product quality and safety.
Building upon this foundation, accurately identify and reveal the core characteristics of quality and safety risks in the target agricultural supply chains, specifically focusing on risk transmission pathways, risk coupling effects, and dynamic risk evolution. This will provide a solid theoretical and practical basis for the subsequent formulation and implementation of full-chain risk management strategies.
2.Analysis of Agricultural Supply Chain Management Experience of Outstanding Enterprises
Select outstanding domestic enterprises in the agricultural product distribution sector that demonstrate excellence in supply chain management, including Sam's Club, Pangdonglai, and Freshippo, to conduct an in-depth comparative study. Utilizing professional theoretical frameworks such as corporate strategic analysis and business process reengineering (BPR), the Consultant will employ methods including on-site interviews, questionnaire surveys, and desk research to meticulously deconstruct and analyze their supply chain architectures.
3.Research on Consumption Preferences and Confidence of Different Demographics in Domestic Food Products
Conduct an in-depth analysis of the food safety control practices and experiences of leading global countries with high food safety index rankings (such as those in Europe, the US, and Japan), as well as outstanding domestic supply chain enterprises. Through on-site interviews, questionnaire surveys, and desk research, this task will investigate the consumption preferences and satisfaction levels of different demographic groups (categorized by age, income, and gender) regarding domestic food products.
Based on this research, the Consultant will identify the critical issues currently affecting domestic food safety. Furthermore, the study will propose strategic recommendations to boost consumer confidence in domestic food from the perspectives of quality and safety assurance, brand building, market regulation, and information symmetry.
4.Formulation of Feasible Policy Recommendations and Promotion Pathways for Best Practices of Outstanding Supermarkets
Systematically review and analyze domestic and international supportive policies and current development trends regarding the quality and safety of agricultural supply chains. The Consultant is expected to propose multi-level and multi-dimensional policy recommendations aimed at ensuring the stability of product quality, supply, and prices, implementing full-chain regulation, and increasing farmers' income.
Furthermore, the study should propose comprehensive solutions for risk control and quality and safety assurance across all links of the agricultural supply chain. Finally, the Consultant will formulate strategic approaches and pathways for promoting the best practices of outstanding supermarkets, accompanied by a thorough feasibility analysis.
.Qualification Requirements for the Consultant
1.Capability to independently bear civil liability (Must provide a copy of the Business License or the Certificate of Legal Person for Public Institutions);
2.Sound financial accounting system (Must provide audited financial reports for the past 3 years);
3.Possess the professional and technical capabilities necessary for contract performance (A commitment letter must be provided to demonstrate business capabilities in agricultural product supply chains, food supply chains, or agricultural product quality and safety risk analysis research, which must include at least one of the following: risk management, risk communication, or risk assessment);
4.Good record of tax and social security payment in accordance with the law (Must provide proof of tax payment and social security contribution for the past 3 months);
5.Good business credit and sound business performance (Must provide a statement certifying no major illegal or irregular business activities in the past 3 years, and that the applicant is not listed on the "Credit China" website as a "person subject to enforcement for dishonesty," "major tax violation entity," or "entity with serious illegal acts in government procurement").
6.Track Record: At least one (1) similar contract signed by the Consultant within the past five years (from January 1, 2021, up to the deadline for submission of the Letter of Intent for this project, based on the date of contract signing). A similar contract refers to a contract whose service scope covers agricultural product supply chains, food supply chains, or agricultural product quality and safety risk analysis research (which must include at least one of the following: risk management, risk communication, or risk assessment), and the supply chain must originate from the production end. (Copies of relevant supporting documents must be provided, including the key pages of the contract that reflect the contract title, scope of services, date of signing, and the signatures and seals of both contracting parties).
V.Staffing Requirements
Staff/Working Group | Eligibility Criteria |
Key Experts | |
Head of the Research Group (1 person) | 1.Holds a Bachelor's degree or above in agriculture, food science, or related majors, and possesses a senior professional title at the associate senior level or above; 2.Has participated in at least two (2) similar projects related to agricultural product supply chains, food supply chains, or agricultural product quality and safety research within the past five years (since January 1, 2021). A project list and supporting documents for each listed project (one set per project) must be provided. Supporting documents include project contracts or certificates issued by the client/owner. 3.Has been engaged in research on agricultural product supply chains or food supply chains for at least five (5) years (a personal resume stamped with the official seal of the employing organization must be provided). |
Head of Technical Support (1 person) | 1.Holds a Bachelor's degree or above in agriculture, food science, or related majors, and possesses a senior professional title at the associate senior level or above; 2.Has participated in at least one (1) similar project related to agricultural product supply chains, food supply chains, or agricultural product quality and safety research within the past five years (since January 1, 2021). A project list and supporting documents for the listed project (one set per project) must be provided. Supporting documents include project contracts or certificates issued by the client/owner. 3.Has been engaged in research on agricultural product supply chains or food supply chains for at least five (5) years (a personal resume stamped with the official seal of the employing organization must be provided). |
Food Supply Chain Expert (1 person) | 1.Holds a Bachelor's degree or above in agriculture, food science, or related majors, and possesses a senior professional title at the associate senior level or above; 2.Has participated in at least one (1) similar project related to agricultural product supply chains or food supply chains within the past five years (since January 1, 2021). A project list and supporting documents for the listed project (one set per project) must be provided. Supporting documents include project contracts or certificates issued by the client/owner. 3.Has been engaged in research on agricultural product supply chains or food supply chains for at least three (3) years (a personal resume stamped with the official seal of the employing organization must be provided). |
Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Expert (1 person) | 1.Holds a Bachelor's degree or above in agriculture, food science, or related majors, and possesses a senior professional title at the associate senior level or above; 2.Has participated in at least one (1) similar project related to agricultural product supply chains or agricultural product quality and safety research within the past five years (since January 1, 2021). A project list and supporting documents for the listed project (one set per project) must be provided. Supporting documents include project contracts or certificates issued by the client/owner. 3.Has been engaged in agricultural or food quality and safety management for at least three (3) years (a personal resume stamped with the official seal of the employing organization must be provided). |
Data Analysis Expert (1 person) | 1.Holds a Bachelor's degree or above; 2.Has at least five (5) years of experience in data organization, information processing, and data analysis (a personal resume stamped with the official seal of the employing organization must be provided). |
Non-Key Expert | |
Researcher (1 person) | Holds a Bachelor's degree or above, and possesses an intermediate professional title or above. |
The Consultant shall ensure that the personnel proposed in the Technical Proposal are available to participate in and complete the assigned tasks. Should it be necessary to replace any personnel, the Consultant must submit a written request at least thirty (30) days in advance. Personnel replacement may only be made upon the prior written approval of the Provincial Project Management Office (PPMO). The qualifications of the proposed replacement personnel shall be no less than those of the originally proposed personnel.
VI.Deliverables, Timeline, Contract, and Management
1. Deliverables:
(1)One (1) Report on Supply Chain Characteristics and Risk Analysis of Agricultural Product Categories: This report shall elaborate on the research findings in detail, including the characteristics of the selected target agricultural product supply chains, as well as the primary quality and safety risks and influencing factors they face.
(2)One (1) Analysis Report on Agricultural Supply Chain Management Systems: By selecting three outstanding typical supermarkets and e-commerce platforms, this report shall analyze their supply chain structural frameworks and quality and safety control strategies, as well as the impacts of environmental and institutional factors on agricultural product quality and safety. Furthermore, it must distill replicable and scalable industry best practices.
(3) Develop supply chain risk communication guidelines for at least two of the following four agricultural products: lychee, vegetables, live pigs, and aquatic products. These guidelines are intended to guide producers and consumers in identifying food safety risks, thereby enhancing consumer confidence in domestically produced agricultural products. The research report must be provided in both Chinese and English, with six (6) printed copies of each version. An electronic version must also be submitted. None of the reports shall contain sensitive information. All data, reports, models, and research outcomes generated from the fulfillment of this consulting assignment, along with their associated intellectual property rights, shall be the exclusive property of the Department of Agriculture and Rural Affairs of Guangdong Province.
2.Duration
The estimated implementation period for this consulting assignment is 12 months.
Content of Deliverables | Submission Deadline | Acceptance/Confirmation Criteria |
Analysis Report on Supply Chain Characteristics and Risks of Agricultural Products | Within 6 months from the commencement of the consulting services | Confirmation organized by experts commissioned by the PPMO |
Analysis Report on the Supply Chain Management System of Agricultural Products by Category | Within 6 months from the commencement of the consulting services | Confirmation organized by experts commissioned by the PPMO |
Guidelines for Risk Communication in Key Agricultural Product Supply Chains | Within 12 months from the commencement of the consulting services | Confirmation organized by experts commissioned by the PPMO |
3.Supervision and Management
The consultant shall report to, and be subject to the supervision of, the Provincial Project Management Office (PPMO) and the Provincial Agricultural Safety Center (PASC).
VII. Support Provided by the PPMO
1.The PPMO and project implementation units at all levels will work closely with the consultant, designate dedicated liaison personnel, and provide necessary support, including relevant materials;
2.The consultant is expected to collaborate closely with other relevant stakeholders involved in this project.
"},{"id":"OP00466696","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"03-Sep-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-09-18T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"10:00","project_ctry_name":"China","project_id":"P162178","project_name":"China Food Safety Improvement Project","bid_reference_no":"GDCS-018A","bid_description":"This project plans to hire a third-party institution to carry out research and application on new technologiesfor safe agricultural production of lychees under sunlight.","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"135 Xianlie Dong Road, Guangzhou","contact_ctry_name":"China","contact_email":"nynct_ncpzx_zhangsh@gd.gov.cn","contact_name":"shuheng Zhang","contact_organization":"Guangdong Farm Products Quality Safety Center","contact_phone_no":" +86-20-87590235","submission_date":"2026-09-03T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REOI
Country: The People's Republic of China
Project Name: IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
Loan No.: 9213-CN
Assignment Name: Research and Application of AI-Based Digital Standardized Cultivation for Lychee
Contract No.: GDCS-018
Bidding No.0733-26083764
The Government of the People's Republic of China has received a loan from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to improve food safety management at the national and sub-national levels and to reduce food safety risks in selected value chains. The project is being implemented by the State Administration for Market Regulation, the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs, Guangdong Province, and Shandong Province (Yantai City).
As part of this project, Guangdong Province plans to deepen the development of its agricultural product quality supervision system and leverage modern information technologies to achieve a smart management model for agricultural product quality and safety. Taking the characteristic lychee industry as a breakthrough, the province will carry out research on and application of new technologies for lychee agricultural safety. By utilizing cutting-edge information technologies such as drones, artificial intelligence, and big data, the project will collect, integrate, and analyze data on lychee growth and quality safety. This will enable precise identification of growth conditions, timely risk early warnings, and automated dispatch of agricultural practices throughout the entire lychee cultivation cycle. Ultimately, this initiative aims to make the production process transparent and quality supervision smart, providing comprehensive protection for lychee quality and safety. Furthermore, it will contribute to the realization of the "Healthy China" initiative and the Rural Revitalization Strategy, and help advance the modernization of China's system and capacity for governance.
This Contract utilizes World Bank loan funds to engage a consulting firm/consultant (hereinafter referred to as the "Consultant") for the research and application of AI-based digital standardized cultivation for lychee, with the aim of conducting research on the construction of an ecological planting system for key lychee varieties under targeted governance in Guangdong Province. Relying on new quality productive forces represented by cutting-edge technologies such as drones and artificial intelligence, this initiative aims to acquire precise agricultural information on a large scale and at low cost, thereby providing comprehensive protection for the quality and safety of key lychee varieties under targeted governance.
The implementation period of this Contract is 12 months, with an estimated total input of 36 person-months. The anticipated start date for the assignment is September 2026. Please refer to the Attachment for the detailed Terms of Reference.
Guangdong Provincial Center of Agro-product Safety and Quality (Guangdong Green Food Development Center) hereby invites qualified and interested Consultants to submit proposals for consulting services. Please refer to the Terms of Reference for the main scope of work.
Selection Criteria for the Consultants' Shortlist:
1.Capability to independently bear civil liability (Must provide a copy of the Business License or the Certificate of Legal Person for Public Institutions);
2.Sound financial accounting system (Must provide audited financial reports for the past 3 years);
3.Possession of the equipment and professional technical capabilities necessary for the fulfillment of the contract (A letter of commitment providing the supporting inspection drones and essential testing equipment must be submitted);
4.Good record of tax and social security payment in accordance with the law (Must provide proof of tax payment and social security contribution for the past 3 months);
5.Good business credit and sound business performance (Must provide a statement certifying no major illegal or irregular business activities in the past 3 years, and that the applicant is not listed on the "Credit China" website as a "person subject to enforcement for dishonesty," "major tax violation entity," or "entity with serious illegal acts in government procurement").
6.Track Record: Since January 1, 2021, and up to the deadline for the submission of the Letter of Intent for this project (determined by the contract signing date), the Consultant shall have signed at least one (1) similar performance contract. Similar performance contracts refer to technical consulting service contracts involving the application of drones, remote sensing, imagery, or AI intelligent recognition in agricultural research, or service contracts for research on intelligent and standardized lychee production technologies. (The Consultant must provide copies of relevant supporting documents, including key pages of the contract that clearly indicate the contract name, scope of services, date of execution, and the signatures and official seals of both contracting parties.).
Please note that the Consultant must provide all the supporting materials stipulated in the above "Selection Criteria for the Consultants' Shortlist," along with detailed contact information (including contact person, address, telephone number, email address, etc.). The Consultant shall solely bear the relevant responsibilities and consequences for any issues arising from incomplete submission or failure to meet the requirements.
Interested Consultants are advised to refer to the provisions regarding Conflict of Interest policy in Sections 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17, and the provisions regarding Eligibility in Sections 3.21, 3.22, 3.23, and 3.24 of the "World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers" (November 2020).
Consulting firms may form an association with other firms, but it must be clearly indicated whether the arrangement is in the form of a Joint Venture or Subcontracting. If the Joint Venture form is chosen, each member of the Joint Venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire Contract. Please note that every member of the Joint Venture must meet the requirements of the above "Selection Criteria for the Consultants' Shortlist".
The Consultant will be selected through the Consultant Qualification Selection (CQS) method as specified in the Procurement Regulations.
This Request for Expressions of Interest (REOI) is published on the "World Bank Section of China Tendering and Bidding Public Service Platform" (https://bulletin.cebpubservice.com/bank/index.html) and "China Tendering and Bidding Network" (https://www.chinabidding.cn/).
For further information, please contact the Procurement Agent during working hours from September 2nd, 2026, to September 17th, 2026, between 9:00-11:30 AM and 1:00-5:00 PM (Beijing Time).
The number of hard copies of the Expression of Interest (including: specified supporting materials, a brief introduction of the company's basic information and business scope, and any other materials the Consultant deems necessary) shall be: one original and four copies in Chinese. Each copy must be perfect bound. In addition, the Consultant shall submit an electronic version separately on a USB flash drive at the same time as the submission of the Expression of Interest. The USB flash drive must be labeled with the Contract Number and the full name of the Consultant. The USB flash drive shall be sealed together with the original Expression of Interest.
Deadline and Address for Submission of Expressions of Interest:
Deadline for submission: 10:00 AM (Beijing Time) on September 18th, 2026;
Address: Bid Opening Room, 6th Floor, Guangren Building, No. 1 Guangren Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province.
Client: Guangdong Provincial Center of Agro-product Safety and Quality (Guangdong Green Food Development Center)
Contact Person: Ms. Wu
Address: No. 135, Xianlie East Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province
Postal Code: 510230
Tel: +86-20-87590235
E-mail: mailto:nynct_ncpzx_zhangsh@gd.gov.cn
Procurement Agent: CITIC International Tendering Co., Ltd.
Contact Person: Ms. Guo, Mr. Zhang
Address: Room 1811, 18/F, Tower 59, No. 59 Dongsanhuan Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing
Postal Code: 100022
Tel: +86-10-87945198-503/504
E-mail: mailto:guoying@ck.citic.com; mailto:zhangfan@ck.citic.com
Attachment: TOR for the Consulting Services on the Research and Application of AI-Based Digital Standardized Cultivation for Lychee (Contract No.: GDCS-018) under the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
TOR for the Consulting Services on the Research and Application of AI-Based Digital Standardized Cultivation for Lychee (Contract No.: GDCS-018) under the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
To promote the organization and implementation of the agricultural product quality and safety research under the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project (hereinafter referred to as the "World Bank Loan Project"), and to ensure the successful completion of the project in accordance with its objectives and schedule, the Guangdong Center for Agricultural Product Quality and Safety (Guangdong Green Food Development Center) intends to engage a consultant to conduct the research and application of AI-based digital standardized cultivation for lychee.
I.Background
In recent years, the domestic planting area and yield of lychee have continued to grow. However, as a major fruit crop, lychee has occasionally suffered from flower and fruit drop, yield losses, and even phytotoxicity incidents due to inadequate pest and disease control measures and improper pesticide application.
The primary challenges to the quality and safety of lychee production in Guangdong Province include climate variability and pest and disease outbreaks. First, climate variability has a significant impact on lychee production. Frequent weather fluctuations during the growth cycle, particularly heavy rainfall and low temperatures, can adversely affect critical growth stages such as flowering, fruit set, and fruit enlargement. Second, pests and diseases pose another major challenge. During the growth process, lychee is highly susceptible to pests and diseases such as lychee stink bugs and downy mildew. This often leads growers to apply higher amounts of pesticides for control, thereby increasing the risk of pesticide residues.
This project aims to leverage modern information technologies to achieve smart management of agricultural product quality and safety. In recent years, Guangdong Province has actively responded to national initiatives and achieved remarkable results in establishing agricultural safety credit systems, building credit databases, and developing credit evaluation mechanisms.
To further advance the digitalization of agricultural product quality and safety management, it is necessary to continuously strengthen the supervision and regulation of the production process. However, traditional production monitoring methods still face challenges, such as incomplete information collection and difficulties in providing timely risk early warnings. Against this backdrop, exploring the application of modern information technologies—including AI large models, big data, the Internet of Things (IoT), and cloud computing—to continuously improve the agricultural product quality and safety regulatory system has become a critical issue in this field.
II.Objectives and Tasks
(I) Objectives
1.Guided by the objective of improving the quality and safety management of agricultural products, this project will introduce advanced productive forces such as low-altitude drones and artificial intelligence to innovate agricultural production monitoring models. This will break through the limitations in the scope and timeliness of agricultural information collection, effectively enhancing the efficiency of high-quality agricultural development.
2.Establish a large-scale risk early warning mechanism for lychee cultivation. By analyzing the coupling relationship between topography and meteorological data, developing a meteorological data downscaling model, and conducting historical data mining and analysis, the project will achieve risk early warnings for lychee cultivation based on meteorological factors.
3.Promote green, ecological, and digital standardized lychee cultivation. By integrating crop phenotypes with meteorological information, the system will automatically trigger agricultural practices that result in low pesticide residues, and establish a model for remote expert guidance to achieve precise pest and disease control, thereby ensuring the sustainable development of agricultural production management.
(II) Specific Tasks
Against the backdrop of the continuous advancement in the digitalization of agricultural product quality and safety management in Guangdong Province, the research and application of AI-based digital standardized cultivation for lychee has become a crucial area of exploration, aiming to comprehensively enhance lychee cultivation management and quality safety assurance. The specific tasks include:
1.SWOT Analysis
Summarize the current application status and existing challenges of new technologies, including satellite remote sensing, UAV remote sensing, ground-based sensors, and AI, in lychee production. Based on the actual conditions of domestic lychee-producing regions, and taking into account multiple factors such as policy, economy, society, and technology, identify specific points that require investigation and evaluation (e.g., cost-benefit analysis, user acceptance surveys, and technical reliability testing). Furthermore, ensure that this analysis provides a solid foundation for subsequent strategy formulation.
2.Develop Monitoring Specifications for Lychee Growth Status Based on Low-Altitude Sensing
Utilizing high-resolution phenotypic data of leaves, flowers, and fruits collected by UAVs throughout the lychee growth cycle, establish AI-driven phenotypic recognition algorithms. These algorithms will accurately identify the phenological progression, growth trends, and pest/disease conditions of the fruit trees. Furthermore, an adaptive data collection mechanism based on the recognition results will be developed to address the current challenges regarding the scope and timeliness of agricultural information collection, ultimately achieving real-time and dynamic monitoring of lychee growth status.
3. Integrate "Phenotype-Meteorology-AI" to Develop Digital Lychee Cultivation Protocols
Based on on-demand automated UAV flights that capture high-definition close-up images of crops, the agricultural phenotypic AI large model will automatically identify crop growth trends and pest/disease traces. Combined with meteorological information, the model will predict future pest and disease development trends and automatically trigger standardized, ecological pest control and agricultural practices that result in low pesticide residues. Concurrently, a remote expert guidance model will be established. High-frequency phenotypic images from intensive UAV flights will be transmitted to experts, who will remotely oversee the critical timing and dosage of agricultural operations. This will enable early warning and precise pest control, enhance the scientific nature and standardization of lychee cultivation, and facilitate the high-quality development of the lychee industry.
4.Exploration of New Technologies (Satellite Remote Sensing, UAV Remote Sensing, Ground-based Sensors, and AI) in Lychee Cultivation and Quality Safety
Focusing on the specific characteristics of the lychee industry, this task will conduct research on the adaptability of cutting-edge technologies. A multi-source remote sensing collaborative monitoring system will be developed to integrate satellite remote sensing (for large-scale growth assessment), UAV remote sensing (for high-precision localized monitoring), and ground-based sensor data (for soil moisture and microclimate), thereby constructing an "integrated space-air-ground" monitoring network.
Centered around the management requirements of the entire lychee cultivation cycle, quantitative indicators will be established across dimensions such as technological maturity, cost controllability, and scenario compatibility. Through this evaluation, technology portfolios that are highly adapted to the actual geographical and climatic environments of lychee-producing areas will be selected.
5.Develop a Technology Integration Scheme of "Data-Driven Decision-Making and Closed-Loop Execution"
Hardware Layer: Utilize a multi-UAV collaborative operation system. Low-altitude UAVs capture canopy data, which is combined with satellite remote sensing data for information inference. This system will dynamically allocate key areas for flight inspections, achieving layered, "unmanned" data collection in lychee orchards.
Algorithm Layer: Through a multi-modal data fusion and analysis engine, integrate phenotypic recognition models, meteorological risk prediction models, and agricultural knowledge graphs to output decision-making recommendations, such as pest and disease control priorities and optimal timing for agricultural practices.
Application Layer: Via mobile mini-programs or apps, provide functions including visualized early warning maps, agricultural calendar reminders, online expert Q&A, and integration with agricultural input e-commerce platforms.
Mechanism Design: Formulate the Operational Specifications for Digital Lychee Cultivation (covering data collection frequency, thresholds for agricultural operations, etc.), and establish a dual-tier decision-making mechanism of "preliminary AI diagnosis + expert review and confirmation" to balance automation with manual experience.
6. Effectiveness Evaluation and Economic Cost Analysis
(1) Multi-dimensional Effectiveness Evaluation
Production Benefits Dimension: Evaluate the timeliness of pest and disease early warnings, and compare key indicators between the experimental plots and traditional planting areas, including the incidence rate of pests and diseases, the proportion of premium-quality fruits, and the per-mu cost of agricultural inputs.
Quality and Safety Dimension: Monitor data such as the over-limit rate of pesticide residues, the completeness of traceability information, and the number of consumer QR code scans for queries.
(2) Economic Cost Analysis of New Technologies in Lychee Production and Quality Safety. Conduct a comparative analysis between the demonstration plots of smart lychee orchards utilizing these new technologies and adjacent lychee planting plots that do not use the technologies.
7. Promotion and Application
Construction of Core Demonstration Areas: Select more than two (2) demonstration bases for smart lychee orchards in the main lychee-producing areas of Guangzhou and Huizhou to achieve in-depth application. The demonstration application must last for no less than six (6) months. By integrating data collected via UAVs, remote sensing, and sensors with the models and algorithms of the information system, as well as expert guidance, a standardized construction scheme for "digital orchards" will be formulated.
Basic Requirements for Smart Lychee Orchard Demonstration Bases: The planting area must be no less than 250 mu. The bases must legally establish agricultural product quality and safety management systems, produce in accordance with relevant agricultural product quality and safety standards, and maintain digital production records for agricultural products.
III.Qualification Requirements for the Consultant
1.Capability to independently bear civil liability (Must provide a copy of the Business License or the Certificate of Legal Person for Public Institutions);
2.Sound financial accounting system (Must provide audited financial reports for the past 3 years);
3.Possession of the equipment and professional technical capabilities necessary for the fulfillment of the contract (A letter of commitment providing the supporting inspection drones and essential testing equipment must be submitted);
4.Good record of tax and social security payment in accordance with the law (Must provide proof of tax payment and social security contribution for the past 3 months);
5.Good business credit and sound business performance (Must provide a statement certifying no major illegal or irregular business activities in the past 3 years, and that the applicant is not listed on the "Credit China" website as a "person subject to enforcement for dishonesty," "major tax violation entity," or "entity with serious illegal acts in government procurement").
6.Track Record: Since January 1, 2021, and up to the deadline for the submission of the Letter of Intent for this project (determined by the contract signing date), the Consultant shall have signed at least one (1) similar performance contract. Similar performance contracts refer to technical consulting service contracts involving the application of drones, remote sensing, imagery, or AI intelligent recognition in agricultural research, or service contracts for research on intelligent and standardized lychee production technologies. (The Consultant must provide copies of relevant supporting documents, including key pages of the contract that clearly indicate the contract name, scope of services, date of execution, and the signatures and official seals of both contracting parties.).
V.Staffing Requirements
Staff/Working Group | Eligibility Criteria |
Key Experts | |
Head of the Research Group (1 person) | 1.Holds a Bachelor's degree or above in remote sensing, surveying and mapping, artificial intelligence, geographic information, computer science, or related majors, and possesses a senior professional title at the associate senior level or above; 2.Has served as the Project Manager or Key Expert in at least two (2) technical consulting service projects related to this project within the past five years (since January 1, 2021). The Consultant must provide one (1) project list and supporting documents for each listed project (one set per project). Supporting documents include project contracts or certificates issued by the client/owner; 3.Has been engaged in research related to remote sensing, surveying and mapping, artificial intelligence, geographic information, or computer science for at least five (5) years (a personal resume stamped with the official seal of the employing organization must be provided). |
Head of Technical Support (1 person) | 1.Holds a Bachelor's degree or above in agriculture, environmental science, chemistry, biology, computer science, or related majors, and possesses a senior professional title at the associate senior level or above; 2.Has served as the Project Manager or Key Expert in at least two (2) technical consulting service projects related to this project within the past five years (since January 1, 2021). The Consultant must provide one (1) project list and supporting documents for each listed project (one set per project). Supporting documents include project contracts or certificates issued by the client/owner; 3.Has been engaged in research related to agriculture, environmental science, chemistry, biology, or computer science for at least five (5) years (a personal resume stamped with the official seal of the employing organization must be provided). |
Remote Sensing Technology Architecture Expert (1 person) | 1.Holds a Bachelor's degree or above in remote sensing, surveying and mapping, geographic information, or related majors, and possesses a senior professional title at the associate senior level or above; 2.Has participated in at least one (1) remote sensing technical consulting service project within the past five years (since January 1, 2021). A project list and supporting documents for the listed project (one set per project) must be provided. Supporting documents include project contracts or certificates issued by the client/owner; 3.Has been engaged in research related to remote sensing, surveying and mapping, or geographic information for at least three (3) years (a personal resume stamped with the official seal of the employing organization must be provided). |
AI Algorithm Technology R&D Expert (1 person) | 1.Holds a Bachelor's degree or above in computer science, artificial intelligence, mathematics, statistics, or related majors, and possesses a senior professional title at the associate senior level or above; 2.Has participated in at least one (1) AI algorithm technical consulting service project within the past five years (since January 1, 2021). A project list and supporting documents for the listed project (one set per project) must be provided. Supporting documents include project contracts or certificates issued by the client/owner; 3.Has been engaged in research on AI algorithm technologies for at least two (2) years (a personal resume stamped with the official seal of the employing organization must be provided). |
Lychee Expert (1 person) | 1.Holds a Bachelor's degree or above in agriculture or related majors, and possesses a senior professional title at the associate senior level or above; 2.Has participated in at least one (1) technical consulting service project related to lychee cultivation or plant protection research within the past five years (since January 1, 2021). A project list and supporting documents for the listed project (one set per project) must be provided. Supporting documents include project contracts or certificates issued by the client/owner; 3.Has been engaged in research on lychee cultivation or plant protection for at least five (5) years (a personal resume stamped with the official seal of the employing organization must be provided). |
Non-Key Expert | |
Remote Sensing AI Technology Basic Development Staff (2 persons) | 1.Holds a Bachelor's degree or above; 2.Has been engaged in remote sensing or AI technology development for at least two (2) years (a personal resume stamped with the official seal of the employing organization must be provided). |
The Consultant shall ensure that the personnel proposed in the Technical Proposal are available to participate in and complete the assigned tasks. Should it be necessary to replace any personnel, the Consultant must submit a written request at least thirty (30) days in advance. Personnel replacement may only be made upon the prior written approval of the Provincial Project Management Office (PPMO). The qualifications of the proposed replacement personnel shall be no less than those of the originally proposed personnel.
V.Deliverables, Timeline, and Management
1. Deliverables:
(1)One (1) copy of the Project SWOT Analysis Report;
(2)One (1) copy of the Standardized Construction Scheme for "Digital Orchards";
(3) One (1) copy of the Digital Lychee Cultivation Protocol. Through the summarization and refinement of research outcomes, a scientific, standardized, and operational protocol for digital lychee cultivation will be formulated to promote the enhancement of lychee quality and safety. The protocol will cover phenotypic information collection, pest and disease control, and quality control;
(4) Application Demonstration: Relevant pilot projects will be carried out in no less than two (2) planting bases to empirically verify the feasibility and effectiveness of new technologies for lychee agricultural safety, thereby providing practical recommendations for subsequent promotion and application.
(5)One (1) copy of the Project Effectiveness Evaluation and Economic Cost Analysis Report.
The research report must be provided in both Chinese and English, with six (6) printed copies of each version. An electronic version must also be submitted. None of the reports shall contain sensitive information.
All data, reports, and their associated intellectual property rights generated from the fulfillment of this consulting assignment shall be the exclusive property of the Guangdong DARA. Other research outcomes (e.g., papers, monographs, patents, software copyrights) must explicitly acknowledge the support of this project.
2.Duration
The estimated implementation period for this consulting assignment is 12 months.
Content of Deliverables | Submission Deadline | Acceptance/Confirmation Criteria |
Project SWOT Analysis Report | Within 2 months from the commencement of the consulting services | Confirmation by the PPMO |
Demonstration application | within 6 months after the completion of model development. | Confirmation organized by experts commissioned by the PPMO |
Lychee digital planting protocol | Within 1 month after the demonstration application. | Confirmation organized by experts commissioned by the PPMO |
Standardization Construction Plan for "Digital Orchards" | Within 1 month after the demonstration application. | Confirmation organized by experts commissioned by the PPMO |
Effectiveness Evaluation and Economic Cost Analysis Report | Within 1 month after the demonstration application. | Confirmation by the PPMO |
3.Supervision and Management
The consultant shall report to, and be subject to the supervision of, the Provincial Project Management Office (PPMO) and the Provincial Agricultural Safety Center.
VI. Support Provided by the PPMO
1.The PPMO and project implementation units at all levels will work closely with the consultant, designate dedicated liaison personnel, and provide necessary support, including relevant materials;
2.The consultant is expected to collaborate closely with other relevant stakeholders involved in this project.
"},{"id":"OP00463607","notice_type":"Invitation for Bids","noticedate":"19-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-10-23T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"11:00","project_ctry_name":"Eswatini","project_id":"P508960","project_name":"Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation in Eswatini","bid_reference_no":"SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB","bid_description":"Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto Reclosers (Plant)","procurement_group":"CW","procurement_method_code":"RFB","procurement_method_name":"Request for Bids","contact_address":"P.O. 258 , Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road\nH100, Mbabane\nEswatini","contact_ctry_name":"Eswatini","contact_email":"thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz","contact_name":"Thobeka Gama","contact_organization":"Eswatini Electricity Company","contact_phone_no":"26878332239","submission_date":"2026-08-19T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
Request for Bids
Plant
Design, Supply, and Installation
Two-envelope with Rated Criteria
RFB No: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB
March 2025 |
Request for Bids
Eswatini Electricity Company
Procurement of
Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)
For the
Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation in Eswatini
Project ID No: P508960
Employer: Eswatini Electricity Company
Project: Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation - Eswatini
Contract title: Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)
Country: Kingdom of Eswatini
Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: 7700-SZ
RFB No: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB
Issued on: 19 August 2026
Standard Procurement Document
Table of Contents
PART 1 – Bidding Procedures. 3
Section I - Instructions to Bidders. 5
Section II - Bid Data Sheet 39
Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (After prequalification) 49
Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (Without prequalification) 59
Section IV - Bidding Forms. 77
Section V - Eligible Countries. 151
Section VI - Fraud and Corruption. 153
PART 2 - Employer’s Requirements. 157
Section VII - Employer’s Requirements. 159
PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms. 189
Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract 191
Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract 291
Section X - Contract Forms. 297
PART 1 – Bidding Procedures
Section I - Instructions to Bidders
Contents
A. General 8
1. Scope of Bid. 8
2. Source of Funds. 9
3. Fraud and Corruption. 9
4. Eligible Bidders. 9
5. Eligible Plant and Installation Services. 12
B. Contents of Bidding Document 12
6. Sections of Bidding Document 12
7. Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting. 13
8. Amendment of Bidding Document 15
C. Preparation of Bids. 15
9. Cost of Bidding. 15
10. Language of Bid. 15
11. Documents Comprising the Bid. 15
12. Letters of Bid and Price Schedules. 17
13. Alternative Bids. 17
14. Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Plant and Installation Services. 17
15. Documents Establishing the Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder 17
16. Documents Establishing the Conformity of the Plant and Installation Services. 18
17. Bid Prices and Discounts. 18
18. Currencies of Bid and Payment 21
19. Period of Validity of Bids. 21
20. Bid Security. 22
21. Format and Signing of Bid. 24
D. Submission of Bids. 24
22. Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids. 24
23. Deadline for Submission of Bids. 25
24. Late Bids. 25
25. Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids. 25
E. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids. 26
26. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids. 26
F. Evaluation of Bids- General Provisions. 27
27. Confidentiality. 27
28. Clarification of Bids. 28
29. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions. 28
G. Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids. 29
30. Determination of Responsiveness of Technical Part 29
31. Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder 29
32. Detailed Evaluation of Technical Part 30
H. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts. 30
33. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts. 30
I. Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids. 32
34. Adjustments for Non-material Noconformities. 32
35. Correction of Arithmetic Errors. 32
36. Evaluation Process, Financial Part 32
37. Abnormally Low Bids. 33
38. Unbalanced or Front Loaded Bids. 33
J. Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid and Notification of Intention to Award. 34
39. Evaluation of combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid. 34
40. Employer’s right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids. 34
41. Standstill Period. 35
42. Notification of Intention to Award. 35
K. Award of Contract 35
43. Award Criteria. 35
44. Notification of Award. 35
45. Debriefing by the Employer 36
46. Signing of Contract 37
47. Performance Security. 37
48. Procurement Related Complaint 38
Section I - Instructions to Bidders
|
| |
|
Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another. Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions.
A non-exhaustive list of (i) behaviors which constitute SEA and (ii) behaviors which constitute SH is attached to the Code of Conduct form in Section IV. |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
PART 1. Bidding Procedures
PART 2. Employer’s Requirements
PART 3. Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule No. 1: Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from Abroad Schedule No. 2: Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from within the Employer’s Country Schedule No. 3: Design Services Schedule No. 4: Installation Services Schedule No. 5: Grand Summary (Schedule Nos.1 to 4) Schedule No. 6: Recommended Spare Parts
The price of the Plant shall be quoted on CIP-named place of destination basis as specified in the BDS.
(i) The price of the Plant shall be quoted on an EXW Incoterm basis (such as “ex-works,” “ex-factory,” “ex-warehouse” or “off-the-shelf,” as applicable), including all customs duties, sales and other taxes already paid or payable on the components and raw materials used in the manufacture or assembly of the Plant; (ii) Sales tax and all other taxes payable in the Employer’s Country on the Plant if the contract is awarded to the Bidder;
(e) Recommended spare parts shall be quoted separately (Schedule 6) as specified in either subparagraph (a) or (b) above in accordance with the origin of the spare parts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
from a reputable source from an eligible country. If an unconditional guarantee is issued by a non-bank financial institution located outside the Employer’s Country the issuing non-bank financial institution shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s Country to make it enforceable unless the Employer has agreed in writing, prior to Bid submission, that a correspondent financial institution is not required. In the case of a bank guarantee, the Bid Security shall be submitted either using the Bid Security Form included in Section IV, Bidding Forms, or in another substantially similar format approved by the Employer prior to Bid submission. The Bid Security shall be valid for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the original date of expiry of the Bid validity, or beyond any extended date if requested under ITB 19.2.
the Borrower may, if provided for in the BDS, declare the Bidder disqualified to be awarded a contract by the Employer for a period of time as stated in the BDS. |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the bidding document; (b) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the bidding document; and (c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or documentation required in the bidding document.
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section II - Bid Data Sheet The following specific data for the Facilities to be procured shall complement, supplement, or amend the provisions in the Instructions to Bidders (ITB). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in ITB. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A. General | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 1.1 | The reference number of the Request for Bids (RFB) is: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB The Employer is: Eswatini Electricity Company (EEC). The name of the RFB is: Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant) The number and identification of lots (contracts) comprising this RFB is: one (1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 1.2 (a) | N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 2.1 | The Borrower is: Government of Kingdom of Eswatini Loan or Financing Agreement amount: US$90 million The name of the Project is: Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation (ASCENT) Eswatini | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 4.1 | Maximum number of members in the JV shall be: Three (3) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 4.5 | A list of debarred firms and individuals is available on the Bank’s external website: http://www.worldbank.org/debarr. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 4.11 | This Bidding Process is not subject to prequalification. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
B. Bidding Document | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 7.1 | For Clarification of Bid purposes only, the Employer’s address is: Attention: Mr. Bongani Chauke, Procurement Manager Address: Po Box 258, Head Office, Eluvatsini House, Floor/Room number: Ground Floor City: Mbabane Country: Kingdom of Eswatini (Swaziland) Telephone: +268 2409 4065 Electronic mail address: bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz and thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz Requests for clarification should be received by the Employer no later than: 12 October 2026. Web page: www.eec.co.sz | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 7.4 | A pre-bid meeting shall take place at the following date, time and place: Date: 10 September 2026 Time: 10h00 SAST Place: Virtual Join: https://teams.microsoft.com/meet/350969007718107?p=iaBABpQyLOD1SvWqoV Meeting ID: 350 969 007 718 107 Passcode: vZ7TW3mc A non-compulsory site visit conducted by the Employer shall be on 17nth and 18nth September 2026 Telephone: +268 2409 4062 E-mail: thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz copied to bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz Contact person/conference coordinator: Ms. Thobeka Gama, Procurement Specialist | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 7.6 | The Employer shall not publish the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting on the web page. However, the minutes of the pre-Bid meeting will be circulated to all bidders who have purchased the bidding document. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
C. Preparation of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 10.1 | The language of the Bid is: English All correspondence exchange shall be in English language. Language for translation of supporting documents and printed literature is English. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 11.2 (i) | The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in the Technical Part of its Bid: Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) The Bidder shall submit its Code of Conduct that will apply to Contractor’s Personnel (as defined in Sub-Clause 1.1.17 of the General Conditions of Contract), to ensure compliance with the Contractor’s Environmental and Social (ES) obligations under the Contract. The Bidder shall use for this purpose the Code of Conduct form provided in Section IV. No substantial modifications shall be made to this form, except that the Bidder may introduce additional requirements, including as necessary to take into account specific Contract issues/risks. A satisfactory code of conduct will contain obligations on all Contractor’s Personnel project staff (including sub-contractors and day workers) that are suitable to address the following issues, as a minimum. Additional obligations may be added to respond to particular concerns of the region, the location and the project sector or to specific project requirements. The code of conduct shall contain a statement that the term “child” / “children” means any person(s) under the age of 18 years. The issues to be addressed include: 1. Compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations. 2. Compliance with applicable health and safety requirements to protect the local community, the Employer’s Personnel, and the Contractor’s Personnel 3. Interactions with the local community(ies), members of the local community (ies), and any affected person(s) (for example to convey an attitude of respect, including to their culture and traditions) 4. Sexual harassment 5. Sexual exploitation and abuse 6. Protection of children (including prohibitions against sexual activity or abuse, or otherwise unacceptable behavior towards children, limiting interactions with children, and ensuring their safety in project areas) 7. Sanitation requirements 8. Non retaliation against workers who report violations of the Code, if that report is made in good faith. Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIP) to manage the (ES) risks The Bidder shall submit Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIPs) to manage the following key Environmental and Social (ES) risks:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 11.3(d) | The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in the Financial Part of its Bid: N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 13.1 | Alternative Bids shall not be considered. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 13.2 | Alternatives to the Time Schedule shall not be permitted. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 13.4 | Alternative technical solutions shall not be permitted for the Plant and Installation Services. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 17.1 | Bidders shall quote for the following components or services on a single responsibility basis:
and The supply of the following components or services will be provided under the responsibility of the Employer:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 17.5 (a) and (d) | Place of destination: Matsapha Central Services Organization (CSO) – EEC Main Stores, Matsapha. Final destination (Project Site): Various projects sites across the country with 150 km radius from the Matsapha Central Services Organization (CSO) – EEC Main Stores, Matsapha. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 17.6 | The Incoterms edition is: CIP-INCOTERMS 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 17.7 | The prices quoted by the Bidder shall not be subject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 18.1 | The currency of bid and payment for Bidder from the Common Monetary Area (CMA) Countries shall be Employer’s Country Lilangeni (SZL). Bidder from outside the Common Monetary Area (CMA) Countries is not required to quote in the currency of the Employer’s Country Lilangeni (SZL), the portion of the Bid price that corresponds to expenditures incurred in the Employer’s Country currencies. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 19.1 | The Bid shall be valid until: 23 January 2027 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 19.3 (a) | The Bid price shall be adjusted by the following factor(s): Not Applicable. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 20.1 | A Bid Security shall be required. A Bid-Securing Declaration shall not be required. If a Bid Security shall be required, the amount and currency of the Bid Security shall be E50,000.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 20.3 (d) | Other types of acceptable securities: NONE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 20.9 | Not applicable | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 21.3 | The written confirmation of authorization to sign on behalf of the Bidder shall consist of “Power of Attorney” (either notarized or attested by the appropriate authority in the Bidder’s home country) along with a copy of relevant Board Resolution. Note: The Power of Attorney shall indicate that the person signing the Bid has the authority to sign the Bid and the Bid is binding upon the Bidder during the full period of its validity. In case of a Joint venture Bid, the Power of Attorney shall be signed by the appropriate official of each of the JV partner. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
D. Submission and Opening of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 22.1 | In addition to the original Bid, the number of copies is: Two (2). Notes:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 23.1 | For Bid submission purpose only, the Procuring Agency’s address is: Eswatini Electricity Company Attention: Mr. Bongani Chauke Street Address: Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road Floor/ Room number: Reception City: Mbabane Country: Kingdom of Eswatini The deadline for Bid submission is: Date: 23 October 2026 Time:11h00 SAST Bidders shall not have the option of submitting their Bids electronically. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
E. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 26.1 | The Bid opening shall take place at: EEC Head Office Street Address: Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road Floor/ Room number: Reception, Cubicle 1 City: Mbabane Country: Kingdom of Eswatini Date: 23 October 2026 Time: 11.15 AM SAST The electronic Bid opening procedures shall be: N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 26.6 | The Letter of Bid - Technical Part and the sealed envelope marked “Second Envelope - Financial Part” shall be initialed by at least three (3) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
G. Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 32.2 | The weight to be given for Rated Criteria (including technical and non-price factors) is: 0.5(50 %) The technical factors and sub-factors, which for purposes of this document carry the same meaning as Rated Criteria, and the corresponding scores in % are:
Note:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
H. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 33.5 | The Letter of Bid – Financial Part and Schedules shall be initialed by three (3) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening. Each Financial Part of Bid shall be initialed by 3 representatives of the employer conducting the financial opening. Any modification to the total price shall be recorded and initialed by 3 Representatives of the Employer. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
I. Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
36.1(f) | The adjustments shall be determined using the following criteria, from amongst those set out in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 36.2
| The currency that shall be used for Bid evaluation and comparison purposes to convert at the selling exchange rate all Bid prices expressed in various currencies into a single currency is: Lilangeni (SZL) The source of exchange rate shall be: Central Bank of Eswatini The date for the exchange rate shall be: 23 October 2026 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
J. Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts and Most Advantageous Bid | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 39.1 | The weight to be given for cost is: 0.5 (50%) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
K. Award of Contract | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 48.1 | The procedures for making a Procurement-related Complaint are detailed in the “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Annex III).” If a Consultant wishes to make a Procurement-related Complaint, the Consultant shall submit its complaint following these procedures, In Writing (by the quickest means available, such as by email or fax), to: For the attention: Mr. Mphumuzi Maziya Title/position: Managing Director Client: Eswatini Electricity Company Email address: mphumuzi.maziya@eec.co.sz copied bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz A copy of the complaint can be sent for the Bank’s information and monitoring to: pprocurementcomplaints@worldbank.org In summary, a Procurement-related Complaint may challenge any of the following:
|
Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (Without prequalification)
This section contains all the criteria that the Employer shall use to evaluate Bids and qualify Bidders. No other factors, methods or criteria shall be used other than specified in this Bidding document. The Bidder shall provide all the information requested in the forms included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
Wherever a Bidder is required to state a monetary amount, Bidders should indicate the USD equivalent using the rate of exchange determined as follows:
Exchange rates shall be taken from the publicly available source identified in the ITB 36.2. Any error in determining the exchange rates in the Bid may be corrected by the Employer.
Table of Contents
1. Qualification. 61
2. Evaluation of Technical Part 62
3. Evaluation of Financial Part 64
4. Combined Evaluation. 66
5. Multiple Contracts. 66
1.1 Qualification Requirements
The Bidder’s qualification shall be assessed in accordance with the Qualification table included in this section.
1.2 Contractor’s Representative and other Key Personnel
The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have suitably qualified Contractor’s Representative and other suitably qualified (and in adequate numbers) key personnel, as described in the Employer’s Requirements.
The Bidder shall provide details of the Contractor’s Representative and other key personnel, and such other key personnel that the Bidder considers appropriate, together with their academic qualifications and work experience. The Bidder shall complete the relevant Forms in Section IV, Bid Forms.
1.3 Equipment
The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have access to the key equipment required to perform the contract.
The Bidder shall provide further details of proposed items of equipment using the relevant Form in Section IV.
1.4 Subcontractors/Manufacturers
Subcontractors/manufacturers for major items of supply or services identified in the Initial Selection document must meet or continue to meet the minimum criteria specified therein for each item.
Subcontractors for the following additional major items of supply or services must meet the following minimum criteria, herein listed for that item:
Item No. | Description of Item | Minimum Criteria to be met |
1 | Telecommunication equipment | 5 years’ experience in supplying and installing telecommunication equipment |
2 | Overhead line construction | 5 years’ experience in distribution infrastructure construction |
3 | 11kV Auto reclosers | 10 years’ experience in the manufacturing of auto reclosers |
4 | Protection and SCADA | 10 Years experience in protection and automation of electrical transmission or distribution systems |
Failure to comply with this requirement will result in rejection of the subcontractor.
In the case of a Bidder who offers to supply and/or install Plant and equipment under the contract that the Bidder did not manufacture or otherwise produce and/or install, the Bidder shall provide the manufacturer’s authorization, using the form provided in Section IV, showing that the Bidder has been duly authorized by the manufacturer or producer of the related Plant and equipment or component to supply and/or install that item in the Employer’s country. The Bidder is responsible for ensuring that the manufacturer or producer complies with the requirements of ITB 4 and ITB 5 and meets the minimum criteria listed above for that item.
The total technical points assigned to each Bid in the Evaluated Bid Formula will be determined by adding and weighting the scores assigned by an evaluation committee to technical factors of the Bid in accordance with the criteria set forth below.
No. | Rated Criterion | Weight | Key Assessment Considerations |
1 | Specific Experience of bidder, capability and suitability of subcontractors | 15% |
|
2 | Technical compliance and plant design solution | 25% |
|
3 | Approach, Methodology, method statement and implementation plan | 20% |
|
4 | Key personnel and project organization | 20% |
|
5 | Programme, schedule and delivery plan | 5% |
|
6 | Cybersecurity risk management and innovation | 5% |
|
7 | Training, documentation, warranties and lifecycle support | 10% |
|
Total | 100% |
TECHINICAL PART SCORING METHOLOGY
Evaluators will apply the following scoring guidance consistently to each rated criterion. Scores will be based on the extent to which the bidder’s submission demonstrates compliance, completeness, relevance, credibility of evidence, and practical suitability for the required scope of work.
Score | Rating | General Scoring Guidance |
0 | Non-responsive / No evidence | The submission does not address the criterion, provides no relevant evidence, or contains information that is materially non-compliant with the requirements. The response gives the evaluator no reasonable basis to confirm capability, compliance, or suitability. |
1 | Poor | The submission addresses the criterion only superficially or partially. Evidence is weak, generic, insufficient, incomplete, or not clearly relevant to the required scope. There are significant gaps, uncertainties, or weaknesses that may create delivery, compliance, performance, safety, operational, or support risks. |
2 | Acceptable | The submission adequately addresses the criterion and demonstrates basic compliance with the requirements. Evidence is generally relevant and sufficient, although some details may be missing or not fully developed. Any minor weaknesses are manageable and are not expected to materially affect delivery of the required scope. |
3 | Good | The submission addresses the criterion clearly and comprehensively. Evidence is relevant, credible, and well aligned with the requirements. The response demonstrates sound understanding, suitable capability, and a practical approach marginally exceeding minimum or generic standards. Even if there are very minor omissions or risks that can be readily clarified or managed. |
4 | Excellent | The submission fully addresses the criterion and exceeds the minimum requirements in a meaningful and relevant way. Evidence is strong, specific, verifiable, and directly applicable to the scope. The response demonstrates superior capability, robust risk controls, clear interfaces, reliable delivery arrangements, and added value without introducing unacceptable risk. |
The score for each sub- factor (i) within a factor (j) will be combined with the scores of sub- factors in the same factor as a weighted sum to form the Factor Technical Score using the following formula:
where:
tji = the technical score for sub- factor “i” in factor “j”
wji = the weight of sub- factor “i” in factor “j”,
k = the number of scored sub-factors in factor “j”
and
The Factor Technical Scores will be combined in a weighted sum to form the total Technical Part Score using the following formula:
where:
Sj = the Factor Technical Score of factor “j”
Wj = the weight of factor “j” as specified in the BDS
n = the number of Factors
and
Note: After the technical evaluation only, only bids that attains a score of 70 % and or above shall be considered for financial evaluation.
The following factors and methods will apply:
Time to complete the Plant and Installation Services from the effective date specified in Article 3 of the Contract Agreement for determining time for completion of pre-commissioning activities is 6 months. No credit will be given for earlier completion.
Note: A compliant Bid must offer a contract completion within the time specified above. Bids offering a completion date beyond the maximum designated period shall be rejected as non-responsive.
None
The minimum requirements stated in the Specification for functional guarantees required in the Specification are:
Functional Guarantee | Minimum (or Maximum, as appropriate) Requirement |
1. All 11 kV auto reclosers as stated in the employer’s requirements. | 100% operational functionality throughout the Warranty Period & Design Life. |
The performance figures quoted on forms-FUNC and Technical Data Sheet shall be guaranteed within the tolerances permitted by relevant standards listed under Part-II, Employer’s Requirement, and shall become a part of the successful Bidder's Contract. For the purposes of evaluation, for each percentage point the functional guarantee of the proposed Plant and Installation Services is below the norm specified in the Specification and in the above table, but above the minimum acceptable levels also specified therein, an adjustment of 5% will be added to the Bid price. If the drop below the norm the Auto reclosers will be rejected.
None
None
The Employer will evaluate and compare the Bids that have been determined to be substantially responsive.
An Evaluated Bid Score (B) will be calculated for each responsive Bid using the following formula, which permits a comprehensive assessment of the evaluated cost and the technical merits of each Bid:
where
C = Evaluated Bid Cost
C low = the lowest of all Evaluated Bid Costs among responsive Bids
T = the total Technical Score awarded to the Bid
Thigh = the Technical Score achieved by the Bid that was scored best among all responsive Bids
X = weight for Cost as specified in the BDS
The Bid with the best evaluated Bid Score (B) among responsive Bids shall be the Most Advantageous Bid provided the Bidder is qualified to perform the Contract.
……………………………………………………………………………………
2. Qualification
Factor | 1 Eligibility | |||||
Sub-Factor | Criteria | Documentation Required | ||||
Requirement | Bidder | |||||
Single Entity | Joint Venture(existing or intended) | |||||
All members combined | Each Partner | At least one Partner | ||||
1.1 Nationality | Nationality in accordance with ITB 4.4. | Must meet requirement | must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Form ELI –1.1 and 1.2, with attachments |
1.2 Conflict of Interest | No- conflicts of interests as described in ITB 4.2 | Must meet requirement | must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Letter of Bid |
1.3 Bank Ineligibility | Not having been declared ineligible by the Bank as described in 4.5. | Must meet requirement | must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Letter of Bid |
1.4 State Owned Enterprise or Institution | Compliance with conditions of ITB 4.6 | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Form ELI –1.1 and 1.2, with attachments |
1.5 Ineligibility based on a United Nations resolution or Borrower’s country law | Not having been excluded as a result of the Borrower’s country laws or official regulations, or by an act of compliance with UN Security Council resolution, in accordance with ITB 4.8and Section V. | Must meet requirement | must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Letter of Bid |
Factor | 2. Historical Contract Non-Performance | |||||
Sub-Factor | Criteria | Documentation Required | ||||
Requirement | Bidder | |||||
Single Entity | Joint Venture (existing or intended) | |||||
All members combined | Each member | At least one member | ||||
2.1 History of non-performing contracts | Non-performance[1]of a contract did not occur within the last 5 years prior to the deadline for application submission, based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation. A fully settled dispute or litigation is one that has been resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Mechanism under the respective contract, and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted. | Must meet requirement by itself or as member to past or existing JV | N / A | Must meet requirement[2] | N / A | Form CON - 2 |
2.2 Suspension | Not under suspension based on execution of a Bid Securing Declaration or Proposal Securing Declaration pursuant to ITB 4.7 and ITB 20.9 | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Letter of Bid |
2.3 Pending Litigation | Bid’s financial position and prospective long term profitability still sound according to criteria established in 3.1 below and assuming that all pending litigation will be resolved against the Bidder | Must meet requirement
| N / A | Must meet requirement | N / A | Form CON – 2 |
2.4 Litigation History | No consistent history of court/arbitral award decisions against the Bidder[3]since 1st January 2021
| Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N/A | Form CON – 2 |
2.5 Declaration: Environmental and Social (ES) past performance | Declare any contract that has been suspended or terminated and/or performance security called by an employer for reasons of breach of environmental, or social (including Sexual Exploitation, and Abuse) contractual obligations in the past five years.[4] | Must make the declaration. Where there are Specialized Subcontractor/s, the Specialized Subcontractor/s must also make the declaration. |
N/A | Each must make the declaration. Where there are Specialized Subcontractor/s, the Specialized Subcontractor/s must also make the declaration. |
N/A | Form CON-3 ES Performance Declaration |
2.6 Bank’s SEA and/or SH Disqualification | At the time of Contract Award, not subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations | Must meet requirement (including each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder) | N/A | Must meet requirement (including each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder) | N/A | Letter of Bid, Form CON-4 |
Factor | 3 Financial Situation | ||||||
Sub-Factor | Criteria | Documentation Required | |||||
Requirement | Bidder | ||||||
Single Entity | Joint Venture (existing or intended) | ||||||
All members combined | Each member | At least one member | |||||
3.1 Financial Capabilities | Submission of audited balance sheets or if not required by the law of the Bidder’s Country, other financial statements acceptable to the Employer, for the last three [3] years to demonstrate the current soundness of the Bidders financial position and its prospective long-term profitability. | Must meet requirement | N / A | Must meet requirement | N / A | Form FIN – 3.1 with attachments | |
3.2 Average Annual Turnover
| Minimum average annual construction turnover in supply and installation of electricity distribution infrastructure of US$ 1,720,000.00 (One million, seven hundred and twenty thousand), calculated as total certified payments received for contracts in progress and/or completed within the last three (3) years, | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet at least 30 % of the requirement | Must meet at least 70 % of the requirement | Form FIN –3.2 | |
3.3 Financial Resources
| The Bidder must demonstrate access to, or availability of, financial resources such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, other than any contractual advance payments to meet: (i) the following cash-flow requirement: USD $ 430,000.00 (four hundred and thirty thousand) and (ii) the overall cash flow requirements for this contract and its current commitments. | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet at least 30 % of the requirement | Must meet at least 70 % of the requirement | Form FIN –3.3 | |
Factor | 4 Experience | ||||||
Sub-Factor | Criteria | Documentation Required |
| ||||
Requirement | Bidder |
| |||||
Single Entity | Joint Venture (existing or intended) |
| |||||
All members combined | Each member | At least one member |
| ||||
4.1 General Experience | Experience in supply, installation and commissioning of electricity distribution control systems under contracts in the role of main contractor, JV member, subcontractor, or management contractor for at least the last five (5) years starting 1st January 2021 | Must meet requirement
| N / A | Must meet requirement
| N / A | Form EXP-4.1 |
|
4.2(a) Specific Experience | (a)Participation as contractor, joint venture member[5], management contractor, or subcontractor, in at least two (2) contracts within the last eight (8) years (from 1 January 2018), each with a value of at least $860,000.00 that have been successfully and substantially[6]completed and that are similar to the proposed Plant and Installation Services. The similarity of the contracts shall be based on the physical size, complexity, methods, technology or other characteristics as described in Section VII, Employer’s Requirements. | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirements[7] | N / A | Must meet the following requirements for the key activities listed below
| Form EXP 4.2(a)
|
|
4.2(b) Specific Experience | (b) For the above or other contracts executed during the period stipulated in 4.2(a) above, a minimum experience in the following key activities:
Bidders should submit details of previous projects and reference letters from clients in support of the projects they are using to demonstrate their qualifications. The Employer may make independent inquiries about any or all of the projects referenced by bidders and may visit and examine the projects used by Bidders in support of their qualifications. | Must meet requirements
| Must meet requirements[8] | N / A | Must meet the requirements | Form EXP-4.2(b) |
|
4.2 (c) Specific Experience in managing ES aspects | For the contracts in 4.2 (a) above and/or any other contracts [substantially completed and under implementation] as prime contractor, joint venture member, or Subcontractor between 1st January 2021 and Application submission deadline, experience in managing ES risks and impacts in the following aspects:
| Must meet requirements
| Must meet requirements
| N/A
| N/A
| Form EXP – 4.2 (c) |
|
Section IV - Bidding Forms |
Table of Forms
Letter of Bid- Technical Part 79
Technical Proposal 82
Site Organization. 83
Method Statement 84
Mobilization Schedule. 85
Construction Schedule. 86
ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) 87
Sustainable Procurement Proposal 88
Risk assessment and Proposed Management Plan. 89
Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form.. 90
Plant 94
Contractor’s Equipment 95
Functional Guarantees. 96
Personnel 97
Resume of Proposed Personnel 99
Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services. 100
Others - Time Schedule. 101
Bidders Qualification without prequalification. 115
Bidder Information Sheet 116
Party to JV Information Sheet 117
Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History. 118
Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress. 124
Financial Situation. 125
Historical Financial Performance. 125
Average Annual Turnover 127
Financial Resources. 128
Experience. 129
General Experience. 129
Specific Experience. 131
Specific Experience in Key Activities. 133
Form of Bid Security. 136
Form of Bid Security – Bank Guarantee. 136
Form of Bid Security- Bid Bond. 138
Form of Bid-Securing Declaration. 139
Manufacturer’s Authorization. 140
Schedule of Rates and Prices. 143
Schedule No. 1. Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad. 143
Country of Origin Declaration Form.. 144
Schedule No. 2. Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country. 145
Schedule No. 3. Design Services. 146
Schedule No. 4. Installation and Other Services. 147
Schedule No. 5. Grand Summary. 148
Schedule No. 6. Recommended Spare Parts. 149
Price Adjustment 150
Letter of Bid- Technical Part
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE DOCUMENT The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and business address. Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form. |
Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]
RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]
Alternative No.:[insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
We, the undersigned, hereby submit our Bid, in two parts, namely:
In submitting our Bid, we make the following declarations:
We [where JV, insert: “including any of our JV members”], and any of our subcontractors:
;
Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]
Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]
Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]
Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]
Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]
*: In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder
**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder to be attached with the Bid
Technical Proposal |
Site Organization
Method Statement
[Note to the Bidder: (i) As required in BDS 11.2 (i), also include method statement, management strategies, implementation plans and innovations; (ii) if there are assessed supply chain risks, the method statement must include proposed supply chain risks management plans.]
In addition, the Bidder/Contractor shall establish, implement and maintain a Method Statement for its specific Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) risks on site and describe mitigation measures to keep high risks under control. Method Statement is a type of health and safety document that Contractor shall use for high-risk work. It describes the steps (method) that workers must take to carry out a particular job safely. Primarily, they are for the benefit of those who will physically be carrying out the work, usually those working in the construction sector.
The document shall identify the potential hazards that may arise during a particular task and outline the necessary precautions that must be put in place and taken by workers. The statement must be as simple as possible to avoid any misinterpretations that could result in injury. Workers involved in the work shall read it, understand what is expected of them and follow the measures that are in place to keep them safe. Method Statement shall be approved by the Employer.
The Bidder/Contractor shall describe the method of work to keeping under control high risks and establish a permit to work system and issue a permit to work (PTW) for specific work. PTW shall be issued, but is not limited to, working at height, working in confined spaces, lone work, asbestos, hot work and the use of dangerous plant. Method Statements shall contain the following items but not limited to:
Mobilization Schedule
[Insert Technical Proposal for Mobilization Schedule]
Construction Schedule
The Bidder should chalk out proper mobilisation schedule and construction schedule along with the CPM/ PERT charts for execution of the Contract as a whole. Since no extension of time is anticipated unless exclusively warranted under critical circumstances, work programme for all key activities that may have bearing on project implementation should be clearly shown within the overall project schedule. For example, time required for import of equipment and construction materials together with time schedule within the overall schedule for preconstruction activities like surveys and investigations and preparation of construction drawings.
ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP)
The Bidder shall submit comprehensive and concise Environmental and Social Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) as required by ITB 11.1 (j) of the Bid Data Sheet. These strategies and plans shall describe in detail the actions, materials, equipment, management processes etc. that will be implemented by the Contractor, and its subcontractors.
In developing these strategies and plans, the Bidder shall have regard to the ES provisions of the contract including those as may be more fully described in the Employer’s Requirements in Section VII.
Sustainable Procurement Proposal
Note to Bidder: In addition to submitting the required ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans, the Bidder shall provide its proposal to demonstrate how additional sustainable procurement requirements, if any, specified in Section VII- Employer’s Requirements would be addressed. The Bidder shall also provide its proposal, if any, for exceeding the sustainable procurement requirements.
Risk assessment and Proposed Management Plan
The Bidder should submit a risk register identifying the hazards anticipated during the implementation of the contract.
For the key hazards ranked by impact, the risk register shall include a description of the hazard, an assessment of the potential impact on health and safety, environment, cost, program or other, and the proposed mitigation strategy for each hazard.
Note to the Bidder: The minimum content of the Code of Conduct form as set out by the Employer shall not be substantially modified. However, the Bidder may add requirements as appropriate, including to take into account Contract-specific issues/risks. The Bidder shall initial and submit the Code of Conduct form as part of its bid.
|
Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form
Note to the Employer: The following minimum requirements shall not be modified. The Employer may add additional requirements to address identified issues, informed by relevant environmental and social assessment. The types of issues identified could include risks associated with: labour influx, spread of communicable diseases, and Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH) etc. Delete this Box prior to issuance of the bidding documents.
|
We are the Contractor, [enter name of Contractor]. We have signed a contract with [enter name of Employer] for [enter description of the Facilities]. The Plant for the Facilities will be installed at [enter the Site]. Our contract requires us to implement measures to address environmental and social risks, related to the Installation Services i.e. services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, such as inland transportation, site preparation works/ associated civil works, installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations and maintenance etc. as the case may require.
This Code of Conduct is part of our measures to deal with environmental and social risks related to the Installation Services.
All personnel that we utilize in the execution of the Contract, including staff, labor and other employees of us and of each Subcontractor, and any other personnel assisting us in the execution of the Contract, are referred to as Contractor’s Personnel.
This Code of Conduct identifies the behavior that we require from the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located).
Our workplace is an environment where unsafe, offensive, abusive or violent behavior will not be tolerated and where all persons should feel comfortable raising issues or concerns without fear of retaliation.
REQUIRED CONDUCT
Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located) shall:
RAISING CONCERNS
If any person observes behavior that he/she believes may represent a violation of this Code of Conduct, or that otherwise concerns him/her, he/she should raise the issue promptly. This can be done in either of the following ways:
The person’s identity will be kept confidential, unless reporting of allegations is mandated by the country law. Anonymous complaints or allegations may also be submitted and will be given all due and appropriate consideration. We take seriously all reports of possible misconduct and will investigate and take appropriate action. We will provide warm referrals to service providers that may help support the person who experienced the alleged incident, as appropriate.
There will be no retaliation against any person who raises a concern in good faith about any behavior prohibited by this Code of Conduct. Such retaliation would be a violation of this Code of Conduct.
CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATING THE CODE OF CONDUCT
Any violation of this Code of Conduct by the Contractor’s Personnel may result in serious consequences, up to and including termination and possible referral to legal authorities.
FOR CONTRACTOR’s PERSONNEL:
I have received a copy of this Code of Conduct written in a language that I comprehend. I understand that if I have any questions about this Code of Conduct, I can contact [enter name of Contractor’s contact person(s) with relevant experience] requesting an explanation.
Name of Contractor’s Personnel: [insert name] Signature: __________________________________________________________
Date: (day month year): _______________________________________________
Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:
Signature: ________________________________________________________
Date: (day month year): ______________________________________________
ATTACHMENT 1: Behaviors constituting SEA and behaviors constituting SH
ATTACHMENT 1 TO THE CODE OF CONDUCT FORM
BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL EXPLOITATION AND ABUSE (SEA) AND BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL HARASSMENT (SH)
The following non-exhaustive list is intended to illustrate types of prohibited behaviors.
Plant
Contractor’s Equipment
Form EQU
The Bidder shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to meet the requirements for the key Contractor’s equipment listed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. A separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or for alternative equipment proposed by the Bidder.
Item of equipment
| ||
Equipment information | Name of manufacturer
| Model and power rating |
| Capacity
| Year of manufacture |
Current status | Current location
| |
| Details of current commitments
| |
|
| |
Source | Indicate source of the equipment o Owned o Rented o Leased o Specially manufactured |
Omit the following information for equipment owned by the Bidder.
Owner | Name of owner | |
| Address of owner
| |
|
| |
| Telephone | Contact name and title |
| Fax | Telex |
Agreements | Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project
| |
|
|
Functional Guarantees
Form FUNC
The Bidder shall copy in the left column of the table below, the identification of each functional guarantee required in the Specification and stated by the Employer in para. 1.2 (c) of Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, and in the right column, provide the corresponding value for each functional guarantee of the proposed plant and equipment.
Required Functional Guarantee | Value of Functional Guarantee of the Proposed Plant and Equipment |
1. |
|
2. |
|
3. |
|
… |
|
Personnel |
Form PER -1
Contractor’s Representative and other Key Personnel
Schedule
Bidders should provide the names of suitably qualified personnel to meet the specified requirements stated in Section VII. The data on their experience should be supplied using the Form below for each candidate.
*As listed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
Contractor’ Representative and Key Personnel
| Title of position: Contractor’s Representative | |
| Name of candidate: | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
| Title of position: [Environmental Specialist] | |
| Name of candidate: | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
| Title of position: [Health and Safety Specialist] | |
| Name of candidate: | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
| Title of position: [Social Specialist] | |
| Name of candidate: | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
Title of position: Sexual Exploitation, Abuse and Harassment Expert [Where a Project SEA risks are assessed to be substantial or high, key personnel shall include an expert/s with relevant experience in addressing sexual exploitation, sexual abuse and sexual harassment cases] | ||
| Name of candidate | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
7. | Title of position: [insert title] |
Form PER-2
Resume of Proposed Personnel
Name of Bidder
|
Position
| ||
Personnel information | Name
| Date of birth |
| Professional qualifications
| |
Present employment | Name of employer
| |
| Address of employer
| |
| Telephone
| Contact (manager / personnel officer) |
| Fax
| |
| Job title
| Years with present employer |
Summarize professional experience over the last 20 years, in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and managerial experience relevant to the project.
From | To | Company / Project / Position / Relevant technical and management experience |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services
A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.
The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are proposed for carrying out the item of the facilities indicated. Bidders are free to propose more than one for each item
Major Items of Plant and Installation Services | Proposed Subcontractors/Manufacturers | Nationality |
11kV auto reclosers supply |
|
|
Telecommunications equipment (data radios and antennas) |
|
|
Overhead line construction |
|
|
Protection and SCADA |
|
|
Others - Time Schedule
(to be used by Bidder when alternative Time for Completion is invited in ITB 13.2)
Bidders Qualification without prequalification
To establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding Information Sheets included hereunder.
Form ELI 1.1
Bidder Information Sheet
Date: ______________________
RFB No.: ___________________
Page ________ of _______ pages
1. Bidder’s Legal Name
|
2. In case of JV, legal name of each party:
|
3. Bidder’s actual or intended Country of Registration: |
4. Bidder’s Year of Registration: |
5. Bidder’s Legal Address in Country of Registration:
|
6. Bidder’s Authorized Representative Information Name: Address: Telephone/Fax numbers: Email Address:
|
7. Attached are copies of original documents of Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or documents of registration of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4 In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1 In case of state-owned enterprise or institution, in accordance with ITB 4.6, documents establishing:
8. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. The successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial ownership, using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form. |
Form ELI 1.2
Party to JV Information Sheet
Date: ______________________
RFB No.: ___________________
Page ________ of_ ______ pages
1. Bidder’s Legal Name:
|
2. JV’s Party legal name: |
3. JV’s Party Country of Registration: |
4. JV’s Party Year of Registration:
|
5. JV’s Party Legal Address in Country of Registration:
|
6. JV’s Party Authorized Representative Information Name: Address: Telephone/Fax numbers: Email Address:
|
7. Attached are copies of original documents of Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or registration documents of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4. In case of a state-owned enterprise or institution, documents establishing legal and financial autonomy, operation in accordance with commercial law, and that they are not under the supervision of the Employer, in accordance with ITB 4.6. 8. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. The successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial ownership for each JV member using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form. |
Form CON – 2
Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History
Bidder’s Legal Name: _______________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _______________________ ___________________
RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
Non-Performed Contracts in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria | |||
Contract non-performance did not occur since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1. Contract(s) not performed since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1 | |||
Year | Non- performed portion of contract | Contract Identification
| Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent) |
[insert year] | [insert amount and percentage] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Reason(s) for nonperformance: [indicate main reason(s)] | [insert amount] |
Pending Litigation, in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria | |||
No pending litigation in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.3. | |||
Pending litigation in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.3 as indicated below. |
Year of dispute | Amount in dispute (currency) | Contract Identification | Total Contract Amount (currency), USD Equivalent (exchange rate) | ||
|
| Contract Identification: _________ Name of Employer: ____________ Address of Employer: __________ Matter in dispute: ______________ Party who initiated the dispute: ____ Status of dispute: ___________ |
| ||
|
| Contract Identification: Name of Employer: Address of Employer: Matter in dispute: Party who initiated the dispute: Status of dispute: |
| ||
Litigation History in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria | |||||
No Litigation History in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.4. Litigation History in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.4 as indicated below. | |||||
Year of award | Outcome as percentage of Net Worth | Contract Identification | Total Contract Amount (currency), USD Equivalent (exchange rate) | ||
[insert year] | [insert percentage] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name, number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Matter in dispute: [indicate main issues in dispute] Party who initiated the dispute: [indicate “Employer” or “Contractor”] Reason(s) for Litigation and award decision [indicate main reason(s)] | [insert amount] | ||
Form CON – 3
Environmental and Social Performance Declaration
[The following table shall be filled in for the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each Specialized Subcontractor]
Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Specialized Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
RFB No. and title: [insert RFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
Environmental and Social Performance Declaration in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria | |||
No suspension or termination of contract: An employer has not suspended or terminated a contract and/or called the performance security for a contract for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5. Declaration of suspension or termination of contract: The following contract(s) has/have been suspended or terminated and/or Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5. Details are described below: | |||
Year | Suspended or terminated portion of contract | Contract Identification
| Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent) |
[insert year] | [insert amount and percentage] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s) e.g., gender-based violence; sexual exploitation or sexual abuse breaches] | [insert amount] |
[insert year] | [insert amount and percentage] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s)] | [insert amount] |
… | … | [list all applicable contracts] | … |
Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to ES performance | |||
Year | Contract Identification
| Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent) | |
[insert year] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Reason(s) for calling of performance security: [indicate main reason(s) e.g., for gender-based violence; sexual exploitation, or sexual abuse breaches] | [insert amount] | |
|
|
|
Form CON – 4
Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment Performance Declaration
[The following table shall be filled in by the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder]
Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
RFB No. and title: [insert RFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
SEA and/or SH Declaration in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria |
We: ¨ (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations ¨ (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations ¨ (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor. |
[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues underlying the disqualification.] |
Form CCC
Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress
Bidders and each member to a JV should provide information on their current commitments on all contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued.
Name of contract | Employer, contact address/tel/fax | Value of outstanding work (current US$ equivalent) | Estimated completion date | Average monthly invoicing over last six months |
1.
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
|
Form FIN – 3.1
Financial Situation
Historical Financial Performance
Bidder’s Legal Name: _______________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _______________________ RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
To be completed by the Bidder and, if JV, by each member
Financial information in US$ equivalent | Historic information for previous ______ (__) years (US$ equivalent in 000s) | ||||
| 2022/23 | 2023/24 | 2024/25 | Avg. | Avg. Ratio |
Information from Balance Sheet | |||||
Total Assets (TA) |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities (TL) |
|
|
|
| |
Net Worth (NW) |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets (CA) |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities (CL) |
|
|
|
| |
Information from Income Statement | |||||
Total Revenue (TR) |
|
|
|
|
|
Profits Before Taxes (PBT) |
|
|
|
|
Attached are copies of financial statements (balance sheets, including all related notes, and income statements) for the years required above complying with the following conditions:
Form FIN – 3.2
Average Annual Turnover
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: ____________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
Annual turnover data | ||
Year | Amount and Currency | US$ equivalent |
2022/23 | _________________________________________ | ____________________ |
2023/24 | _________________________________________ | ____________________ |
2024/25 | _________________________________________ | ____________________ |
*Average Annual Turnover | _________________________________________ | ____________________ |
*Average annual turnover calculated as total certified payments received for work in progress or completed, divided by the number of years specified in Section III, Evaluation Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.3.2.
Form FIN3.3
Financial Resources
Specify proposed sources of financing, such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, net of current commitments, available to meet the total cash flow demands of the subject contract or contracts as indicated in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
Source of financing | Amount (US$ equivalent) |
1.
|
|
2.
|
|
3.
|
|
4.
|
|
Form EXP 4.1
Experience
General Experience
Bidder’s Legal Name: ____________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: ____________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
Starting Month / Year | Ending Month / Year |
Years* | Contract Identification
| Role of Bidder |
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
*List calendar year for years with contracts with at least nine (9) months activity per year starting with the earliest year
Form EXP –4.2(a)
Specific Experience
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
Similar Contract Number: ___ of ___ required. |
| Information | ||||
Contract Identification |
| _______________________________________ | ||||
Award date Completion date |
| _______________________________________ _______________________________________ | ||||
|
|
| ||||
Role in Contract | Prime Contractor | Member in
| Management Contractor | Subcontractor |
| |
Total contract amount | US$__________ | |||||
If member in a JV or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount |
______% |
|
___________ |
US$_______ |
| |
Employer’s Name: |
| _______________________________________ | ||||
Address:
Telephone/fax number: E-mail: |
| _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ | ||||
Form EXP –4.2(a) (cont.)
Specific Experience (cont.)
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Page _______ of _______ pages
JV Member Legal Name: ___________________________
Similar Contract No. __[insert specific number] of [total number of contracts] ___ required | Information |
Description of the similarity in accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2a) of Section III: |
|
Amount | _________________________________ |
Physical size | _________________________________ |
Complexity | _________________________________ |
Methods/Technology | _________________________________ |
Physical Production Rate
| _________________________________ |
Form EXP –4.2(b)
Specific Experience in Key Activities
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Subcontractor’s Legal Name: ______________ Page _______ of _______ pages
| Information | ||
Contract Identification | _______________________________________ | ||
Award date Completion date | _______________________________________ _______________________________________ | ||
Role in Contract | Prime Contractor | Management Contractor |
Subcontractor
|
Total contract amount | US$________ | ||
If member in a JV or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount |
__________% |
_____________ |
US$________ |
Employer’s Name: | _______________________________________ | ||
Address:
Telephone/fax number: E-mail: | _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ |
Form EXP –4.2 (b)(cont.)
Specific Experience in Key Activities (cont.)
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Page _______ of _______ pages
JV Member Legal Name: ___________________________
Subcontractor’s Legal Name: __________________________
| Information |
Description of the key activities in accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2b) of Section III: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form EXP –4.2(c)
Specific Experience in Managing ES aspects and any additional sustainable procurement aspects
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Subcontractor’s Legal Name: ______________ Page _______ of _______ pages
____________________
Contract Identification |
| |||
Award date |
| |||
Completion date |
| |||
Role in Contract
| Prime Contractor | Member in | Management Contractor | Subcontractor |
Total Contract Amount | US$ ____________ | |||
Details of relevant experience |
|
Form of Bid Security
Form of Bid Security – Bank Guarantee
[The bank shall fill in this Bank Guarantee Form in accordance with the instructions indicated.]
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
Beneficiary: [Employer to insert its name and address]
RFB No.:[Employer to insert reference number for the Request for Bids]
Alternative No.: [Insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
Date:[Insert date of issue]
BID GUARANTEE No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]
Guarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
We have been informed that ______ [insert name of the Bidder, which in the case of a joint venture shall be the name of the joint venture (whether legally constituted or prospective) or the names of all members thereof](hereinafter called "the Applicant") has submitted or will submit to the Beneficiary its Bid (hereinafter called "the Bid") for the execution of ________________ under RFB No. ____________
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Beneficiary’s conditions, Bids must be supported by a Bid guarantee.
At the request of the Applicant, we, as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of ___________ (____________) upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand, supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that either the Bidder:
(a) has withdrawn its Bid prior to the Bid validity expiry date set forth in the Applicant’s Letter of Bid, or any extended date provided by the Applicant; or
(b) having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Beneficiary prior to the expiry date of the Bid validity or any extension thereto provided by the Applicant, (i) has failed to execute the Contract Agreement, or (ii) has failed to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders (“ITB”) of the Beneficiary’s bidding document.
This guarantee will expire: (a) if the Applicant is the successful Bidder, upon our receipt of copies of the contract agreement signed by the Applicant and the Performance Security issued to the Beneficiary in relation to such contract agreement; or (b) if the Applicantis not the successful Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our receipt of a copy of the Beneficiary’s notification to the Applicant of the results of the Bidding process; or (ii)twenty-eight days after the expiry date of the Bid validity.
Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the office indicated above on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758.
_____________________________
[Signature(s)]
Note: All italicized text is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
Manufacturer’s Authorization
Date: __________________
RFB No.: _________________
To: ________________________
WHEREAS
We ___________________, who are official manufacturers of____________________, having factories at _____________________, do hereby authorize ______________________ to submit a Bid the purpose of which is to provide the following goods, manufactured by us _______________________, and to subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract.
We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with Clause 27 of the General Conditions, with respect to the goods offered by the above firm.
Signed: _______________________________________
Name: ______________________________________
Title:______________________________________
Duly authorized to sign this Authorization on behalf of: ______________________________________
Dated on ____________ day of __________________, _______
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE DOCUMENT The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and business address. Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form. |
Letter of Bid - Financial Part
Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]
Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]
Alternative No.: [insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
To: [insert complete name of Employer]
We, the undersigned, hereby submit the second part of our Bid, the Bid Price and Bill of Quantities. This accompanies the Letter of Bid- Technical Part.
In submitting our Bid, we make the following additional declarations:
[Option 1, in case of one lot:] Total price is: [insert the total price of the Bid in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];
Or
[Option 2, in case of multiple lots:] (a) Total price of each lot [insert the total price of each lot in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies]; and (b) Total price of all lots (sum of all lots) [insert the total price of all lots in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];
(i) The discounts offered are: [Specify in detail each discount offered]
(ii) The exact method of calculations to determine the net price after application of discounts is shown below: [Specify in detail the method that shall be used to apply the discounts];
Name of Recipient | Address | Reason | Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none.”)
Name of the Bidder:*[insert complete name of the Bidder]
Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: ** [insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]
Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]
Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]
Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]
*: In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder.
**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with the Bid Schedules
Schedule of Rates and Prices
Price schedule to be accessed from the following link:
11kV Auto Reclosers
Schedule No. 1. Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad
Country of Origin Declaration Form
Schedule No. 2. Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country
1 Specify currency in accordance with specifications in Bid Data Sheet under ITB 18.1 |
|
Schedule No. 3. Design Services
Schedule No. 4. Installation and Other Services
Schedule No. 5. Grand Summary
Price Adjustment
If price adjustment applies in accordance with ITB 17.9, the Bidder shall indicate the sources of indices and source of exchange rate (if applicable) and the base date indices in its Bid.
Item | Source of Indices | Base date Indices | Source of exchnage rate (if applicable) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section V - Eligible Countries
Eligibility for the Provision of Goods, Works and Non-Consulting Services in
Bank-Financed Procurement
In reference to ITB 4.8 and 5.1, for the information of the Bidders, at the present time firms, goods and services from the following countries are excluded from this Bidding process: None
Under ITB 4.8 (a) and 5.1: None
Section VI - Fraud and Corruption
(this Section shall not be changed)
PART 2 - Employer’s Requirements
Section VII - Employer’s Requirements |
Contents
Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation Services by the Contractor. 160
Specification. 161
Forms and Procedures. 168
Form of Completion Certificate. 169
Change Order Procedure and Forms. 171
Change Order Procedure. 172
Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal 173
Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal 175
Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate. 177
Annex 4. Change Proposal 178
Annex 5. Change Order 181
Annex 7. Application for Change Proposal 184
Drawings. 186
Supplementary Information. 187
Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation Services by the Contractor
The scope covers the design, supply, equipment installation and commissioning of the 13 pole mounted 11kV auto-reclosers as per the configuration shown in the figure below. The scope highlighted below is a guide to the bidder and any tasks necessary to deliver the project as per the bidder’s design should be included in the scope to be submitted.
The following is to be done by the supplier.
Note: In certain instances, use the nearest substation with UMUX Interface.
The following will have to be procured for the project.
Externally (Provided by supplier):
Internal (To be supplied by EEC).
Construction (Supplier):
Protection (bidder):
Telecommunications (Supplier):
SCADA (Supplier):
Provide formal training on the equipment as well. This should be specified in the quotation for the project. The training should be done before project implementation (State the period for training on the breaker, control unit and any other training that might be required for the project). Training should cover 25 technicians from the different sections internally (SCADA, Protection, Switchgear, Distribution, Telecoms).
The bidders are expected to provide a methodology showing how the design, construction, installation and commissioning exercise will be carried out. Include block diagrams where appropriate showing how the entire system integrates. This will indicate the level of understanding of what is expected from the Plant design, supply and installation Contractor.
Specification
This specification covers the requirements for an automatic electrically controlled three phase vacuum recloser for distribution systems. The recloser is intended for radial, loop, and meshed networks.
3.2.1 Manufacturer qualifications: The chosen manufacturer shall have at least 10 years’ experience in manufacturing vacuum reclosers. The manufacturer of the reclosers shall be completely and solely responsible for the performance of the reclosers as a complete integrated assembly as rated.
3.2.2 Main recloser components such as circuit breaker, vacuum interrupters, current and voltage sensors, control cubicle and software shall be manufactured by the same manufacturer.
3.2.3 The manufacturer shall be able to submit the confirmation of certification or ratings of the reclosers upon request.
3.2.4 The recloser shall be manufactured and type tested according to requirements of applicable industry standards:
a) IEC 62271-111
b) IEEE C37.60
3.2.5 The recloser manufacturing process shall be complying with the standard ISO 9001, Quality Management System.
3.2.6 The type test reports should be issued not more than 5 years before the submission date.
3.2.7 The manufacturer shall provide minimum 5-year warranty for all components provided.
3.2.8 The circuit breaker shall be maintenance free over a total life expectancy.
3.3 Delivery, storage, and handling
3.3.1 Packing components shall not contain any materials that are hazardous to the environment or personnel. No special methods of disposal shall be required.
3.3.2 All recloser components including circuit breaker, control cubicle, installation frame, pole interface provisions, fasteners shall be delivered in a single package made of recyclable materials.
3.3.3 The package gross weight shall not exceed 300 kg.
3.3.4 It shall be possible to stack at least two original packages during transportation and storage.
3.3.5 The package shall allow stapling and outdoor storage in case indoor storage is unavailable. Unpacked and assembled equipment shall be storable outdoor for not less than 1 year without additional treatment before installation.
3.3.6 All recloser components shall be installed, assembled, and tested in accordance with the requirements of current specification. The recloser shall be delivered fully assembled on the mounting frame and ready for the installation.
3.3.7 The recloser installation kit shall be designed to reduce the number of lifting operations.
3.4 Technical Specification
3.4.1 General
3.4.1.1 Technical parameters
a) | Rated maximum voltage, kV | 12…15 |
d) | Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (peak), kV | 110 |
e) | Rated continuous current, A | 630 |
h) | Rated short-circuit breaking current, kA | 16 |
i) | Rated peak withstand current, kA | 41.6 |
j) | Rated short time withstand current, kA | 16 |
k) | Rated duration of short circuit, s | 4 |
l) | Rated frequency, Hz | 50 |
3.4.1.2 Power supply characteristics
a) | Supply voltage range shall not be less than, V | 85 … 265 AC 110 … 220 DC |
b) | Rated power consumption shall not exceed, VA | 40 |
c) | Maximum power consumption shall not exceed, VA | 75 |
d) | Duration of operation without auxiliary supply shall be not less than, hours | 48 |
3.4.2 Recloser control
3.4.2.1 The recloser operation shall be controlled by electronic control modules.
3.4.2.2 The recloser control shall provide the following functions: measurement, protection, monitoring, and remote communication.
3.4.2.3 The recloser control air circulation and dehydration shall be organized to avoid using any humidity control devices or heaters.
3.4.2.4 The external and internal doors shall be able to be securely fixed in the open position.
3.4.2.5 It shall be possible to connect the laptop with configuration software by means of serial interface (USB, RS232).
3.4.2.6 Ethernet (RJ45), Optical Ethernet (SC) SCADA and wireless local engineering access interfaces (Bluetooth, Wi-Fi) shall be available for ordering optionally.
3.4.2.7 The recloser control shall be equipped with a prewired provision for power supply outlet installation. Socket shall be MCB protected.
3.4.2.8 The recloser control shall be equipped with a removable provision for communication equipment installation. It shall be located at the top of the controller and provide at least 326x180x108mm space for communication equipment. Stationary provision is not accepted.
3.4.2.9 The recloser control shall be equipped with the control panel module. The module shall provide local control and indication functions by LED, display, and buttons.
3.4.2.10 The local control panel module shall be equipped with USB A interface.
3.4.2.11 The control panel box shall have a provision for a padlock.
3.4.3 Rechargeable Battery
3.4.3.1 The recloser shall be supplied with rechargeable battery to provide the recloser control with auxiliary power when the main auxiliary power is not present.
3.4.3.2 The battery shall be of a sealed lead acid.
3.4.4.3 The battery shall provide ten full auto reclosing cycles for the recloser without auxiliary power supply.
3.4.4 Protection
The auto-recloser shall have the following protection functionalities but not limited to:
3.4.5 Communication
The recloser control shall provide:
3.4.5.1 PMR Telecoms Integration
1 General Integration
2 Equipment and Hardware Requirements
3.4.5.2 SCADA/Telemetry Integration
The PMR panel/controller shall have the following interfaces/ports
Port | Physical Interface | Typical Use |
USB | USB Type-B (front panel) | Local engineering |
RS-232 Port | DB9 | SCADA serial communications (DNP3 Serial, IEC60870-5-101) |
Ethernet | RJ45 10/100 Mbps | SCADA over DNP3 TCP, IEC 60870-5-104 |
RS-485 | Optional | Third-party modem or serial communications |
The following are key cybersecurity requirements;
Environmental and Social (ES) requirements
The project Environmental and Social Safeguards and tentative Contractor – Environment & Social Management Plan templates can be accessed in the following link:
11kV Auto Reclosers
1. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall comply with all environmental impact prevention and mitigation measures outlined in the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) as described herein. Where there is a conflict of requirements, the prevention and mitigation measures listed in the ESMF shall govern.
The Contractor (and sub-contractors) will need to adopt this ESMF and prepare a comprehensive Contractor’s (Construction) Environment and Social Management Plan (CESMP) that will provide the key reference point for compliance.
The Project Applicant, namely the EEC, is responsible for ensuring that the Contractor Team’s execution of the construction phase activities is compliant with the conditions of the ESMF and CESMP. The Contractor must therefore ensure compliance with the ESMF, CESMP, LMP, SEP, SEA/SH Action Plan, GRM Procedure and the OCHSIP at all times during construction activities and maintain environmental and social incidents and GRM registers which keeps a record of all environmental and social incidents as well as community/worker grievances that occur on the site during the installation of the 11kV auto reclosers contracts. These incidents may include:
The Contractor is also responsible for the implementation of corrective actions issued by the Employer within a reasonable or agreed upon period of time.
Within the first 15 days following contract signing, the Contractor shall present an C-ESMP Implementation Plan. The Plan shall be submitted to the Employer for approval prior to the start of the construction works. The Contractor ESMP shall contain, at a minimum but not limited to, the following components:
Any deviations from the approved Contractor’s (Construction) ESMP must be submitted to the Employer for approval.
Compliance with requirements established in General Condition of Contract (GCC)
The Environmental and Social requirements shall be prepared in a manner that does not conflict with the relevant General Conditions of Contract and Particular Conditions of Contract, and in particular:
GCC | Sub-Clause/Clause | Remarks |
9.10 | Training of Contractor’s Personnel | The Contractor shall ensure that all Contractor personnel receive mandatory training on Environmental and Social (E&S) requirements prior to commencement of works. Training shall include, at a minimum: (i) CESMP obligations; (ii) pollution prevention and waste management; (iii) community health and safety risks; (iv) SEA/SH awareness and Code of Conduct; (v) grievance redress procedures; and (vi) emergency preparedness and response. Refresher training and toolbox talks shall be conducted periodically. |
20 | Design and Engineering | The Contractor shall ensure that all designs comply with applicable national legislation, Environmental Authorization conditions, and World Bank ESF requirements (particularly ESS4). Designs shall: (i) incorporate climate resilience measures (e.g. flood risk, extreme weather tolerance); (ii) ensure universal access where applicable; (iii) minimize environmental footprint and vegetation clearing; (iv) assess and mitigate risks to the public from operational hazards; and (v) comply with applicable engineering and safety certification standards. All designs shall be reviewed and approved prior to implementation.
|
22.2.4 | Rates of wages and conditions of labor | The Contractor shall comply with the Labour Management Procedures (LMP), national labour laws, and ESS2 requirements. This includes: (i) fair wages in line with national minimum standards; (ii) safe and decent working conditions; (iii) prohibition of child labour and forced labour; (iv) non-discrimination and equal opportunity; and (v) provision of written contracts to all workers.
|
22.2.6 | Facilities for Staff and Labor | The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for all personnel, including: (i) safe drinking water; (ii) sanitary and washing facilities segregated where appropriate; (iii) waste management systems; (iv) first aid and medical access; and (v) where accommodation is required, it shall meet GIIP and national standards. Facilities shall be culturally appropriate and accessible, and shall not create environmental or social risks to surrounding communities (ESS2 & ESS4).
|
22.8 | Security of the Site | The Contractor shall establish security arrangements consistent with ESS4 and GIIP. Security measures shall be proportionate to the level of risk and shall respect human rights. The Contractor shall: (i) avoid use of excessive force; (ii) train security personnel on Code of Conduct and SEA/SH prevention; (iii) coordinate with local authorities; and (iv) ensure security does not restrict community access unnecessarily. All incidents involving security personnel shall be recorded and reported.
|
22.9 | Protection of the Environment | The Contractor shall implement all necessary measures to prevent pollution and environmental degradation in accordance with ESS3 and national legislation. The following limits and controls shall apply:
|
22.11 | Cultural Heritage Findings
| The Contractor shall implement a Chance Finds Procedure in accordance with ESS8. In the event of discovery of cultural heritage resources:
Works shall only resume upon formal clearance.
|
2. Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Requirements
The Contractor shall establish and implement an Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Programme as part of the CESMP to ensure compliance with environmental requirements and to verify the effectiveness of mitigation measures in accordance with ESS1 of the World Bank ESF and applicable national legislation.
Environmental monitoring shall be risk-based, proportionate to the scale and nature of the works, and shall cover all significant environmental aspects associated with construction activities.
a) Monitoring Parameters
The monitoring programme shall include, at a minimum, the following parameters (where applicable):
Environmental monitoring is essential to assess impacts such as air, water, soil, and noise pollution arising from construction activities and to ensure mitigation measures are effective.
b) Monitoring Frequency and Methods
The Contractor shall:
c) Environmental Registers and Records
The Contractor shall maintain up-to-date records, including:
d) Reporting Requirements
The Contractor shall:
Maintain records for audit and inspection purposes.
e) Non-Compliance and Corrective Actions
Where monitoring identifies non-compliance:
f) Roles and Responsibilities
A Rehabilitation Plan shall also be prepared, which shall include preliminary designs on the temporary and permanent landscaping plan during both the construction and post-construction maintenance period. The landscape plan shall cover all project works which may affect vegetation and natural landform (e.g. borrow pits, disposal sites and temporary and stockpiling areas). Sensitive locations and areas where landscaping works are required both during construction and after the construction shall be identified and incorporated into the design.
3. Environmental and Social Implementation Plans (MSIPs)
The Contractor shall prepare a Construction Environmental and Social Management Plan, implementation plan, referred to, in this document as CESMP implementation plan based on the Project ESMF.
4. Requirements for competence of Environmental and Social Specialist
Contractor shall certify that:
5. Applicable ESS Documents for CESMP
Contractor shall use and apply when establishing the Contractor’s (Construction) ESMP the following project documents:
6. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall implement all environmental management measures in accordance with:
(a) Environmental Compliance and Permitting
The Contractor shall:
(b) Pollution Prevention and Resource Efficiency & Management (ESS3)
The Contractor shall implement measures to prevent, minimize, and control pollution, including:
(c) Soil, Land and Vegetation Management
The Contractor shall:
d) Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources (ESS6)
The Contractor shall:
e) Management of Construction Sites and Camps
The Contractor shall:
f) Traffic and Transport Management (ESS4 link)
The Contractor shall:
g) Chance Finds Procedure (ESS8 link)
In the event of chance finds (cultural or natural heritage):
h) Environmental Training and Awareness
The Contractor shall:
i) Emergency Preparedness and Response
The Contractor shall:
7. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
Health, Safety plan and Coordination
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for ensuring the safety and health of all workmen and other persons in or around the works site. All activities shall be carried out in compliance with national legislation, OCHSIP, World Bank ESF, (ESS 2 and ESS 4) in accordance with the existing legislation.
The Contractor shall prepare, submit, and implement a site-specific Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Management Plan (SHE File) consistent with the OCHSIP, prior to commencement of works. The plan shall, at a minimum, include the following components:
This plan must also be compliant with:
Plan Scope and Content
The OHS Plan shall:
The Draft OHS Plan submitted at tender stage shall demonstrate the Contractor’s approach and capacity but may exclude detailed site-specific documentation (e.g., MSDS, equipment manuals). The Final OHS Plan, submitted prior to commencement of Works, shall be comprehensive and site-specific.
8. Safety Management Personnel
The Contractor shall appoint a qualified and experienced Safety and Health Coordinator (SHC) who shall:
Have full authority to enforce OHS requirements and to stop any unsafe work;
Be supported by an adequately resourced and competent safety team appropriate to the scale and risk of the Works.
The proposed SHC and safety team shall not be replaced or reduced without prior approval, and any replacement shall have equal or higher qualifications and experience.
Evaluation of OHS Plan
The adequacy of the Contractor’s OHS Plan will be evaluated during tender assessment, taking into account:
9. Social Standards Requirements
The Contractor shall implement all social risk management measures in accordance with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF), specifically ESS2 (Labour and Working Conditions), ESS4 (Community Health and Safety), ESS10 (Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure) as well as the project’s Gender Action Plan (GAP).
The Contractor shall develop (in alignment with available project instruments) and comply with all project-specific instruments, including the:
These requirements shall be implemented as part of the Contractor’s CESMP and maintained throughout the duration of the works
a) Labour and Working Conditions (ESS2)
The Contractor shall:
b) Community Health and Safety (ESS4)
The Contractor shall:
d) Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure (ESS10)
The Contractor shall:
e) Grievance Management and Reporting
The Contractor shall:
f) Monitoring and Compliance
The Contractor shall:
Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel
The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have the personnel for the key positions that meet the following requirements:
Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel
Item No. | Position/specialization | Relevant academic qualifications | Minimum years of relevant work experience |
1 | Contractor’s Representative/ Project manager | Bachelors in (Electrical Engineering) | 5 |
2. | Site Manager/ Construction Manager | Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering; | 5 |
Tele-Communication Specialist | Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering; | 10 | |
Protection Specialist | Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering; | 10 | |
SCADA Specialist | Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering; | 10 | |
6. | Environmental and Social expert | Bachelors/Masters in Environment Management, Sciences | 5 |
7. | Health and Safety officer | Bachelors in Environmental Sciences )/Any other degree with Occupational Health | 5 |
Forms and Procedures
Form of Completion Certificate
Date:
Loan/Credit No:
RFB No:
To: _________________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,
Pursuant to GCC Clause 24 (Completion of the Facilities) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _____________, relating to the ____________________, we hereby notify you that the following part(s) of the Facilities was (were) complete on the date specified below, and that, in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Employer hereby takes over the said part(s) of the Facilities, together with the responsibility for care and custody and the risk of loss thereof on the date mentioned below.
1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: ______________________________
2. Date of Completion: __________________
However, you are required to complete the outstanding items listed in the attachment hereto as soon as practicable.
This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.
Very truly yours,
Title
(Project Manager)
Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate
Date:
Loan/Credit No:
RFB No:
_________________________________________
To: ________________________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,
Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3 (Operational Acceptance) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _______________, relating to the ___________________________________, we hereby notify you that the Functional Guarantees of the following part(s) of the Facilities were satisfactorily attained on the date specified below.
1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: _______________________________
2. Date of Operational Acceptance: _______________________
This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.
Very truly yours,
Title
(Project Manager)
Change Order Procedure and Forms
Date:
Loan/Credit No:
RFB No:
CONTENTS
1. General
2. Change Order Log
3. References for Changes
ANNEXES
Annex 1 Request for Change Proposal
Annex 2 Estimate for Change Proposal
Annex 3 Acceptance of Estimate
Annex 4 Change Proposal
Annex 5 Change Order
Annex 6 Pending Agreement Change Order
Annex 7 Application for Change Proposal
Change Order Procedure
1. General
This section provides samples of procedures and forms for implementing changes in the Facilities during the performance of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 (Change in the Facilities) of the General Conditions.
2. Change Order Log
The Contractor shall keep an up-to-date Change Order Log to show the current status of Requests for Change and Changes authorized or pending, as Annex 8. Entries of the Changes in the Change Order Log shall be made to ensure that the log is up-to-date. The Contractor shall attach a copy of the current Change Order Log in the monthly progress report to be submitted to the Employer.
3. References for Changes
(1) Request for Change as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CR-X-nnn.
(2) Estimate for Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CN-X-nnn.
(3) Acceptance of Estimate as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CA-X-nnn.
(4) Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CP-X-nnn.
(5) Change Order as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CO-X-nnn.
Note: (a) Requests for Change issued from the Employer’s Home Office and the Site representatives of the Employer shall have the following respective references:
Home Office CR-H-nnn
Site CR-S-nnn
(b) The above number “nnn” is the same for Request for Change, Estimate for Change Proposal, Acceptance of Estimate, Change Proposal and Change Order.
Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal
(Employer’s Letterhead)
To: ____________________________________ Date:
Attention: ______________________________________
Contract Name: _________________________________
Contract Number: _______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
With reference to the captioned Contract, you are requested to prepare and submit a Change Proposal for the Change noted below in accordance with the following instructions within _______________ days of the date of this letter____________________.
1. Title of Change: ________________________
2. Change Request No. __________________
3. Originator of Change: Employer: _______________________________
Contractor (by Application for Change Proposal No. _______[12]:
4. Brief Description of Change: _________________________________________________
5. Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change: _____________
6. Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the request of Change:
Drawing No./Document No. Description
7. Detailed conditions or special requirements on the requested Change: ________________
8. General Terms and Conditions:
(a) Please submit your estimate to us showing what effect the requested Change will have on the Contract Price.
(b) Your estimate shall include your claim for the additional time, if any, for completion of the requested Change.
(c) If you have any opinion negative to the adoption of the requested Change in connection with the conformability to the other provisions of the Contract or the safety of the Plant or Facilities, please inform us of your opinion in your proposal of revised provisions.
(d) Any increase or decrease in the work of the Contractor relating to the services of its personnel shall be calculated.
(e) You shall not proceed with the execution of the work for the requested Change until we have accepted and confirmed the amount and nature in writing.
(Employer’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal
(Contractor’s Letterhead)
To: ______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: _____________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
With reference to your Request for Change Proposal, we are pleased to notify you of the approximate cost of preparing the below-referenced Change Proposal in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1 of the General Conditions. We acknowledge that your agreement to the cost of preparing the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2, is required before estimating the cost for change work.
1. Title of Change: ________________________
2. Change Request No./Rev.: ____________________________
3. Brief Description of Change: __________________________
4. Scheduled Impact of Change: ___________________________
5. Cost for Preparation of Change Proposal: _______________[13]
(a) Engineering (Amount)
(i) Engineer hrs x rate/hr =
(ii) Draftsperson hrs x rate/hr =
Sub-total hrs
Total Engineering Cost
(b) Other Cost
Total Cost (a) + (b)
(Contractor’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate
(Employer’s Letterhead)
To: ______________________________ Date:
Attention: ________________________________
Contract Name: _____________________________
Contract Number: ___________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We hereby accept your Estimate for Change Proposal and agree that you should proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal.
1. Title of Change: ___________________________
2. Change Request No./Rev.: _______________________________
3. Estimate for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________
4. Acceptance of Estimate No./Rev.: _______________________________
5. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________
6. Other Terms and Conditions: In the event that we decide not to order the Change accepted, you shall be entitled to compensation for the cost of preparation of Change Proposal described in your Estimate for Change Proposal mentioned in para. 3 above in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.
(Employer’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name and Title of signatory)
Annex 4. Change Proposal
(Contractor’s Letterhead)
To: _______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: _______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
In response to your Request for Change Proposal No. _______________________________, we hereby submit our proposal as follows:
1. Title of Change: _______________________________
2. Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________
3. Originator of Change: Employer: [_______________________________
Contractor: _______________________________
4. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________
5. Reasons for Change: _______________________________
6. Facilities and/or Item No. of Equipment related to the requested Change: _______________________________
7. Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:
Drawing/Document No. Description
8. Estimate of increase/decrease to the Contract Price resulting from Change Proposal:[14]
(Amount)
(a) Direct material
(b) Major construction equipment
(c) Direct field labor (Total hrs)
(d) Subcontracts
(e) Indirect material and labor
(f) Site supervision
(g) Head office technical staff salaries
Process engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Project engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Equipment engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Procurement hrs @ rate/hr
Draftsperson hrs @ rate/hr
Total hrs
(h) Extraordinary costs (computer, travel, etc.)
(i) Fee for general administration, % of Items
(j) Taxes and customs duties
Total lump sum cost of Change Proposal
(Sum of items (a) to (j))
Cost to prepare Estimate for Change Proposal
(Amount payable if Change is not accepted)
9. Additional time for Completion required due to Change Proposal
10. Effect on the Functional Guarantees
11. Effect on the other terms and conditions of the Contract
12. Validity of this Proposal: within [Number] days after receipt of this Proposal by the Employer
13. Other terms and conditions of this Change Proposal:
(a) You are requested to notify us of your acceptance, comments or rejection of this detailed Change Proposal within ______________ days from your receipt of this Proposal.
(b) The amount of any increase and/or decrease shall be taken into account in the adjustment of the Contract Price.
(c) Contractor’s cost for preparation of this Change Proposal:2
(Contractor’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Annex 5. Change Order
(Employer’s Letterhead)
To: _______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: _______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We approve the Change Order for the work specified in the Change Proposal (No. _______), and agree to adjust the Contract Price, Time for Completion and/or other conditions of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.
1. Title of Change: _______________________________
2. Change Request No./Rev.: _______________________________
3. Change Order No./Rev.: _______________________________
4. Originator of Change: Employer: _______________________________
Contractor: _______________________________
5. Authorized Price:
Ref. No.: _______________________________ Date: __________________________
Foreign currency portion __________ plus Local currency portion __________
6. Adjustment of Time for Completion
None Increase _________ days Decrease _________ days
7. Other effects, if any
Authorized by: Date:
(Employer)
Accepted by: Date:
(Contractor)
Annex 6. Pending Agreement Change Order
(Employer’s Letterhead)
To: _______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: [_______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We instruct you to carry out the work in the Change Order detailed below in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.
1. Title of Change: _______________________________
2. Employer’s Request for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________dated: __________
3. Contractor’s Change Proposal No./Rev.: ________________________ dated: __________
4. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________
5. Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change: _______________________________
6. Reference Drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:
Drawing/Document No. Description
7. Adjustment of Time for Completion:
8. Other change in the Contract terms:
9. Other terms and conditions:
(Employer’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Annex 7. Application for Change Proposal
(Contractor’s Letterhead)
To: _______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: _______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We hereby propose that the below-mentioned work be treated as a Change in the Facilities.
1. Title of Change: _______________________________
2. Application for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________ dated: _______________________________
3. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________
4. Reasons for Change:
5. Order of Magnitude Estimation (in the currencies of the Contract):
6. Scheduled Impact of Change:
7. Effect on Functional Guarantees, if any:
8. Appendix:
(Contractor’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Drawings |
Supplementary Information The proposed locations of the auto-reclosers across the Eswatini Electricity Company network:
|
The coordinates existing locations of the Communication High Sites across the Eswatini Electricity Company network can be found in this link:
11kV Auto Reclosers
PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms
Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract |
Table of Clauses
A. Contract and Interpretation. 193
1. Definitions. 193
2. Contract Documents. 196
3. Interpretation. 196
4. Communications. 198
5. Law and Language. 198
6. Fraud and Corruption. 198
B. Subject Matter of Contract 199
7. Scope of Facilities. 199
8. Time for Commencement and Completion. 200
9. Contractor’s Responsibilities. 200
10. Employer’s Responsibilities. 204
C. Payment 206
11. Contract Price. 206
12. Terms of Payment 206
13. Securities. 206
14. Taxes and Duties. 208
D. Intellectual Property. 209
15. License/Use of Technical Information. 209
16. Confidential Information. 209
E. Execution of the Facilities. 210
17. Representatives. 210
18. Work Program.. 212
19. Subcontracting. 215
20. Design and Engineering. 216
21. Procurement 218
22. Installation. 220
23. Test and Inspection. 232
24. Completion of the Facilities. 234
25. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance. 236
F. Guarantees and Liabilities. 239
26. Completion Time Guarantee. 239
27. Defect Liability. 240
28. Functional Guarantees. 242
29. Patent Indemnity. 243
30. Limitation of Liability. 245
G. Risk Distribution. 245
31. Transfer of Ownership. 245
32. Care of Facilities. 246
33. Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification. 247
34. Insurance. 248
35. Unforeseen Conditions. 251
36. Change in Laws and Regulations. 252
37. Force Majeure. 252
38. War Risks. 254
H. Change in Contract Elements. 255
39. Change in the Facilities. 255
40. Extension of Time for Completion. 259
41. Suspension. 260
42. Termination. 262
43. Assignment 269
44. Export Restrictions. 269
I. Claims, Disputes and Arbitration. 269
45. Contractor’s Claims. 269
46. Disputes and Arbitration. 271
47. Cyber Security. 275
General Conditions of Contract
1. Definitions | 1.1 The following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them: “Contract” means the Contract Agreement entered into between the Employer and the Contractor, together with the Contract Documents referred to therein; they shall constitute the Contract, and the term “the Contract” shall in all such documents be construed accordingly. “Contract Documents” means the documents listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) of the Contract Agreement (including any amendments thereto). “GCC” means the General Conditions of Contract hereof. “PCC” means the Particular Conditions of Contract. “day” means calendar day. “year” means 365 days. “month” means calendar month. “Party” means the Employer or the Contractor, as the context requires, and “Parties” means both of them. “Employer” means the person named as such in the PCC and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Employer. “Project Manager” means the person appointed by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.1 (Project Manager) hereof and named as such in the PCC to perform the duties delegated by the Employer. “Contractor” means the person(s) whose Bid to perform the Contract has been accepted by the Employer and is named as Contractor in the Contract Agreement, and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Contractor. “Contractor’s Representative” means any person nominated by the Contractor and approved by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2 (Contractor’s Representative and Construction Manager) hereof to perform the duties delegated by the Contractor. “Construction Manager” means the person appointed by the Contractor’s Representative in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.4. “Subcontractor,” including manufacturers, means any person to whom execution of any part of the Facilities, including preparation of any design or supply of any Plant, is sub-contracted directly or indirectly by the Contractor, and includes its legal successors or permitted assigns. “Dispute Board” (DB) means the person or persons named as such in the PCC appointed by agreement between the Employer and the Contractor to make a decision with respect to any dispute or difference between the Employer and the Contractor referred to him or her by the Parties pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 46.1 (Dispute Board) hereof. “The Bank” means the financing institution named in the PCC. “Contract Price” means the sum specified in Article 2.1 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement, subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract. “Facilities” means the Plant to be supplied and installed, as well as all the Installation Services to be carried out by the Contractor under the Contract. “Plant” means permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, materials, articles and things of all kinds to be provided and incorporated in the Facilities by the Contractor under the Contract (including the spare parts to be supplied by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 hereof), but does not include Contractor’s Equipment. “Installation Services” means all those services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract, such as transportation and provision of marine or other similar insurance, inspection, expediting, site preparation works (including the provision and use of Contractor’s Equipment and the supply of all construction materials required), installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations, maintenance, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc… as the case may require. “Contractor’s Equipment” means all facilities, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus, appliances or things of every kind required in or for installation, completion and maintenance of Facilities that are to be provided by the Contractor, but does not include Plant, or other things intended to form or forming part of the Facilities. “Country of Origin” means the countries and territories eligible under the rules of the Bank as further elaborated in the PCC. “Site” means the land and other places upon which the Facilities are to be installed, and such other land or places as may be specified in the Contract as forming part of the Site. “Effective Date” means the date of fulfillment of all conditions stated in Article 3 (Effective Date) of the Contract Agreement, from which the Time for Completion shall be counted. “Time for Completion” means the time within which Completion of the Facilities as a whole (or of a part of the Facilities where a separate Time for Completion of such part has been prescribed) is to be attained, as referred to in GCC Clause 8 and in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Contract. “Completion” means that the Facilities (or a specific part thereof where specific parts are specified in the Contract) have been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition, that all work in respect of Precommissioning of the Facilities or such specific part thereof has been completed, and that the Facilities or specific part thereof are ready for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof. “Precommissioning” means the testing, checking and other requirements specified in the Employer’s Requirements that are to be carried out by the Contractor in preparation for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof. “Commissioning” means operation of the Facilities or any part thereof by the Contractor following Completion, which operation is to be carried out by the Contractor as provided in GCC Sub-Clause 25.1 (Commissioning) hereof, for the purpose of carrying out Guarantee Test(s). “Guarantee Test(s)” means the test(s) specified in the Employer’s Requirements to be carried out to ascertain whether the Facilities or a specified part thereof is able to attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 25.2 (Guarantee Test) hereof. “Operational Acceptance” means the acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities (or any part of the Facilities where the Contract provides for acceptance of the Facilities in parts), which certifies the Contractor’s fulfillment of the Contract in respect of Functional Guarantees of the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) in accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees) hereof and shall include deemed acceptance in accordance with GCC Clause 25 (Commissioning and Operational Acceptance) hereof. “Defect Liability Period” means the period of validity of the warranties given by the Contractor commencing at Completion of the Facilities or a part thereof, during which the Contractor is responsible for defects with respect to the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) as provided in GCC Clause 27 (Defect Liability) hereof. “ES” means Environmental and Social (including Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), and Sexual Harassment (SH)). “Sexual Exploitation and Abuse” “(SEA)” means the following: Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another. Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions; “Sexual Harassment” “(SH)” is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature by the Contractor’s Personnel with other Contractor’s Personnel or Employer’s Personnel. “Contractor’s Personnel” means all personnel whom the Contractor utilizes in the execution of the Contract, including the staff, labor and other employees of the Contractor and each Subcontractor; and any other personnel assisting the Contractor in the execution of the Contract; and “Employer’s Personnel” means all staff, labor and other employees of the Project Manager and of the Employer engaged in fulfilling the Employer’s obligations under the Contract; and any other personnel identified as Employer’s Personnel, by a notice from the Employer to the Contractor. | ||
2. Contract Documents | 2.1 Subject to Article 1.2 (Order of Precedence) of the Contract Agreement, all documents forming part of the Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended to be correlative, complementary and mutually explanatory. The Contract shall be read as a whole. | ||
3. Interpretation | 3.1 In the Contract, except where the context requires otherwise:
The marginal words and other headings shall not be taken into consideration in the interpretation of these Conditions. 3.2 Incoterms Unless inconsistent with any provision of the Contract, the meaning of any trade term and the rights and obligations of Parties thereunder shall be as prescribed by Incoterms. Incoterms means international rules for interpreting trade terms published by the International Chamber of Commerce (latest edition), 38 Cours Albert 1er, 75008 Paris, France. 3.3 Entire Agreement Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 16.4 hereof, the Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer and Contractor with respect to the subject matter of Contract and supersedes all communications, negotiations and agreements (whether written or oral) of Parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract. 3.4 Amendment No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be effective unless it is in writing, is dated, expressly refers to the Contract, and is signed by a duly authorized representative of each Party hereto. 3.5 Independent Contractor The Contractor shall be an independent contractor performing the Contract. The Contract does not create any agency, partnership, joint venture or other joint relationship between the Parties hereto. Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the manner in which the Contract is performed. All employees, representatives or Subcontractors engaged by the Contractor in connection with the performance of the Contract shall be under the complete control of the Contractor and shall not be deemed to be employees of the Employer, and nothing contained in the Contract or in any subcontract awarded by the Contractor shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between any such employees, representatives or Subcontractors and the Employer. 3.6 Non-Waiver 3.6.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 3.6.2 below, no relaxation, forbearance, delay or indulgence by either Party in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either Party to the other shall prejudice, affect or restrict the rights of that Party under the Contract, nor shall any waiver by either Party of any breach of Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract. 3.6.2 Any waiver of a Party’s rights, powers or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, must be dated and signed by an authorized representative of the Party granting such waiver, and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being waived. 3.7 Severability If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract. 3.8 Country of Origin “Origin” means the place where the plant and component parts thereof are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided. Plant components are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially recognized product results that is substantially different in its basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components. | ||
4. Communications | 4.1 Wherever these Conditions provide for the giving or issuing of approvals, certificates, consents, determinations, notices, requests and discharges, these communications shall be:
When a certificate is issued to a Party, the certifier shall send a copy to the other Party. When a notice is issued to a Party, by the other Party or the Project Manager, a copy shall be sent to the Project Manager or the other Party, as the case may be. | ||
5. Law and Language | 5.1 The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with laws of the country specified in the PCC.
| ||
6. Fraud and Corruption |
| ||
| |||
7. Scope of Facilities | 7.1 Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor’s obligations cover the provision of all Plant and the performance of all Installation Services required for the design, and the manufacture (including procurement, quality assurance, construction, installation, associated civil works, Precommissioning and delivery) of the Plant, and the installation, completion and commissioning of the Facilities in accordance with the plans, procedures, specifications, drawings, codes and any other documents as specified in the Section, Employer’s Requirements. Such specifications include, but are not limited to, the provision of supervision and engineering services; the supply of labor, materials, equipment, spare parts (as specified in GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 below) and accessories; Contractor’s Equipment; construction utilities and supplies; temporary materials, structures and facilities; transportation (including, without limitation, unloading and hauling to, from and at the Site); and storage, except for those supplies, works and services that will be provided or performed by the Employer, as set forth in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer. 7.2 The Contractor shall, unless specifically excluded in the Contract, perform all such work and/or supply all such items and materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining Completion of the Facilities as if such work and/or items and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract. 7.3 In addition to the supply of Mandatory Spare Parts included in the Contract, the Contractor agrees to supply spare parts required for the operation and maintenance of the Facilities for the period specified in the PCC and the provisions, if any, specified in the PCC. However, the identity, specifications and quantities of such spare parts and the terms and conditions relating to the supply thereof are to be agreed between the Employer and the Contractor, and the price of such spare parts shall be that given in Price Schedule No. 6, which shall be added to the Contract Price. The price of such spare parts shall include the purchase price therefor and other costs and expenses (including the Contractor’s fees) relating to the supply of spare parts. |
| |
8. Time for Commencement and Completion | 8.1 The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within the period specified in the PCC and without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.9 and 26.2 hereof, the Contractor shall thereafter proceed with the Facilities in accordance with the time schedule specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule. 8.2 The Contractor shall attain Completion of the Facilities or of a part where a separate time for Completion of such part is specified in the Contract, within the time stated in the PCC or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 hereof. |
| |
9. Contractor’s Responsibilities | 9.1 The Contractor shall design, manufacture including associated purchases and/or subcontracting, install and complete the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. When completed, the Facilities should be fit for the purposes for which they are intended as defined in the Contract. 9.2 The Contractor confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the basis of a proper examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that the Contractor could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available and of other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities as of the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to Bid submission. The Contractor acknowledges that any failure to acquaint itself with all such data and information shall not relieve its responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Facilities. 9.3 The Contractor shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor to obtain in its name and which are necessary for the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, visas for the Contractor’s Personnel and entry permits for all imported Contractor’s Equipment. The Contractor shall acquire all other permits, approvals and/or licenses that are not the responsibility of the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 10.3 hereof and that are necessary for the performance of the Contract. 9.4 The Contractor shall comply with all laws in force in the country where the Facilities are to be implemented. The laws will include all local, state, national or other laws that affect the performance of the Contract and bind upon the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature arising or resulting from the violation of such laws by the Contractor or its personnel, including the Subcontractors and their personnel, but without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 10.1 hereof. 9.5 Any Plant and Installation Services that will be incorporated in or be required for the Facilities and other supplies shall have their origin as specified under GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin). Any subcontractors retained by the Contractor shall be from a country as specified in GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin). 9.6 If the Contractor is a joint venture, or association (JV) of two or more persons, all such persons shall be jointly and severally bound to the Employer for the fulfillment of the provisions of the Contract, and shall designate one of such persons to act as a leader with authority to bind the JV. The composition or the constitution of the JV shall not be altered without the prior consent of the Employer. 9.7 Pursuant to paragraph 2.2 e. of Appendix B to the General Conditions the Contractor shall permit and shall cause its agents (where declared or not), subcontractors, subconsultants, service providers, suppliers, and personnel, to permit, the Bank and/or persons appointed by the Bank to inspect the site and/or the accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have such accounts, records and other documents audited by auditors appointed by the Bank. The Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’ and subconsultants’ attention is drawn to Sub-Clause 6.1 (Fraud and Corruption) which provides, inter alia, that acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights constitute a prohibited practice subject to contract termination (as well as to a determination of ineligibility pursuant to the Bank’s prevailing sanctions procedures). 9.8 The Contractor shall conform to the sustainable procurement contractual provisions, if and as specified in the PCC. 9.9 Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP) The Contractor shall not carry out mobilization to Site unless the Project Manager gives approval, an approval that shall not be unreasonably delayed, to the measures the Contractor proposes to address environmental and social risks and impacts including the code of conduct, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 22.4. The Contractor shall submit, to the Project Manager for Review, any additional Management Strategies and Implementation Plans as are necessary to manage the ES risks and impacts of the Facilities. These Management Strategies and Implementation Plans collectively comprise the Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP). The Contractor shall review the C-ESMP, periodically (but not less than every six (6) months), and update it as required to ensure that it contains measures appropriate to the Facilities. The updated C-ESMP shall be submitted to the Project Manager for its approval. 9.10 Training of Contractor’s Personnel The Contractor shall provide appropriate training to relevant Contractor’s Personnel on ES aspects of the Contract, including appropriate sensitization on prohibition of SEA and health and safety training referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 22.2.7. As stated in the Employer’s Requirements or as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall also allow appropriate opportunities for the relevant Contractor’s Personnel to be trained on ES aspects of the Contract by the Employer’s personnel and/or other personnel assigned by the Employer. 9.11 Stakeholder engagements The Contractor shall provide relevant contract- related information, as the Employer and/or Project Manager may reasonably request to conduct contract stakeholder engagement. “Stakeholder” refers to individuals or groups who:
The Contractor may also directly participate in contract stakeholder engagements, as the Employer and/or Project Manager may reasonably request. 9.12 Forced Labor The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage forced labour. Forced labour consists of any work or service, not voluntarily performed, that is exacted from an individual under threat of force or penalty, and includes any kind of involuntary or compulsory labour, such as indentured labour, bonded labour or similar labour-contracting arrangements. No persons shall be employed or engaged who have been subject to trafficking. Trafficking in persons is defined as the recruitment, transportation, transfer, harbouring or receipt of persons by means of the threat or use of force or other forms of coercion, abduction, fraud, deception, abuse of power, or of a position of vulnerability, or of the giving or receiving of payments or benefits to achieve the consent of a person having control over another person, for the purposes of exploitation. The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage forced labour including trafficked persons. If forced labour/trafficking cases are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks. 9.13 Child Labor The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage a child under the age of 14 unless the national law specifies a higher age (the minimum age). The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage a child between the minimum age and the age of 18 in a manner that is likely to be hazardous, or to interfere with, the child’s education, or to be harmful to the child’s health or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social development. The Contractor including its Subcontractors, shall only employ or engage children between the minimum age and the age of 18 after an appropriate risk assessment has been conducted by the Contractor with the Engineer’s consent. The Contractor shall be subject to regular monitoring by the Project Manager that includes monitoring of health, working conditions and hours of work. Work considered hazardous for children is work that, by its nature or the circumstances in which it is carried out, is likely to jeopardize the health, safety, or morals of children. Such work activities prohibited for children include work:
The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage child labor. If child labor cases are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks. 9.14 Serious Safety Issues The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall comply with all applicable safety obligations. The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) to adopt procedures and mitigation measures adequate to address safety issues related to their personnel. If serious safety issues are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks. 9.15 Obtaining natural resource materials The Contractor shall obtain natural resource materials from suppliers that can demonstrate, through compliance with the applicable verification and/ or certification requirements, that obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats such as unsustainably harvested wood products, gravel or sand extraction from riverbeds or beaches. If a supplier cannot continue to demonstrate that obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to demonstrate that they are not significantly adversely impacting the habitats. 9.16 Site Signage The Contractor shall not post and shall ensure that its Subcontractors/suppliers/manufacturers and Contractors’ Personnel shall not post, any signage on the Site, or in any other place where the Works will be carried out, except such signage as is required under the Contract, including by the Laws of the Country, or has been approved by the Employer. For the purposes of this sub-clause, signage shall include, inter alia, flags, billboards, advertising materials and any other similar item separately posted on the Site. |
| |
10. Employer’s Responsibilities | 10.1 All information and/or data to be supplied by the Employer as described in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, shall be deemed to be accurate, except when the Employer expressly states otherwise. 10.2 The Employer shall be responsible for acquiring and providing legal and physical possession of the Site and access thereto, and for providing possession of and access to all other areas reasonably required for the proper execution of the Contract, including all requisite rights of way, as specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer. The Employer shall give full possession of and accord all rights of access thereto on or before the date(s) specified in that Appendix. 10.3 The Employer shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which (a) such authorities or undertakings require the Employer to obtain in the Employer’s name, (b) are necessary for the execution of the Contract, including those required for the performance by both the Contractor and the Employer of their respective obligations under the Contract, and (c) are specified in the Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer). 10.4 If requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining in a timely and expeditious manner all permits, approvals and/or licenses necessary for the execution of the Contract from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings that such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor or Subcontractors or the personnel of the Contractor or Subcontractors, as the case may be, to obtain. 10.5 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Employer shall provide sufficient, properly qualified operating and maintenance personnel; shall supply and make available all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, other materials and facilities; and shall perform all work and services of whatsoever nature, including those required by the Contractor to properly carry out Precommissioning, Commissioning and Guarantee Tests, all in accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, at or before the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 hereof and in the manner thereupon specified or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor. 10.6 The Employer shall be responsible for the continued operation of the Facilities after Completion, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.8, and shall be responsible for facilitating the Guarantee Test(s) for the Facilities, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2. 10.7 All costs and expenses involved in the performance of the obligations under this GCC Clause 10 shall be the responsibility of the Employer, save those to be incurred by the Contractor with respect to the performance of Guarantee Tests, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2. 10.8 In the event that the Employer shall be in breach of any of his obligations under this Clause, the additional cost incurred by the Contractor in consequence thereof shall be determined by the Project Manager and added to the Contract Price. |
| |
11. Contract Price | 11.1 The Contract Price shall be as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement. 11.2 Unless an adjustment clause is provided for in the PCC, the Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum not subject to any alteration, except in the event of a Change in the Facilities or as otherwise provided in the Contract. 11.3 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.2, 10.1 and 35 hereof, the Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied itself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price, which shall, except as otherwise provided for in the Contract, cover all its obligations under the Contract. |
12. Terms of Payment | 12.1 The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement and in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which also outlines the procedures to be followed in making application for and processing payments. 12.2 No payment made by the Employer herein shall be deemed to constitute acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities or any part(s) thereof. 12.3 In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment by its respective due date or within the period set forth in the Contract, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate(s) shown in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, for the period of delay until payment has been made in full, whether before or after judgment or arbitrage award. 12.4 The currency or currencies in which payments are made to the Contractor under this Contract shall be specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, subject to the general principle that payments will be made in the currency or currencies in which the Contract Price has been stated in the Contractor’s Bid. 12.5 As specified in the PCC, if the Contractor fails to perform its cyber security obligations under the Contract, an assessed amount, as determined by the Project Manager, may be withheld until the obligation has been performed. |
13. Securities | 13.1 Issuance of Securities The Contractor shall provide the securities specified below in favor of the Employer at the times, and in the amount, manner and form specified below. 13.2 Advance Payment Security 13.2.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security in an amount equal to the advance payment calculated in accordance with the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, and in the same currency or currencies. 13.2.2 The security shall be in the form provided in the Bidding documents or in another form acceptable to the Employer. The amount of the security shall be reduced in proportion to the value of the Facilities executed by and paid to the Contractor from time to time, and shall automatically become null and void when the full amount of the advance payment has been recovered by the Employer. The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration. 13.3 Performance Security 13.3.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security for the due performance of the Contract in the amount specified in the PCC. 13.3.2 The Performance Security shall be denominated in the currency or currencies of the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer, and shall be in the form provided in Section X, Contract Forms, corresponding to the type of bank guarantee stipulated by the Employer in the PCC, or in another form acceptable to the Employer. 13.3.3 Unless otherwise specified in the PCC, the security shall be reduced by half on the date of the Operational Acceptance. The Security shall become null and void, or shall be reduced pro rata to the Contract Price of a part of the Facilities for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, five hundred and forty (540) days after Completion of the Facilities or three hundred and sixty five (365) days after Operational Acceptance of the Facilities, whichever occurs first; provided, however, that if the Defects Liability Period has been extended on any part of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.8 hereof, the Contractor shall issue an additional security in an amount proportionate to the Contract Price of that part. The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration, provided, however, that if the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10, is liable for an extended defect liability obligation, the Performance Security shall be extended for the period specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10 and up to the amount specified in the PCC. 13.3.4 The Employer shall not make a claim under the Performance Security, except for amounts to which the Employer is entitled under the Contract. The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless against and from all damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from a claim under the Performance Security to the extent to which the Employer was not entitled to make the claim. |
14. Taxes and Duties | 14.1 Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, levies and charges assessed on the Contractor, its Subcontractors or their employees by all municipal, state or national government authorities in connection with the Facilities in and outside of the country where the Site is located. 14.2 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 14.1 above, the Employer shall bear and promptly pay (a) all customs and import duties for the Plant specified in Price Schedule No. 1; and (b) other domestic taxes such as, sales tax and value added tax (VAT) on the Plant specified in Price Schedules No. 1 and No. 2 and that is to be incorporated into the Facilities, and on the finished goods, imposed by the law of the country where the Site is located. 14.3 If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be available to the Contractor in the country where the Site is located, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to enable the Contractor to benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum allowable extent. 14.4 For the purpose of the Contract, it is agreed that the Contract Price specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement is based on the taxes, duties, levies and charges prevailing at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission in the country where the Site is located (hereinafter called “Tax” in this GCC Sub-Clause 14.4). If any rates of Tax are increased or decreased, a new Tax is introduced, an existing Tax is abolished, or any change in interpretation or application of any Tax occurs in the course of the performance of Contract, which was or will be assessed on the Contractor, Subcontractors or their employees in connection with performance of the Contract, an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price shall be made to fully take into account any such change by addition to the Contract Price or deduction therefrom, as the case may be, in accordance with GCC Clause 36 hereof. |
15. License/Use of Technical Information | 15.1 For the operation and maintenance of the Plant, the Contractor hereby grants a non-exclusive and non-transferable license (without the right to sub-license) to the Employer under the patents, utility models or other industrial property rights owned by the Contractor or by a third Party from whom the Contractor has received the right to grant licenses thereunder, and shall also grant to the Employer a non-exclusive and non-transferable right (without the right to sub-license) to use the know-how and other technical information disclosed to the Employer under the Contract. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as transferring ownership of any patent, utility model, trademark, design, copyright, know-how or other intellectual property right from the Contractor or any third Party to the Employer. 15.2 The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials containing data and information furnished to the Employer by the Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Contractor or, if they are furnished to the Employer directly or through the Contractor by any third Party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third Party. |
16. Confidential Information | 16.1 The Employer and the Contractor shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other Party hereto, divulge to any third Party any documents, data or other information furnished directly or indirectly by the other Party hereto in connection with the Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior to, during or following termination of the Contract. Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor may furnish to its Subcontractor(s) such documents, data and other information it receives from the Employer to the extent required for the Subcontractor(s) to perform its work under the Contract, in which event the Contractor shall obtain from such Subcontractor(s) an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the Contractor under this GCC Clause 16. 16.2 The Employer shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Contractor for any purpose other than the operation and maintenance of the Facilities. Similarly, the Contractor shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Employer for any purpose other than the design, procurement of Plant, construction or such other work and services as are required for the performance of the Contract. 16.3 The obligation of a Party under GCC Sub-Clauses 16.1 and 16.2 above, however, shall not apply to that information which (a) now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of that Party (b) can be proven to have been possessed by that Party at the time of disclosure and which was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other Party hereto (c) otherwise lawfully becomes available to that Party from a third Party that has no obligation of confidentiality (d) is being provided to the Bank. 16.4 The above provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the Parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof. 16.5 The provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall survive termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract. |
17. Representatives | 17.1 Project Manager If the Project Manager is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Employer shall appoint and notify the Contractor in writing of the name of the Project Manager. The Employer may from time to time appoint some other person as the Project Manager in place of the person previously so appointed, and shall give a notice of the name of such other person to the Contractor without delay. No such appointment shall be made at such a time or in such a manner as to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. Such appointment shall only take effect upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor. The Project Manager shall represent and act for the Employer at all times during the performance of the Contract. All notices, instructions, orders, certificates, approvals and all other communications under the Contract shall be given by the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided. All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by the Contractor to the Employer under the Contract shall be given to the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided. 17.2 Contractor’s Representative & Construction Manager 17.2.1 If the Contractor’s Representative is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Contractor shall appoint the Contractor’s Representative and shall request the Employer in writing to approve the person so appointed. If the Employer makes no objection to the appointment within fourteen (14) days, the Contractor’s Representative shall be deemed to have been approved. If the Employer objects to the appointment within fourteen (14) days giving the reason therefor, then the Contractor shall appoint a replacement within fourteen (14) days of such objection, and the foregoing provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1 shall apply thereto. 17.2.2 The Contractor’s Representative shall represent and act for the Contractor at all times during the performance of the Contract and shall give to the Project Manager all the Contractor’s notices, instructions, information and all other communications under the Contract. All notices, instructions, information and all other communications given by the Employer or the Project Manager to the Contractor under the Contract shall be given to the Contractor’s Representative or, in its absence, its deputy, except as herein otherwise provided. The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractor’s Representative without the Employer’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Employer consents thereto, the Contractor shall appoint some other person as the Contractor’s Representative, pursuant to the procedure set out in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1. 17.2.3 The Contractor’s Representative may, subject to the approval of the Employer which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at any time delegate to any person any of the powers, functions and authorities vested in him or her. Any such delegation may be revoked at any time. Any such delegation or revocation shall be subject to a prior notice signed by the Contractor’s Representative, and shall specify the powers, functions and authorities thereby delegated or revoked. No such delegation or revocation shall take effect unless and until a copy thereof has been delivered to the Employer and the Project Manager. Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so delegated to him or her in accordance with this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.3 shall be deemed to be an act or exercise by the Contractor’s Representative. 17.2.4 From the commencement of installation of the Facilities at the Site until Completion, the Contractor’s Representative shall appoint a suitable person as the Construction Manager. The Construction Manager shall supervise all work done at the Site by the Contractor and shall be present at the Site throughout normal working hours except when on leave, sick or absent for reasons connected with the proper performance of the Contract. Whenever the Construction Manager is absent from the Site, a suitable person shall be appointed to act as the Construction Manager’s deputy. 17.2.5 The Project Manager may require the Contractor to remove (or cause to be removed) the Contractor’s Representative or any other person employed by the Contractor in the execution of the Contract, who:
If appropriate, the Contractor shall then promptly appoint (or cause to be appointed) a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and experience. Notwithstanding any requirement from the Project Manager to remove or cause to remove any person, the Contractor shall take immediate action as appropriate in response to any violation of (a) through (g) above. Such immediate action shall include removing (or causing to be removed) from the Site or other places where the Contract is being executed, any Contractor’s Personnel who engages in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (g) above or has been recruited as stated in (f) above.. 17.2.6 If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is removed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.5, the Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and experience. |
18. Work Program | 18.1 Contractor’s Organization The Contractor shall supply to the Employer and the Project Manager a chart showing the proposed organization to be established by the Contractor for carrying out work on the Facilities within twenty-one (21) days of the Effective Date. The chart shall include the identities of the key personnel and the curricula vitae of such key personnel to be employed shall be supplied together with the chart. The Contractor shall promptly inform the Employer and the Project Manager in writing of any revision or alteration of such an organization chart. 18.2 Program of Performance Within twenty-eight (28) days after the Effective Date, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a detailed program of performance of the Contract, made in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and showing the sequence in which it proposes to design, manufacture, transport, assemble, install and precommission the Facilities, as well as the date by which the Contractor reasonably requires that the Employer shall have fulfilled its obligations under the Contract so as to enable the Contractor to execute the Contract in accordance with the program and to achieve Completion, Commissioning and Acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. The program so submitted by the Contractor shall accord with the Time Schedule included in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and any other dates and periods specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall update and revise the program as and when appropriate or when required by the Project Manager, but without modification in the Times for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to Sub-Clause 8.2 and any extension granted in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and shall submit all such revisions to the Project Manager. 18.3 Progress Report The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities specified in the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 above, and supply a progress report to the Project Manager every month. The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and shall indicate: (a) percentage completion achieved compared with the planned percentage completion for each activity; and (b) where any activity is behind the program, giving comments and likely consequences and stating the corrective action being taken. Unless otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, each progress report shall include the Environmental and Social (ES) metrics set out in Appendix C. If stated in the PCC, progress report shall include status of compliance to cyber security risks management, and any foreseeable cyber security risk and mitigation. In addition to the progress reports, the Contractor shall inform the Project Manager immediately of any allegation, incident or accident in the Site, which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel or Contractor’s Personnel. This includes, but is not limited to, any incident or accident causing fatality or serious injury; significant adverse effects or damage to private property; any cyber security incidents as specified in the PCC; or any allegation of SEA and/or SH. In case of SEA and/or SH, while maintaining confidentiality as appropriate, the type of allegation (sexual exploitation, sexual abuse or sexual harassment), gender and age of the person who experienced the alleged incident should be included in the information. The Contractor, upon becoming aware of the allegation, incident or accident, shall also immediately inform the Project Manager of any such incident or accident on the Subcontractors’ or suppliers’ premises relating to the Facilities which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel, or Contractor’s, its Subcontractors’ and suppliers’ personnel. The notification shall provide sufficient detail regarding such incidents or accidents. The Contractor shall provide full details of such incidents or accidents to the Project Manager within the timeframe agreed with the Project Manager. The Contractor shall require its Subcontractors and suppliers to immediately notify the Contractor of any incidents or accidents referred to in this Subclause. 18.4 Progress of Performance If at any time the Contractor’s actual progress falls behind the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, or it becomes apparent that it will so fall behind, the Contractor shall, at the request of the Employer or the Project Manager, prepare and submit to the Project Manager a revised program, taking into account the prevailing circumstances, and shall notify the Project Manager of the steps being taken to expedite progress so as to attain Completion of the Facilities within the Time for Completion under GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, any extension thereof entitled under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, or any extended period as may otherwise be agreed upon between the Employer and the Contractor. 18.5 Procedures The Contract shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents including the procedures given in the Forms and Procedures of the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor may execute the Contract in accordance with its own standard project execution plans and procedures to the extent that they do not conflict with the provisions contained in the Contract. |
19. Subcontracting | 19.1 The Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors, specifies major items of supply or services and a list of approved Subcontractors against each item, including manufacturers. Insofar as no Subcontractors are listed against any such item, the Contractor shall prepare a list of Subcontractors for such item for inclusion in such list. The Contractor may from time to time propose any addition to or deletion from any such list. The Contractor shall submit any such list or any modification thereto to the Employer for its approval in sufficient time so as not to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. Submission by the Contractor, for addition of any Subcontractor not named in the Contract, shall also include the Subcontractor’s declaration in accordance with Appendix D- Sexual exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH) Performance Declaration. Approval by the Employer for any of the Subcontractors shall not relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations, duties or responsibilities under the Contract. 19.2 The Contractor shall select and employ its Subcontractors for such major items from those listed in the lists referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 19.1. 19.3 For items or parts of the Facilities not specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors, the Contractor may employ such Subcontractors as it may select, at its discretion. 19.4 Each sub-contract shall include provisions which would entitle the Employer to require the sub-contract to be assigned to the Employer under GCC 19.5 (if and when applicable), or in event of termination by the Employer under GCC 42.2. 19.5 If a Subcontractor's obligations extend beyond the expiry date of the relevant Defects Liability Period and the Project Manager, prior to that date, instructs the Contractor to assign the benefits of such obligations to the Employer, then the Contractor shall do so. 19.6 The Contractor shall ensure that its Subcontractors execute the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, including complying with the relevant ES requirements and the obligations set out in GCC Sub-Clause 22.4. |
20. Design and Engineering | 20.1 Specifications and Drawings 20.1.1 The Contractor shall execute the basic and detailed design and the engineering work in compliance with the provisions of the Contract, or where not so specified, in accordance with good engineering practice. The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the specifications, drawings and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such specifications, drawings and other documents have been approved by the Project Manager or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors or omissions are not because of inaccurate information furnished in writing to the Contractor by or on behalf of the Employer. 20.1.2 The Contractor shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any design, data, drawing, specification or other document, or any modification thereof provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the Project Manager. 20.2 Codes and Standards Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which the Contract shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards current at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to date of Bid submission shall apply unless otherwise specified. During Contract execution, any changes in such codes and standards shall be applied subject to approval by the Employer and shall be treated in accordance with GCC Clause 39. 20.3 Approval/Review of Technical Documents by Project Manager 20.3.1 The Contractor shall prepare or cause its Subcontractors to prepare, and furnish to the Project Manager the documents listed in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Documents for Approval or Review, for its approval or review as specified and in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance). Any part of the Facilities covered by or related to the documents to be approved by the Project Manager shall be executed only after the Project Manager’s approval thereof. GCC Sub-Clauses 20.3.2 through 20.3.7 shall apply to those documents requiring the Project Manager’s approval, but not to those furnished to the Project Manager for its review only. 20.3.2 Within fourteen (14) days after receipt by the Project Manager of any document requiring the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Project Manager shall either return one copy thereof to the Contractor with its approval endorsed thereon or shall notify the Contractor in writing of its disapproval thereof and the reasons therefor and the modifications that the Project Manager proposes. If the Project Manager fails to take such action within the said fourteen (14) days, then the said document shall be deemed to have been approved by the Project Manager. 20.3.3 The Project Manager shall not disapprove any document, except on the grounds that the document does not comply with the Contract or that it is contrary to good engineering practice. 20.3.4 If the Project Manager disapproves the document, the Contractor shall modify the document and resubmit it for the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.2. If the Project Manager approves the document subject to modification(s), the Contractor shall make the required modification(s), whereupon the document shall be deemed to have been approved. 20.3.5 If any dispute or difference occurs between the Employer and the Contractor in connection with or arising out of the disapproval by the Project Manager of any document and/or any modification(s) thereto that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period, then such dispute or difference may be referred to a Dispute Board for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.1 hereof. If such dispute or difference is referred to a Dispute Board, the Project Manager shall give instructions as to whether and if so, how, performance of the Contract is to proceed. The Contractor shall proceed with the Contract in accordance with the Project Manager’s instructions, provided that if the Dispute Board upholds the Contractor’s view on the dispute and if the Employer has not given notice under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 hereof, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Employer for any additional costs incurred by reason of such instructions and shall be relieved of such responsibility or liability in connection with the dispute and the execution of the instructions as the Dispute Board shall decide, and the Time for Completion shall be extended accordingly. 20.3.6 The Project Manager’s approval, with or without modification of the document furnished by the Contractor, shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability imposed upon it by any provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any subsequent failure results from modifications required by the Project Manager. 20.3.7 The Contractor shall not depart from any approved document unless the Contractor has first submitted to the Project Manager an amended document and obtained the Project Manager’s approval thereof, pursuant to the provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 20.3. If the Project Manager requests any change in any already approved document and/or in any document based thereon, the provisions of GCC Clause 39 shall apply to such request. |
21. Procurement | 21.1 Plant Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, the Contractor shall procure and transport all Plant in an expeditious and orderly manner to the Site. 21.2 Employer-Supplied Plant If the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, provides that the Employer shall furnish any specific items to the Contractor, the following provisions shall apply: 21.2.1 The Employer shall, at its own risk and expense, transport each item to the place on or near the Site as agreed upon by the Parties and make such item available to the Contractor at the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, unless otherwise mutually agreed. 21.2.2 Upon receipt of such item, the Contractor shall inspect the same visually and notify the Project Manager of any detected shortage, defect or default. The Employer shall immediately remedy any shortage, defect or default, or the Contractor shall, if practicable and possible, at the request of the Employer, remedy such shortage, defect or default at the Employer’s cost and expense. After inspection, such item shall fall under the care, custody and control of the Contractor. The provision of this GCC Sub-Clause 21.2.2 shall apply to any item supplied to remedy any such shortage or default or to substitute for any defective item, or shall apply to defective items that have been repaired. 21.2.3 The foregoing responsibilities of the Contractor and its obligations of care, custody and control shall not relieve the Employer of liability for any undetected shortage, defect or default, nor place the Contractor under any liability for any such shortage, defect or default whether under GCC Clause 27 or under any other provision of Contract. 21.3 Transportation 21.3.1 The Contractor shall at its own risk and expense transport all the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site by the mode of transport that the Contractor judges most suitable under all the circumstances. 21.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall be entitled to select any safe mode of transport operated by any person to carry the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment. 21.3.3 Upon dispatch of each shipment of materials and the Contractor’s Equipment, the Contractor shall notify the Employer by telex, cable, facsimile or electronic means, of the description of the materials and of the Contractor’s Equipment, the point and means of dispatch, and the estimated time and point of arrival in the country where the Site is located, if applicable, and at the Site. The Contractor shall furnish the Employer with relevant shipping documents to be agreed upon between the Parties. 21.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, if necessary, approvals from the authorities for transportation of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site. The Employer shall use its best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining such approvals, if requested by the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any claim for damage to roads, bridges or any other traffic facilities that may be caused by the transport of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site. 21.4 Customs Clearance The Contractor shall, at its own expense, handle all imported materials and Contractor’s Equipment at the point(s) of import and shall handle any formalities for customs clearance, subject to the Employer’s obligations under GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, provided that if applicable laws or regulations require any application or act to be made by or in the name of the Employer, the Employer shall take all necessary steps to comply with such laws or regulations. In the event of delays in customs clearance that are not the fault of the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension in the Time for Completion, pursuant to GCC Clause 40. |
22. Installation | 22.1 Setting Out/Supervision 22.1.1 Bench Mark: The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-out of the Facilities in relation to bench marks, reference marks and lines provided to it in writing by or on behalf of the Employer. If, at any time during the progress of installation of the Facilities, any error shall appear in the position, level or alignment of the Facilities, the Contractor shall forthwith notify the Project Manager of such error and, at its own expense, immediately rectify such error to the reasonable satisfaction of the Project Manager. If such error is based on incorrect data provided in writing by or on behalf of the Employer, the expense of rectifying the same shall be borne by the Employer. 22.1.2 Contractor’s Supervision: The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the installation of the Facilities, and the Construction Manager or its deputy shall be constantly on the Site to provide full-time superintendence of the installation. The Contractor shall provide and employ only technical personnel who are skilled and experienced in their respective callings and supervisory staff who are competent to adequately supervise the work at hand. 22.2 Labor: 22.2.1 Engagement of Staff and Labor Except as otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labor, local or otherwise, and for their payment, housing, feeding and transport. The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in the installation of the Facilities such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labor as is necessary for the proper and timely execution of the Contract. The Contractor is encouraged to use local labor that has the necessary skills. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permit(s) and/or visa(s) from the appropriate authorities for the entry of all labor and personnel to be employed on the Site into the country where the Site is located. The Employer will, if requested by the Contractor, use his best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state, national or government permission required for bringing in the Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor shall at its own expense provide the means of repatriation to all of its Contractor’s Personnel employed for the excution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out to the place where they were recruited or to their domicile. It shall also provide suitable temporary maintenance of all such persons from the cessation of their employment on the Contract to the date programmed for their departure. In the event that the Contractor defaults in providing such means of transportation and temporary maintenance, the Employer may provide the same to such personnel and recover the cost of doing so from the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out, relevant information and documentation that are clear and understandable regarding their terms and conditions of employment. The information and documentation shall set out their rights under relevant labor laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel (which will include any applicable collective agreements), including their rights related to hours of work, wages, overtime, compensation and benefits, as well as those arising from any requirements in the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed when any material changes to their terms or conditions of employment occur. 22.2.2 Persons in the Service of Employer The Contractor shall not recruit, or attempt to recruit, staff and labor from amongst the Employer’s Personnel. 22.2.3 Labor Laws The Contractor shall comply with all the relevant labor laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel, including laws relating to their employment, health, safety, welfare, immigration and emigration, and shall allow them all their legal rights. The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the Contract use its best endeavors to prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct or behavior by or amongst its employees and the labor of its Subcontractors. The Contractor shall, in all dealings with its labor and the labor of its Subcontractors currently employed on or connected with the Contract, pay due regard to all recognized festivals, official holidays, religious or other customs and all local laws and regulations pertaining to the employment of labor. 22.2.4 Rates of Wages and Conditions of Labor The Contractor shall pay rates of wages, and observe conditions of labor, which are not lower than those established for the trade or industry where the work is carried out. If no established rates or conditions are applicable, the Contractor shall pay rates of wages and observe conditions which are not lower than the general level of wages and conditions observed locally by employers whose trade or industry is similar to that of the Contractor. The Contractor shall inform the Contractor’s Personnel about:
The Contractor shall perform such duties in regard to such deductions thereof as may be imposed on him by such laws. Where required by applicable Laws or as stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor and its Subcontarctors shall provide their personnel written notice of termination of employment and details of severance payments in a timely manner. The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall have paid their personnel (either directly or where appropriate for their benefit) all due wages and entitlements including, as applicable, social security benefits and pension contributions, on or before the end of their engagement/ employment. 22.2.5 Working Hours No work shall be carried out on the Site on locally recognized days of rest, or outside the normal working hours stated in the PCC, unless: (a) otherwise stated in the Contract, (b) the Project Manager gives consent, or (c) the work is unavoidable, or necessary for the protection of life or property or for the safety of the Facilities, in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise the Project Manager. If and when the Contractor considers it necessary to carry out work at night or on public holidays so as to meet the Time for Completion and requests the Project Manager’s consent thereto, the Project Manager shall not unreasonably withhold such consent. This Sub-Clause shall not apply to any work which is customarily carried out by rotary or double-shifts. 22.2.6 Facilities for Staff and Labor Except as otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary accommodation and welfare facilities for the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out. The Contractor shall also provide facilities for the Employer’s Personnel as stated in the Employer’s Requirements. If stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall give access to or provide services that accommodate the physical, social and cultural needs of the Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor shall also provide similar facilities for the Employer’s Personnel as stated in the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor shall not permit any of the Contractor’s Personnel to maintain any temporary or permanent living quarters within the structures forming part of the Facilities. 22.2.7 Health and Safety The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health and safety of the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located). Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 9.9, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for its approval a health and safety manual which sets out all the health and safety requirements under the Contract. The health and safety manual shall be in addition to any other similar document required under applicable health and safety regulations and Laws. The Contractor shall:
22.2.8 Funeral Arrangements In the event of the death of any of the Contractor’s Personnel or accompanying members of their families, the Contractor shall be responsible for making the appropriate arrangements for their return or burial, unless otherwise specified in the PCC. 22.2.9 Records of Contractor’s Personnel The Contractor shall keep accurate records of the Contractor’s Personnel, including the number of each class of Contractor’s personnel on the Site and the names, ages, genders, hours worked and wages paid to all workers. These records shall be summarized on a monthly basis in a form approved by the Project Manager and shall be available for inspection by the Project Manager until the Contractor has completed all work. 22.2.10 Supply of Foodstuffs The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of a sufficient supply of suitable food as may be stated in the Employer’s Requirements at reasonable prices for the Contractor’s personnel for the purposes of or in connection with the Contract. 22.2.11 Supply of Water The Contractor shall, having regard to local conditions, provide on the Site an adequate supply of drinking and other water for the use of the Contractor’s personnel. 22.2.12 Measures against Insect and Pest Nuisance The Contractor shall at all times take the necessary precautions to protect the Contractor’s Personnel employed on the Site from insect and pest nuisance, and to reduce their danger to health. The Contractor shall comply with all the regulations of the local health authorities, including use of appropriate insecticide. 22.2.13 Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs The Contractor shall not, otherwise than in accordance with the laws of the Country, import, sell, give barter or otherwise dispose of any alcoholic liquor or drugs, or permit or allow importation, sale, gift barter or disposal by Contractor's Personnel. 22.2.14 Arms and Ammunition The Contractor shall not give, barter, or otherwise dispose of, to any person, any arms or ammunition of any kind, or allow Contractor's Personnel to do so. 22.2.15 Workers’ Organizations In countries where the relevant labor laws recognize workers’ rights to form and to join workers’ organizations of their choosing and to bargain collectively without interference, the Contractor shall comply with such laws. In such circumstances, the role of legally established workers’ organizations and legitimate workers’ representatives will be respected, and they will be provided with information needed for meaningful negotiation in a timely manner. Where the relevant labor laws substantially restrict workers’ organizations, the Contractor shall enable alternative means for the Contractor’s Personnel to express their grievances and protect their rights regarding working conditions and terms of employment. The Contractor shall not seek to influence or control these alternative means. The Contractor shall not discriminate or retaliate against the Contractor’s Personnel who participate, or seek to participate, in such organizations and collective bargaining or alternative mechanisms. Workers’ organizations are expected to fairly represent the workers in the workforce. 22.2.16 Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity The Contractor shall not make decisions relating to the employment or treatment of Contractor’s Personnel on the basis of personal characteristics unrelated to inherent job requirements. The Contractor shall base the employment of Contractor’s Personnel on the principle of equal opportunity and fair treatment, and shall not discriminate with respect to any aspects of the employment relationship, including recruitment and hiring, compensation (including wages and benefits), working conditions and terms of employment, access to training, job assignment, promotion, termination of employment or retirement, and disciplinary practices. Special measures of protection or assistance to remedy past discrimination or selection for a particular job based on the inherent requirements of the job shall not be deemed discrimination. The Contractor shall provide protection and assistance as necessary to ensure non-discrimination and equal opportunity, including for specific groups such as women, people with disabilities, migrant workers and children (of working age in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 9.13). 22.2.17 Contractor’s Personnel Grievance Mechanism The Contractor shall have a grievance mechanism for the Contractor’s Personnel, and where relevant the workers’ organizations stated in subclause 22.2.15, to raise workplace concerns. The grievance mechanism shall be proportionate to the nature, scale, risks and impacts of the Contract. The mechanism shall address concerns promptly, using an understandable and transparent process that provides timely feedback to those concerned in a language they understand, without any retribution, and shall operate in an independent and objective manner. The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed of the grievance mechanism at the time of engagement for the Contract, and the measures put in place to protect them against any reprisal for its use. Measures will be put in place to make the grievance mechanism easily accessible to all Contractor’s Personnel. The grievance mechanism shall not impede access to other judicial or administrative remedies that might be available, or substitute for grievance mechanisms provided through collective agreements. The grievance mechanism may utilize existing grievance mechanisms, providing that they are properly designed and implemented, address concerns promptly, and are readily accessible to such project workers. Existing grievance mechanisms may be supplemented as needed with Contract-specific arrangements. 22.3 Contractor’s Equipment 22.3.1 All Contractor’s Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site shall be deemed to be intended to be used exclusively for the execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall not remove the same from the Site without the Project Manager’s consent that such Contractor’s Equipment is no longer required for the execution of the Contract. 22.3.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, upon completion of the Facilities, the Contractor shall remove from the Site all Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site and any surplus materials remaining thereon. 22.3.3 The Employer will, if requested, use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state or national government permission required by the Contractor for the export of the Contractor’s Equipment imported by the Contractor for use in the execution of the Contract that is no longer required for the execution of the Contract. 22.4 Site Regulations The Employer and the Contractor shall establish Site regulations setting out the rules to be observed in the execution of the Contract at the Site and shall comply therewith. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Project Manager with a copy to the Employer, proposed Site regulations for the Project Manager’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such Site regulations shall include, but shall not be limited to, Code of Conduct for environmental and social aspectssubmitted as part of the Bid and agreed to by the Employer, , security arrangements in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 22.8, safety of the Facilities, gate control, sanitation, medical care, and fire prevention. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to ensure that each Contractor’s Personnel, employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out, is made aware of the Code of Conduct including specific behaviors that are prohibited, and understands the consequences of engaging in such prohibited behaviors. These measures include providing instructions and documentation that can be understood by the Contractor’s Personnel and seeking to obtain that person’s signature acknowledging receipt of such instructions and/or documentation, as appropriate. The Contractor shall also ensure that the Code of Conduct is visibly displayed in multiple locations on the Site and any other place where the Installation Services will be carried out, as well as in areas outside the Site accessible to the local community and project affected people. The posted Code of Conduct shall be provided in languages comprehensible to Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s Personnel and the local community. The Contractor’s Management Strategy and Implementation Plans shall include appropriate processes for the Contractor to verify compliance with these obligations. 22.5 Opportunities for Other Contractors 22.5.1 The Contractor shall, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, give all reasonable opportunities for carrying out the work to any other contractors employed by the Employer on or near the Site. 22.5.2 If the Contractor, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, makes available to other contractors any roads or ways the maintenance for which the Contractor is responsible, permits the use by such other contractors of the Contractor’s Equipment, or provides any other service of whatsoever nature for such other contractors, the Employer shall fully compensate the Contractor for any loss or damage caused or occasioned by such other contractors in respect of any such use or service, and shall pay to the Contractor reasonable remuneration for the use of such equipment or the provision of such services. 22.5.3 The Contractor shall also so arrange to perform its work as to minimize, to the extent possible, interference with the work of other contractors. The Project Manager shall determine the resolution of any difference or conflict that may arise between the Contractor and other contractors and the workers of the Employer in regard to their work. 22.5.4 The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager promptly of any defects in the other contractors’ work that come to its notice, and that could affect the Contractor’s work. The Project Manager shall determine the corrective measures, if any, required to rectify the situation after inspection of the Facilities. Decisions made by the Project Manager shall be binding on the Contractor. 22.6 Emergency Work If, by reason of an emergency arising in connection with and during the execution of the Contract, any protective or remedial work is necessary as a matter of urgency to prevent damage to the Facilities, the Contractor shall immediately carry out such work. If the Contractor is unable or unwilling to do such work immediately, the Employer may do or cause such work to be done as the Employer may determine is necessary in order to prevent damage to the Facilities. In such event the Employer shall, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of any such emergency, notify the Contractor in writing of such emergency, the work done and the reasons therefor. If the work done or caused to be done by the Employer is work that the Contractor was liable to do at its own expense under the Contract, the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid by the Contractor to the Employer. Otherwise, the cost of such remedial work shall be borne by the Employer. 22.7 Site Clearance 22.7.1 Site Clearance in Course of Performance: In the course of carrying out the Contract, the Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably free from all unnecessary obstruction, store or remove any surplus materials, clear away any wreckage, rubbish or temporary works from the Site, and remove any Contractor’s Equipment no longer required for execution of the Contract. 22.7.2 Clearance of Site after Completion: After Completion of all parts of the Facilities, the Contractor shall clear away and remove all wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind from the Site, and shall leave the Site and Facilities in a clean and safe condition. 22.8 Security of the Site The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the Site including providing and maintaining at its own expense all lighting, fencing, and watching when and where necessary for the proper execution and the protection of the Facilities, or for the safety of the owners and occupiers of adjacent property and for the safety of the public. If required in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall submit for the Project Manager’s No-objection a security management plan that sets the security arrangements for the Site. In making security arrangements, the Contractor shall be guided by applicable laws and any other requirements stated in the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor shall (i) conduct appropriate background checks on any personnel retained to provide security; (ii) train the security personnel adequately (or determine that they are properly trained) in the use of force (and where applicable, firearms), and appropriate conduct towards Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s personnel and affected communities; and (iii) require the security personnel to act within the applicable Laws and any requirements set out in the Employer’s Reqquirements. The Contractor shall not permit any use of force by security personnel in providing security except when used for preventive and defensive purposes in proportion to the nature and extent of the threat. 22.9 Protection of the Environment The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to:
The Contractor shall ensure that emissions, surface discharges, effluent and any other pollutants from the Contractor’s activities shall exceed neither the values indicated in the Employer’s Requirements, nor those prescribed by applicable laws. In the event of damage to the environment, property and/or nuisance to people, on or off Site as a result of the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall agree with the Project Manager the appropriate actions and time scale to remedy, as practicable, the damaged environment to its former condition. The Contractor shall implement such remedies at its cost to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. 22.10 Traffic and Road Safety The Contractor shall take all necessary safety measures to avoid the occurrence of incidents and injuries to any third party associated with the use of Contractor’s Equipment on public roads or other public infrastructure. The Contractor shall monitor and use road safety incidents and accidents reports to identify negative safety issues, and establish and implement necessary measures to resolve them. 22.11 Cultural Heritage Findings All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, structures, groups of structures, and other remains or items of geological, archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious interest found on the Site shall be placed under the care and custody of the Employer. The Contractor shall:
If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs extra costs from complying with the Project Manager instructions, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price. |
23. Test and Inspection | 23.1 The Contractor shall at its own expense carry out at the place of manufacture and/or on the Site all such tests and/or inspections of the Plant and any part of the Facilities as are specified in the Contract. 23.2 The Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives shall be entitled to attend the aforesaid test and/or inspection, provided that the Employer shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such attendance including, but not limited to, all traveling and board and lodging expenses. 23.3 Whenever the Contractor is ready to carry out any such test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall give a reasonable advance notice of such test and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof to the Project Manager. The Contractor shall obtain from any relevant third Party or manufacturer any necessary permission or consent to enable the Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives to attend the test and/or inspection. 23.4 The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection. If the Employer or Project Manager or their designated representatives fails to attend the test and/or inspection, or if it is agreed between the Parties that such persons shall not do so, then the Contractor may proceed with the test and/or inspection in the absence of such persons, and may provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results thereof. 23.5 The Project Manager may require the Contractor to carry out any test and/or inspection not required by the Contract, provided that the Contractor’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the carrying out of such test and/or inspection shall be added to the Contract Price. Further, if such test and/or inspection impede the progress of work on the Facilities and/or the Contractor’s performance of its other obligations under the Contract, due allowance will be made in respect of the Time for Completion and the other obligations so affected. 23.6 If any Plant or any part of the Facilities fails to pass any test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall either rectify or replace such Plant or part of the Facilities and shall repeat the test and/or inspection upon giving a notice under GCC Sub-Clause 23.3. 23.7 If any dispute or difference of opinion shall arise between the Parties in connection with or arising out of the test and/or inspection of the Plant or part of the Facilities that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period of time, it may be referred to an Dispute Board for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3. 23.8 The Contractor shall afford the Employer and the Project Manager, at the Employer’s expense, access at any reasonable time to any place where the Plant are being manufactured or the Facilities are being installed, in order to inspect the progress and the manner of manufacture or installation, provided that the Project Manager shall give the Contractor a reasonable prior notice. Without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 9.7, as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall also afford other relevant entities (at the Employer’s or their respective entities’ expense, as appropriate) access to the Facilities, to inspect progress and the manner of the execution of the Facilities, carry out environmental and social audit, as appropriate, or carry out any other duty as stated in the Employer’s Requirements or as instructed by the Project Manager. 23.9 The Contractor agrees that neither the execution of a test and/or inspection of Plant or any part of the Facilities, nor the attendance by the Employer or the Project Manager, nor the issue of any test certificate pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.4, shall release the Contractor from any other responsibilities under the Contract. 23.10 No part of the Facilities or foundations shall be covered up on the Site without the Contractor carrying out any test and/or inspection required under the Contract. The Contractor shall give a reasonable notice to the Project Manager whenever any such parts of the Facilities or foundations are ready or about to be ready for test and/or inspection; such test and/or inspection and notice thereof shall be subject to the requirements of the Contract. 23.11 The Contractor shall uncover any part of the Facilities or foundations, or shall make openings in or through the same as the Project Manager may from time to time require at the Site, and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts. If any parts of the Facilities or foundations have been covered up at the Site after compliance with the requirement of GCC Sub-Clause 23.10 and are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating, and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer, and the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract. |
24. Completion of the Facilities | 24.1 As soon as the Facilities or any part thereof has, in the opinion of the Contractor, been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition as specified in the Employer’s Requirements, excluding minor items not materially affecting the operation or safety of the Facilities, the Contractor shall so notify the Employer in writing. 24.2 Within seven (7) days after receipt of the notice from the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 24.1, the Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof. Pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, the Employer shall also provide, within the said seven (7) day period, the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof. 24.3 As soon as reasonably practicable after the operating and maintenance personnel have been supplied by the Employer and the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters have been provided by the Employer in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.2, the Contractor shall commence Precommissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof in preparation for Commissioning, subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.5. 24.4 As soon as all works in respect of Precommissioning are completed and, in the opinion of the Contractor, the Facilities or any part thereof is ready for Commissioning, the Contractor shall so notify the Project Manager in writing. 24.5 The Project Manager shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, either issue a Completion Certificate in the form specified in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures), stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, or notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies. If the Project Manager notifies the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies, the Contractor shall then correct such defects and/or deficiencies, and shall repeat the procedure described in GCC Sub-Clause 24.4. If the Project Manager is satisfied that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion, the Project Manager shall, within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, issue a Completion Certificate stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s repeated notice. If the Project Manager is not so satisfied, then it shall notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, and the above procedure shall be repeated. 24.6 If the Project Manager fails to issue the Completion Certificate and fails to inform the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4 or within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or if the Employer makes use of the Facilities or part thereof, then the Facilities or that part thereof shall be deemed to have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice or repeated notice, or as of the Employer’s use of the Facilities, as the case may be. 24.7 As soon as possible after Completion, the Contractor shall complete all outstanding minor items so that the Facilities are fully in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, failing which the Employer will undertake such completion and deduct the costs thereof from any monies owing to the Contractor. 24.8 Upon Completion, the Employer shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof, together with the risk of loss or damage thereto, and shall thereafter take over the Facilities or the relevant part thereof. |
25. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance | 25.1 Commissioning 25.1.1 Commissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof shall be commenced by the Contractor immediately after issue of the Completion Certificate by the Project Manager, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or immediately after the date of the deemed Completion, under GCC Sub-Clause 24.6. 25.1.2 The Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel and all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Commissioning. 25.1.3 In accordance with the requirements of the Contract, the Contractor’s and Project Manager’s advisory personnel shall attend the Commissioning, including the Guarantee Test, and shall advise and assist the Employer. 25.2 Guarantee Test 25.2.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.5, the Guarantee Test and repeats thereof shall be conducted by the Contractor during Commissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof to ascertain whether the Facilities or the relevant part can attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees. The Employer shall promptly provide the Contractor with such information as the Contractor may reasonably require in relation to the conduct and results of the Guarantee Test and any repeats thereof. 25.2.2 If for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Guarantee Test of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof cannot be successfully completed within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Contractor shall be deemed to have fulfilled its obligations with respect to the Functional Guarantees, and GCC Sub-Clauses 28.2 and 28.3 shall not apply. 25.3 Operational Acceptance 25.3.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.4 below, Operational Acceptance shall occur in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof when (a) the Guarantee Test has been successfully completed and the Functional Guarantees are met; or (b) the Guarantee Test has not been successfully completed or has not been carried out for reasons not attributable to the Contractor within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.2 above or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor; or (c) the Contractor has paid the liquidated damages specified in GCC Sub-Clause 28.3 hereof; and (d) any minor items mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 24.7 hereof relevant to the Facilities or that part thereof have been completed. 25.3.2 At any time after any of the events set out in GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.1 have occurred, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requesting the issue of an Operational Acceptance Certificate in the form provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures) in respect of the Facilities or the part thereof specified in such notice as of the date of such notice. 25.3.3 The Project Manager shall, after consultation with the Employer, and within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, issue an Operational Acceptance Certificate. 25.3.4 If within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, the Project Manager fails to issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate or fails to inform the Contractor in writing of the justifiable reasons why the Project Manager has not issued the Operational Acceptance Certificate, the Facilities or the relevant part thereof shall be deemed to have been accepted as of the date of the Contractor’s said notice. 25.4 Partial Acceptance 25.4.1 If the Contract specifies that Completion and Commissioning shall be carried out in respect of parts of the Facilities, the provisions relating to Completion and Commissioning including the Guarantee Test shall apply to each such part of the Facilities individually, and the Operational Acceptance Certificate shall be issued accordingly for each such part of the Facilities. 25.4.2 If a part of the Facilities comprises facilities such as buildings, for which no Commissioning or Guarantee Test is required, then the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for such facility when it attains Completion, provided that the Contractor shall thereafter complete any outstanding minor items that are listed in the Operational Acceptance Certificate. 25.5 Delayed Precommissioning and/or Guarantee Test 25.5.1 In the event that the Contractor is unable to proceed with the Precommissioning of the Facilities pursuant to Sub-Clause 24.3, or with the Guarantee Test pursuant to Sub-Clause 25.2, for reasons attributable to the Employer either on account of non availability of other facilities under the responsibilities of other contractor(s), or for reasons beyond the Contractor’s control, the provisions leading to “deemed” completion of activities such as Completion, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.6, and Operational Acceptance, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.4, and Contractor’s obligations regarding Defect Liability Period, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.2, Functional Guarantee, pursuant to GCC Clause 28, and Care of Facilities, pursuant to GCC Clause 32, and GCC Clause 41.1, Suspension, shall not apply. In this case, the following provisions shall apply. 25.5.2 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that he will be unable to proceed with the activities and obligations pursuant to above Sub-Clause 25.5.1, the Contractor shall be entitled to the following: (a) the Time of Completion shall be extended for the period of suspension without imposition of liquidated damages pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 26.2; (b) payments due to the Contractor in accordance with the provision specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which would not have been payable in normal circumstances due to non-completion of the subject activities, shall be released to the Contractor against submission of a security in the form of a bank guarantee of equivalent amount acceptable to the Employer, and which shall become null and void when the Contractor will have complied with its obligations regarding those payments, subject to the provision of Sub-Clause 25.5.3 below; (c) the expenses towards the above security and extension of other securities under the contract, of which validity needs to be extended, shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer; (d) the additional charges towards the care of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 32.1 shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer for the period between the notification mentioned above and the notification mentioned in Sub-Clause 25.5.4 below. The provision of GCC Sub-Clause 33.2 shall apply to the Facilities during the same period. 25.5.3 In the event that the period of suspension under above Sub-Clause 25.5.1 actually exceeds one hundred eighty (180) days, the Employer and Contractor shall mutually agree to any additional compensation payable to the Contractor. 25.5.4 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that the Plant is ready for Precommissioning, the Contractor shall proceed without delay in performing Precommissioning in accordance with Clause 24. |
26. Completion Time Guarantee | 26.1 The Contractor guarantees that it shall attain Completion of the Facilities (or a part for which a separate time for completion is specified) within the Time for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 hereof. 26.2 If the Contractor fails to attain Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Contractor shall pay to the Employer liquidated damages in the amount specified in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price or the relevant part thereof. The aggregate amount of such liquidated damages shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price. Once the “Maximum” is reached, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2. Such payment shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s obligation to attain Completion of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40. The Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof. However, the payment of liquidated damages shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations to complete the Facilities or from any other obligations and liabilities of the Contractor under the Contract. Save for liquidated damages payable under this GCC Sub-Clause 26.2, the failure by the Contractor to attain any milestone or other act, matter or thing by any date specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and/or other program of work prepared pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 shall not render the Contractor liable for any loss or damage thereby suffered by the Employer. 26.3 If the Contractor attains Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof before the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor a bonus in the amount specified in the PCC. The aggregate amount of such bonus shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC. |
27. Defect Liability | 27.1 The Contractor warrants that the Facilities or any part thereof shall be free from defects in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied and of the work executed. 27.2 The Defect Liability Period shall be five hundred and forty (540) days from the date of Completion of the Facilities (or any part thereof) or one year from the date of Operational Acceptance of the Facilities (or any part thereof), whichever first occurs, unless specified otherwise in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10. If during the Defect Liability Period any defect should be found in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied or of the work executed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall promptly, in consultation and agreement with the Employer regarding appropriate remedying of the defects, and at its cost, repair, replace or otherwise make good as the Contractor shall determine at its discretion, such defect as well as any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the repair, replacement or making good of any defect or of any damage to the Facilities arising out of or resulting from any of the following causes: (a) improper operation or maintenance of the Facilities by the Employer; (b) operation of the Facilities outside specifications provided in the Contract; or (c) normal wear and tear. 27.3 The Contractor’s obligations under this GCC Clause 27 shall not apply to: (a) any materials that are supplied by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 21.2, are normally consumed in operation, or have a normal life shorter than the Defect Liability Period stated herein; (b) any designs, specifications or other data designed, supplied or specified by or on behalf of the Employer or any matters for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein; or (c) any other materials supplied or any other work executed by or on behalf of the Employer, except for the work executed by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 27.7. 27.4 The Employer shall give the Contractor a notice stating the nature of any such defect together with all available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof. The Employer shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Contractor to inspect any such defect. 27.5 The Employer shall afford the Contractor all necessary access to the Facilities and the Site to enable the Contractor to perform its obligations under this GCC Clause 27. The Contractor may, with the consent of the Employer, remove from the Site any Plant or any part of the Facilities that are defective if the nature of the defect, and/or any damage to the Facilities caused by the defect, is such that repairs cannot be expeditiously carried out at the Site. 27.6 If the repair, replacement or making good is of such a character that it may affect the efficiency of the Facilities or any part thereof, the Employer may give to the Contractor a notice requiring that tests of the defective part of the Facilities shall be made by the Contractor immediately upon completion of such remedial work, whereupon the Contractor shall carry out such tests. If such part fails the tests, the Contractor shall carry out further repair, replacement or making good, as the case may be, until that part of the Facilities passes such tests. The tests shall be agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor. 27.7 If the Contractor fails to commence the work necessary to remedy such defect or any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect within a reasonable time (which shall in no event be considered to be less than fifteen (15) days), the Employer may, following notice to the Contractor, proceed to do such work, and the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid to the Employer by the Contractor or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due the Contractor or claimed under the Performance Security. 27.8 If the Facilities or any part thereof cannot be used by reason of such defect and/or making good of such defect, the Defect Liability Period of the Facilities or such part, as the case may be, shall be extended by a period equal to the period during which the Facilities or such part cannot be used by the Employer because of any of the aforesaid reasons. 27.9 Except as provided in GCC Clauses 27 and 33, the Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever and howsoever arising, and whether under the Contract or at law, in respect of defects in the Facilities or any part thereof, the Plant, design or engineering or work executed that appear after Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof, except where such defects are the result of the gross negligence, fraud, or criminal or willful action of the Contractor. 27.10 In addition, any such component of the Facilities, and during the period of time as may be specified in the PCC, shall be subject to an extended defect liability period. Such obligation of the Contractor shall be in addition to the defect liability period specified under GCC Sub-Clause 27.2. |
28. Functional Guarantees | 28.1 The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the Facilities and all parts thereof shall attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, subject to and upon the conditions therein specified. 28.2 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not met either in whole or in part, the Contractor shall at its cost and expense make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Plant or any part thereof as may be necessary to meet at least the minimum level of such Guarantees. The Contractor shall notify the Employer upon completion of the necessary changes, modifications and/or additions, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test until the minimum level of the Guarantees has been met. If the Contractor eventually fails to meet the minimum level of Functional Guarantees, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2. 28.3 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not attained either in whole or in part, but the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the said Appendix to the Contract Agreement is met, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s option, either (a) make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities or any part thereof that are necessary to attain the Functional Guarantees at its cost and expense, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test or (b) pay liquidated damages to the Employer in respect of the failure to meet the Functional Guarantees in accordance with the provisions in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees. 28.4 The payment of liquidated damages under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, up to the limitation of liability specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s guarantees under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, and the Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof. Upon the payment of such liquidated damages by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for the Facilities or any part thereof in respect of which the liquidated damages have been so paid. |
29. Patent Indemnity | 29.1 The Contractor shall, subject to the Employer’s compliance with GCC Sub-Clause 29.2, indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Employer may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract by reason of: (a) the installation of the Facilities by the Contractor or the use of the Facilities in the country where the Site is located; and (b) the sale of the products produced by the Facilities in any country. Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Facilities or any part thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the Contract, any infringement resulting from the use of the Facilities or any part thereof, or any products produced thereby in association or combination with any other equipment, Plant or materials not supplied by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract Agreement. 29.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 29.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof, and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim. If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim. The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing. 29.3 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Contractor may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract arising out of or in connection with any design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials provided or designed by or on behalf of the Employer. |
30. Limitation of Liability | 30.1 Except in cases of criminal negligence or willful misconduct, (a) neither Party shall be liable to the other Party, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest costs, which may be suffered by the other Party in connection with the Contract, other than specifically provided as any obligation of the Party in the Contract, and (b) the aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Employer, whether under the Contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed the amount resulting from the application of the multiplier specified in the PCC, to the Contract Price or, if a multiplier is not so specified, the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the Contractor to indemnify the Employer with respect to patent infringement. |
31. Transfer of Ownership | 31.1 Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) to be imported into the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer upon loading on to the mode of transport to be used to convey the Plant from the country of origin to that country. 31.2 Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) procured in the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer when the Plant are brought on to the Site. 31.3 Ownership of the Contractor’s Equipment used by the Contractor and its Subcontractors in connection with the Contract shall remain with the Contractor or its Subcontractors. 31.4 Ownership of any Plant in excess of the requirements for the Facilities shall revert to the Contractor upon Completion of the Facilities or at such earlier time when the Employer and the Contractor agree that the Plant in question are no longer required for the Facilities. 31.5 Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership of the Plant, the responsibility for care and custody thereof together with the risk of loss or damage thereto shall remain with the Contractor pursuant to GCC Clause 32 (Care of Facilities) hereof until Completion of the Facilities or the part thereof in which such Plant are incorporated. |
32. Care of Facilities | 32.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or any part thereof until the date of Completion of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Clause 24 or, where the Contract provides for Completion of the Facilities in parts, until the date of Completion of the relevant part, and shall make good at its own cost any loss or damage that may occur to the Facilities or the relevant part thereof from any cause whatsoever during such period. The Contractor shall also be responsible for any loss or damage to the Facilities caused by the Contractor or its Subcontractors in the course of any work carried out, pursuant to GCC Clause 27. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall not be liable for any loss or damage to the Facilities or that part thereof caused by reason of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 and 38.1. 32.2 If any loss or damage occurs to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s temporary facilities by reason of (a) insofar as they relate to the country where the Site is located, nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, radioactive contamination, pressure wave caused by aircraft or other aerial objects, or any other occurrences that an experienced contractor could not reasonably foresee, or if reasonably foreseeable could not reasonably make provision for or insure against, insofar as such risks are not normally insurable on the insurance market and are mentioned in the general exclusions of the policy of insurance, including War Risks and Political Risks, taken out under GCC Clause 34 hereof; or (b) any use or occupation by the Employer or any third Party other than a Subcontractor, authorized by the Employer of any part of the Facilities; or (c) any use of or reliance upon any design, data or specification provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, or any such matter for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all sums payable in respect of the Facilities executed, notwithstanding that the same be lost, destroyed or damaged, and will pay to the Contractor the replacement value of all temporary facilities and all parts thereof lost, destroyed or damaged. If the Employer requests the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Contractor shall make good the same at the cost of the Employer in accordance with GCC Clause 39. If the Employer does not request the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby lost, destroyed or damaged, or, where the loss or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, the Employer shall terminate the Contract pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1 hereof. 32.3 The Contractor shall be liable for any loss of or damage to any Contractor’s Equipment, or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for purposes of the Facilities, except (i) as mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 32.2 with respect to the Contractor’s temporary facilities, and (ii) where such loss or damage arises by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 (b) and (c) and 38.1. 32.4 With respect to any loss or damage caused to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s Equipment by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clause 38.1, the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 38.3 shall apply. |
33. Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification | 33.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 33.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, in respect of the death or injury of any person or loss of or damage to any property other than the Facilities whether accepted or not, arising in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities and by reason of the negligence of the Contractor or its Subcontractors, or their employees, officers or agents, except any injury, death or property damage caused by the negligence of the Employer, its contractors, employees, officers or agents. 33.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer that might subject the Contractor to liability under GCC Sub-Clause 33.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim. If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim. The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing. 33.3 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from any liability for loss of or damage to property of the Employer, other than the Facilities not yet taken over, that is caused by fire, explosion or any other perils, in excess of the amount recoverable from insurances procured under GCC Clause 34, provided that such fire, explosion or other perils were not caused by any act or failure of the Contractor. 33.4 The Party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this GCC Clause 33 shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate any loss or damage which has occurred. If the Party fails to take such measures, the other Party’s liabilities shall be correspondingly reduced. |
34. Insurance | 34.1 To the extent specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix. The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, who should not unreasonably withhold such approval. (a) Cargo Insurance During Transport Covering loss or damage occurring while in transit from the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Plant (including spare parts therefor) and to the Contractor’s Equipment. (b) Installation All Risks Insurance Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to Completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the Defect Liability Period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the Defect Liability Period. (c) Third Party Liability Insurance Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third Parties including the Employer’s personnel, and loss of or damage to property occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities. (d) Automobile Liability Insurance Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors, whether or not owned by them, in connection with the execution of the Contract. (e) Workers’ Compensation In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed. (f) Employer’s Liability In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed. (g) Other Insurances Such other insurances as may be specifically agreed upon by the Parties hereto as listed in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements. 34.2 The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1 except for the Cargo Insurance During Transport, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances. All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies. 34.3 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, deliver to the Employer certificates of insurance or copies of the insurance policies as evidence that the required policies are in full force and effect. The certificates shall provide that no less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Employer by insurers prior to cancellation or material modification of a policy. 34.4 The Contractor shall ensure that, where applicable, its Subcontractor(s) shall take out and maintain in effect adequate insurance policies for their personnel and vehicles and for work executed by them under the Contract, unless such Subcontractors are covered by the policies taken out by the Contractor. 34.5 The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract those insurances specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix. The Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all such policies. All insurers’ rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies. The Employer shall deliver to the Contractor satisfactory evidence that the required insurances are in full force and effect. The policies shall provide that not less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Contractor by all insurers prior to any cancellation or material modification of the policies. If so requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall provide copies of the policies taken out by the Employer under this GCC Sub-Clause 34.5. 34.6 If the Contractor fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, the Employer may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Contractor under the Contract any premium that the Employer shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Contractor. If the Employer fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC 34.5, the Contractor may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Employer under the Contract any premium that the Contractor shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Employer. If the Contractor fails to or is unable to take out and maintain in effect any such insurances, the Contractor shall nevertheless have no liability or responsibility towards the Employer, and the Contractor shall have full recourse against the Employer for any and all liabilities of the Employer herein. 34.7 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare and conduct all and any claims made under the policies effected by it pursuant to this GCC Clause 34, and all monies payable by any insurers shall be paid to the Contractor. The Employer shall give to the Contractor all such reasonable assistance as may be required by the Contractor. With respect to insurance claims in which the Employer’s interest is involved, the Contractor shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Employer. With respect to insurance claims in which the Contractor’s interest is involved, the Employer shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Contractor. |
35. Unforeseen Conditions | 35.1 If, during the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall encounter on the Site any physical conditions other than climatic conditions, or artificial obstructions that could not have been reasonably foreseen prior to the date of the Contract Agreement by an experienced contractor on the basis of reasonable examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests, provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that it could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available, or other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities, and if the Contractor determines that it will in consequence of such conditions or obstructions incur additional cost and expense or require additional time to perform its obligations under the Contract that would not have been required if such physical conditions or artificial obstructions had not been encountered, the Contractor shall promptly, and before performing additional work or using additional Plant or Contractor’s Equipment, notify the Project Manager in writing of (a) the physical conditions or artificial obstructions on the Site that could not have been reasonably foreseen; (b) the additional work and/or Plant and/or Contractor’s Equipment required, including the steps which the Contractor will or proposes to take to overcome such conditions or obstructions; (c) the extent of the anticipated delay; and (d) the additional cost and expense that the Contractor is likely to incur. On receiving any notice from the Contractor under this GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Project Manager shall promptly consult with the Employer and Contractor and decide upon the actions to be taken to overcome the physical conditions or artificial obstructions encountered. Following such consultations, the Project Manager shall instruct the Contractor, with a copy to the Employer, of the actions to be taken. 35.2 Any reasonable additional cost and expense incurred by the Contractor in following the instructions from the Project Manager to overcome such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1 shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor as an addition to the Contract Price. If the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of the Contract because of any such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40. |
36. Change in Laws and Regulations | 36.1 If, after the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission, in the country where the Site is located, any law, regulation, ordinance, order or by-law having the force of law is enacted, promulgated, abrogated or changed which shall be deemed to include any change in interpretation or application by the competent authorities, that subsequently affects the costs and expenses of the Contractor and/or the Time for Completion, the Contract Price shall be correspondingly increased or decreased, and/or the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been affected in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reduced costs shall not be separately paid or credited if the same has already been accounted for in the price adjustment provisions where applicable, in accordance with the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 11.2. |
37. Force Majeure | 37.1 “Force Majeure” shall mean any event beyond the reasonable control of the Employer or of the Contractor, as the case may be, and which is unavoidable notwithstanding the reasonable care of the Party affected, and shall include, without limitation, the following: (a) war, hostilities or warlike operations whether a state of war be declared or not, invasion, act of foreign enemy and civil war (b) rebellion, revolution, insurrection, mutiny, usurpation of civil or military government, conspiracy, riot, civil commotion and terrorist acts (c) confiscation, nationalization, mobilization, commandeering or requisition by or under the order of any government or de jure or de facto authority or ruler or any other act or failure to act of any local state or national government authority (d) strike, sabotage, lockout, embargo, import restriction, port congestion, lack of usual means of public transportation and communication, industrial dispute, shipwreck, shortage or restriction of power supply, epidemics, quarantine and plague (e) earthquake, landslide, volcanic activity, fire, flood or inundation, tidal wave, typhoon or cyclone, hurricane, storm, lightning, or other inclement weather condition, nuclear and pressure waves or other natural or physical disaster (f) shortage of labor, materials or utilities where caused by circumstances that are themselves Force Majeure. 37.2 If either Party is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under the Contract by an event of Force Majeure, then it shall notify the other in writing of the occurrence of such event and the circumstances thereof within fourteen (14) days after the occurrence of such event. 37.3 The Party who has given such notice shall be excused from the performance or punctual performance of its obligations under the Contract for so long as the relevant event of Force Majeure continues and to the extent that such Party’s performance is prevented, hindered or delayed. The Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40. 37.4 The Party or Parties affected by the event of Force Majeure shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect thereof upon its or their performance of the Contract and to fulfill its or their obligations under the Contract, but without prejudice to either Party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clauses 37.6 and 38.5. 37.5 No delay or nonperformance by either Party hereto caused by the occurrence of any event of Force Majeure shall (a) constitute a default or breach of the Contract, or (b) give rise to any claim for damages or additional cost or expense occasioned thereby, subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2, 38.3 and 38.4 if and to the extent that such delay or nonperformance is caused by the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure. 37.6 If the performance of the Contract is substantially prevented, hindered or delayed for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of one or more events of Force Majeure during the currency of the Contract, the Parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either Party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other, but without prejudice to either Party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 38.5. 37.7 In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 37.6, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be as specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3. 37.8 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 37.5, Force Majeure shall not apply to any obligation of the Employer to make payments to the Contractor herein. |
38. War Risks | 38.1 “War Risks” shall mean any event specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of GCC Sub-Clause 37.1 and any explosion or impact of any mine, bomb, shell, grenade or other projectile, missile, munitions or explosive of war, occurring or existing in or near the country (or countries) where the Site is located. 38.2 Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Contractor shall have no liability whatsoever for or with respect to (a) destruction of or damage to Facilities, Plant, or any part thereof; (b) destruction of or damage to property of the Employer or any third Party; or (c) injury or loss of life if such destruction, damage, injury or loss of life is caused by any War Risks, and the Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, actions, lawsuits, damages, costs, charges or expenses arising in consequence of or in connection with the same. 38.3 If the Facilities or any Plant or Contractor’s Equipment or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for the purposes of the Facilities shall sustain destruction or damage by reason of any War Risks, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for (a) any part of the Facilities or the Plant so destroyed or damaged to the extent not already paid for by the Employer and so far as may be required by the Employer, and as may be necessary for completion of the Facilities (b) replacing or making good any Contractor’s Equipment or other property of the Contractor so destroyed or damaged (c) replacing or making good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities or the Plant or any part thereof . If the Employer does not require the Contractor to replace or make good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby destroyed or damaged or, where the loss, destruction or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, shall terminate the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1. If the Employer requires the Contractor to replace or make good on any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC 40. 38.4 Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for any increased costs or incidentals to the execution of the Contract that are in any way attributable to, consequent on, resulting from, or in any way connected with any War Risks, provided that the Contractor shall as soon as practicable notify the Employer in writing of any such increased cost. 38.5 If during the performance of the Contract any War Risks shall occur that financially or otherwise materially affect the execution of the Contract by the Contractor, the Contractor shall use its reasonable efforts to execute the Contract with due and proper consideration given to the safety of its and its Subcontractors’ personnel engaged in the work on the Facilities, provided, however, that if the execution of the work on the Facilities becomes impossible or is substantially prevented for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of any War Risks, the Parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either Party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other. 38.6 In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clauses 38.3 or 38.5, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3. |
39. Change in the Facilities | 39.1 Introducing a Change 39.1.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.5 and 39.2.7, the Employer shall have the right to propose, and subsequently require, that the Project Manager order the Contractor from time to time during the performance of the Contract to make any change, modification, addition or deletion to, in or from the Facilities hereinafter called “Change”, provided that such Change falls within the general scope of the Facilities and does not constitute unrelated work and that it is technically practicable, taking into account both the state of advancement of the Facilities and the technical compatibility of the Change envisaged with the nature of the Facilities as specified in the Contract. 39.1.2 Value Engineering: The Contractor may prepare, at its own cost, a value engineering proposal at any time during the performance of the contract. The value engineering proposal shall, at a minimum, include the following;
The Employer may accept the value engineering proposal if the proposal demonstrates benefits that:
without compromising the necessary functions of the Facilities. If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer and results in:
39.1.3 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clauses 39.1.1 and 39.1.2, no change made necessary because of any default of the Contractor in the performance of its obligations under the Contract shall be deemed to be a Change, and such change shall not result in any adjustment of the Contract Price or the Time for Completion. 39.1.4 The procedure on how to proceed with and execute Changes is specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2 and 39.3, and further details and forms are provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures). 39.2 Changes Originating from Employer 39.2.1 If the Employer proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.1, it shall send to the Contractor a “Request for Change Proposal,” requiring the Contractor to prepare and furnish to the Project Manager as soon as reasonably practicable a “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following: (a) brief description of the Change (b) effect on the Time for Completion (c) estimated cost of the Change (d) effect on Functional Guarantees (if any) (e) effect on the Facilities (f) effect on any other provisions of the Contract: and (g) any additional documents as specified in the PCC. 39.2.2 Prior to preparing and submitting the “Change Proposal,” the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager an “Estimate for Change Proposal,” which shall be an estimate of the cost of preparing and submitting the Change Proposal. Upon receipt of the Contractor’s Estimate for Change Proposal, the Employer shall do one of the following: (a) accept the Contractor’s estimate with instructions to the Contractor to proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal (b) advise the Contractor of any part of its Estimate for Change Proposal that is unacceptable and request the Contractor to review its estimate (c) advise the Contractor that the Employer does not intend to proceed with the Change. 39.2.3 Upon receipt of the Employer’s instruction to proceed under GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2 (a), the Contractor shall, with proper expedition, proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1. 39.2.4 The pricing of any Change shall, as far as practicable, be calculated in accordance with the rates and prices included in the Contract. If such rates and prices are inequitable, the Parties thereto shall agree on specific rates for the valuation of the Change. 39.2.5 If before or during the preparation of the Change Proposal it becomes apparent that the aggregate effect of compliance therewith and with all other Change Orders that have already become binding upon the Contractor under this GCC Clause 39 would be to increase or decrease the Contract Price as originally set forth in Article 2 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement by more than fifteen percent (15%), the Contractor may give a written notice of objection thereto prior to furnishing the Change Proposal as aforesaid. If the Employer accepts the Contractor’s objection, the Employer shall withdraw the proposed Change and shall notify the Contractor in writing thereof. The Contractor’s failure to so object shall neither affect its right to object to any subsequent requested Changes or Change Orders herein, nor affect its right to take into account, when making such subsequent objection, the percentage increase or decrease in the Contract Price that any Change not objected to by the Contractor represents. 39.2.6 Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the Employer and the Contractor shall mutually agree upon all matters therein contained. Within fourteen (14) days after such agreement, the Employer shall, if it intends to proceed with the Change, issue the Contractor with a Change Order. If the Employer is unable to reach a decision within fourteen (14) days, it shall notify the Contractor with details of when the Contractor can expect a decision. If the Employer decides not to proceed with the Change for whatever reason, it shall, within the said period of fourteen (14) days, notify the Contractor accordingly. Under such circumstances, the Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement of all costs reasonably incurred by it in the preparation of the Change Proposal, provided that these do not exceed the amount given by the Contractor in its Estimate for Change Proposal submitted in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2. 39.2.7 If the Employer and the Contractor cannot reach agreement on the price for the Change, an equitable adjustment to the Time for Completion, or any other matters identified in the Change Proposal, the Employer may nevertheless instruct the Contractor to proceed with the Change by issue of a “Pending Agreement Change Order.” Upon receipt of a Pending Agreement Change Order, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with effecting the Changes covered by such Order. The Parties shall thereafter attempt to reach agreement on the outstanding issues under the Change Proposal. If the Parties cannot reach agreement within sixty (60) days from the date of issue of the Pending Agreement Change Order, then the matter may be referred to the Dispute Board in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 46.1. 39.3 Changes Originating from Contractor 39.3.1 If the Contractor proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a written “Application for Change Proposal,” giving reasons for the proposed Change and including the information specified in GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2. Upon receipt of the Application for Change Proposal, the Parties shall follow the procedures outlined in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.6 and 39.2.7. However, the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover the costs of preparing the Application for Change Proposal. |
40. Extension of Time for Completion | 40.1 The Time(s) for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2 shall be extended if the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract by reason of any of the following: (a) any Change in the Facilities as provided in GCC Clause 39 (b) any occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in GCC Clause 37, unforeseen conditions as provided in GCC Clause 35, or other occurrence of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clause 32.2 (c) any suspension order given by the Employer under GCC Clause 41 hereof or reduction in the rate of progress pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2 or (d) any changes in laws and regulations as provided in GCC Clause 36 or (e) any default or breach of the Contract by the Employer, Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled ,or any activity, act or omission of the Employer, or the Project Manager, or any other contractors employed by the Employer, or
by such period as shall be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and as shall fairly reflect the delay or impediment sustained by the Contractor. 40.2 Except where otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a notice of a claim for an extension of the Time for Completion, together with particulars of the event or circumstance justifying such extension as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement of such event or circumstance. As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such notice and supporting particulars of the claim, the Employer and the Contractor shall agree upon the period of such extension. In the event that the Contractor does not accept the Employer’s estimate of a fair and reasonable time extension, the Contractor shall be entitled to refer the matter to a Dispute Board, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 46.1. 40.3 The Contractor shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to minimize any delay in the performance of its obligations under the Contract. 40.4 In all cases where the Contractor has given a notice of a claim for an extension of time under GCC 40.2, the Contractor shall consult with the Project Manager in order to determine the steps (if any) which can be taken to overcome or minimize the actual or anticipated delay. The Contractor shall there after comply with all reasonable instructions which the Project Manager shall give in order to minimize such delay. If compliance with such instructions shall cause the Contractor to incur extra costs and the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time under GCC 40.1, the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price. |
41. Suspension | 41.1 The Employer may request the Project Manager, by notice to the Contractor, to order the Contractor to suspend performance of any or all of its obligations under the Contract. Such notice shall specify the obligation of which performance is to be suspended, the effective date of the suspension and the reasons therefor. The Contractor shall thereupon suspend performance of such obligation, except those obligations necessary for the care or preservation of the Facilities, until ordered in writing to resume such performance by the Project Manager. If, by virtue of a suspension order given by the Project Manager, other than by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract, the Contractor’s performance of any of its obligations is suspended for an aggregate period of more than ninety (90) days, then at any time thereafter and provided that at that time such performance is still suspended, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requiring that the Employer shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the notice, order the resumption of such performance or request and subsequently order a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of the suspended obligations from the Contract. If the Employer fails to do so within such period, the Contractor may, by a further notice to the Project Manager, elect to treat the suspension, where it affects a part only of the Facilities, as a deletion of such part in accordance with GCC Clause 39 or, where it affects the whole of the Facilities, as termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1. 41.2 If (a) the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be. If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, or fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice or (b) the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 10.2, or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities, then the Contractor may by fourteen (14) days’ notice to the Employer suspend performance of all or any of its obligations under the Contract, or reduce the rate of progress. 41.3 If the Contractor’s performance of its obligations is suspended or the rate of progress is reduced pursuant to this GCC Clause 41, then the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and any and all additional costs or expenses incurred by the Contractor as a result of such suspension or reduction shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor in addition to the Contract Price, except in the case of suspension order or reduction in the rate of progress by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract. 41.4 During the period of suspension, the Contractor shall not remove from the Site any Plant, any part of the Facilities or any Contractor’s Equipment, without the prior written consent of the Employer. |
42. Termination | 42.1 Termination for Employer’s Convenience 42.1.1 The Employer may at any time terminate the Contract for any reason by giving the Contractor a notice of termination that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.1. 42.1.2 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Contractor shall either immediately or upon the date specified in the notice of termination (a) cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition (b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii) below (c) remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site, repatriate the Contractor’s Personnel from the Site, remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind, and leave the whole of the Site in a clean and safe condition, and (d) subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3, (i) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination (ii) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors; and (iii) deliver to the Employer all non-proprietary drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as at the date of termination in connection with the Facilities. 42.1.3 In the event of termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor the following amounts: (a) the Contract Price, properly attributable to the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor as of the date of termination (b) the costs reasonably incurred by the Contractor in the removal of the Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and in the repatriation of the Contractor’s Personnel (c) any amounts to be paid by the Contractor to its Subcontractors in connection with the termination of any subcontracts, including any cancellation charges (d) costs incurred by the Contractor in protecting the Facilities and leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.2 (e) the cost of satisfying all other obligations, commitments and claims that the Contractor may in good faith have undertaken with third Parties in connection with the Contract and that are not covered by paragraphs (a) through (d) above. 42.2 Termination for Contractor’s Default 42.2.1 The Employer, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may possess, may terminate the Contract forthwith in the following circumstances by giving a notice of termination and its reasons therefor to the Contractor, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2: (a) if the Contractor becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, if the Contractor is a corporation, a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up, other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction, a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Contractor takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt (b) if the Contractor assigns or transfers the Contract or any right or interest therein in violation of the provision of GCC Clause 43. (c) if the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer has engaged in Fraud and Corruption, as defined in paragrpah 2.2 a. of Appendix B to the GCC, in competing for or in executing the Contract. 42.2.2 If the Contractor (a) has abandoned or repudiated the Contract (b) has without valid reason failed to commence work on the Facilities promptly or has suspended, other than pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2, the progress of Contract performance for more than twenty-eight (28) days after receiving a written instruction from the Employer to proceed (c) persistently fails to execute the Contract in accordance with the Contract or persistently neglects to carry out its obligations under the Contract without just cause (d) refuses or is unable to provide sufficient materials, services or labor to execute and complete the Facilities in the manner specified in the program furnished under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 at rates of progress that give reasonable assurance to the Employer that the Contractor can attain Completion of the Facilities by the Time for Completion as extended, then the Employer may, without prejudice to any other rights it may possess under the Contract, give a notice to the Contractor stating the nature of the default and requiring the Contractor to remedy the same. If the Contractor fails to remedy or to take steps to remedy the same within fourteen (14) days of its receipt of such notice, then the Employer may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice of termination to the Contractor that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2. 42.2.3 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.2.1 or 42.2.2, the Contractor shall, either immediately or upon such date as is specified in the notice of termination, (a) cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition (b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) below (c) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination (d) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors (e) deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities. 42.2.4 The Employer may enter upon the Site, expel the Contractor, and complete the Facilities itself or by employing any third Party. The Employer may, to the exclusion of any right of the Contractor over the same, take over and use with the payment of a fair rental rate to the Contractor, with all the maintenance costs to the account of the Employer and with an indemnification by the Employer for all liability including damage or injury to persons arising out of the Employer’s use of such equipment, any Contractor’s Equipment owned by the Contractor and on the Site in connection with the Facilities for such reasonable period as the Employer considers expedient for the supply and installation of the Facilities. Upon completion of the Facilities or at such earlier date as the Employer thinks appropriate, the Employer shall give notice to the Contractor that such Contractor’s Equipment will be returned to the Contractor at or near the Site and shall return such Contractor’s Equipment to the Contractor in accordance with such notice. The Contractor shall thereafter without delay and at its cost remove or arrange removal of the same from the Site. 42.2.5 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.6, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid the Contract Price attributable to the Facilities executed as of the date of termination, the value of any unused or partially used Plant on the Site, and the costs, if any, incurred in protecting the Facilities and in leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.3. Any sums due the Employer from the Contractor accruing prior to the date of termination shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor under this Contract. 42.2.6 If the Employer completes the Facilities, the cost of completing the Facilities by the Employer shall be determined. If the sum that the Contractor is entitled to be paid, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, plus the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in completing the Facilities, exceeds the Contract Price, the Contractor shall be liable for such excess. If such excess is greater than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Contractor shall pay the balance to the Employer, and if such excess is less than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Employer shall pay the balance to the Contractor. The Employer and the Contractor shall agree, in writing, on the computation described above and the manner in which any sums shall be paid. 42.3 Termination by the Contractor 42.3.1 If (a) the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be. If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, or (b) the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities, then the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer thereof, and if the Employer has failed to pay the outstanding sum, to approve the invoice or supporting documents, to give its reasons for withholding such approval, or to remedy the breach within twenty-eight (28) days of such notice, or if the Contractor is still unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days of the said notice, the Contractor may by a further notice to the Employer referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.1, forthwith terminate the Contract. 42.3.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice to the Employer to that effect, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.2, if the Employer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, being a corporation, if a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Employer takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt. 42.3.3 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, then the Contractor shall immediately (a) cease all further work, except for such work as may be necessary for the purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition (b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii) (c) remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and repatriate the Contractor’s Personnel from the Site, and (d) subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.4, (i) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination (ii) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors, and (iii) deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities. 42.3.4 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all payments specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3, and reasonable compensation for all loss, except for loss of profit, or damage sustained by the Contractor arising out of, in connection with or in consequence of such termination. 42.3.5 Termination by the Contractor pursuant to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3 is without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Contractor that may be exercised in lieu of or in addition to rights conferred by GCC Sub-Clause 42.3. 42.4 In this GCC Clause 42, the expression “Facilities executed” shall include all work executed, Installation Services provided, and all Plant acquired, or subject to a legally binding obligation to purchase, by the Contractor and used or intended to be used for the purpose of the Facilities, up to and including the date of termination. 42.5 In this GCC Clause 42, in calculating any monies due from the Employer to the Contractor, account shall be taken of any sum previously paid by the Employer to the Contractor under the Contract, including any advance payment paid pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment. |
43. Assignment | 43.1 Neither the Employer nor the Contractor shall, without the express prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, assign to any third Party the Contract or any part thereof, or any right, benefit, obligation or interest therein or thereunder, except that the Contractor shall be entitled to assign either absolutely or by way of charge any monies due and payable to it or that may become due and payable to it under the Contract. |
44. Export Restrictions | 44.1 Notwithstanding any obligation under the Contract to complete all export formalities, any export restrictions attributable to the Employer, to the country of the Employer or to the use of the Plant and Installation Services to be supplied which arise from trade regulations from a country supplying those Plant and Installation Services, and which substantially impede the Contractor from meeting its obligations under the Contract, shall release the Contractor from the obligation to provide deliveries or services, always provided, however, that the Contractor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Employer and of the Bank that it has completed all formalities in a timely manner, including applying for permits, authorizations and licenses necessary for the export of the Plant and Installation Services under the terms of the Contract. Termination of the Contract on this basis shall be for the Employer’s convenience pursuant to Sub-Clause 42.1. |
45. Contractor’s Claims | 45.1 If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any extension of the Time for Completion and/or any additional payment, under any Clause of these Conditions or otherwise in connection with the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a notice to the Project Manager, describing the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim. The notice shall be given as soon as practicable, and not later than 28 days after the Contractor became aware, or should have become aware, of the event or circumstance. If the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within such period of 28 days, the Time for Completion shall not be extended, the Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment, and the Employer shall be discharged from all liability in connection with the claim. Otherwise, the following provisions of this Sub-Clause shall apply. The Contractor shall also submit any other notices which are required by the Contract, and supporting particulars for the claim, all as relevant to such event or circumstance. The Contractor shall keep such contemporary records as may be necessary to substantiate any claim, either on the Site or at another location acceptable to the Project Manager. Without admitting the Employer’s liability, the Project Manager may, after receiving any notice under this Sub-Clause, monitor the record-keeping and/or instruct the Contractor to keep further contemporary records. The Contractor shall permit the Project Manager to inspect all these records, and shall (if instructed) submit copies to the Project Manager. Within 42 days after the Contractor became aware (or should have become aware) of the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall send to the Project Manager a fully detailed claim which includes full supporting particulars of the basis of the claim and of the extension of time and/or additional payment claimed. If the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim has a continuing effect:
Within 42 days after receiving a claim or any further particulars supporting a previous claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Project Manager and approved by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall respond with approval, or with disapproval and detailed comments. He may also request any necessary further particulars, but shall nevertheless give his response on the principles of the claim within such time. Each Payment Certificate shall include such amounts for any claim as have been reasonably substantiated as due under the relevant provision of the Contract. Unless and until the particulars supplied are sufficient to substantiate the whole of the claim, the Contractor shall only be entitled to payment for such part of the claim as he has been able to substantiate. The Project Manager shall agree with the Contractor or estimate: (i) the extension (if any) of the Time for Completion (before or after its expiry) in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and/or (ii) the additional payment (if any) to which the Contractor is entitled under the Contract. The requirements of this Sub-Clause are in addition to those of any other Sub-Clause which may apply to a claim. If the Contractor fails to comply with this or another Sub-Clause in relation to any claim, any extension of time and/or additional payment shall take account of the extent (if any) to which the failure has prevented or prejudiced proper investigation of the claim, unless the claim is excluded under the second paragraph of this Sub-Clause. In the event that the Contractor and the Employer cannot agree on any matter relating to a claim, either Party may refer the matter to the Dispute Board pursuant to GCC 46 hereof. |
46. Disputes and Arbitration | 46.1 Appointment of the Dispute Board Disputes shall be referred to a DB for decision in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3. The Parties shall appoint a DB by the date stated in the PCC. The DB shall comprise, as stated in the PCC, either one or three suitably qualified persons (“the members”), each of whom shall meet the criteria set forth in Sub-Clause 3 of Appendix A- General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement. If the number is not so stated and the Parties do not agree otherwise, the DB shall comprise three persons, one of whom shall serve as chairman. If the Contract is with a foreign Contractor, the DB members shall not have the same nationality as the Employer or the Contractor. If the Parties have not jointly appointed the DB 21 days before the date stated in the PCC and the DB is to comprise three persons, each Party shall nominate one member for the approval of the other Party. The first two members shall recommend and the Parties shall agree upon the third member, who shall act as chairman. However, if a list of potential members is included in the PCC, the members shall be selected from those on the list, other than anyone who is unable or unwilling to accept appointment to the DB. The agreement between the Parties and either the sole member or each of the three members shall incorporate by reference the General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement contained in the Appendix to these General Conditions, with such amendments as are agreed between them. The DB shall be deemed to be constituted on the date the Parties and the sole member or the three members (as the case may be) of the DB have all signed a DB agreement. The terms of the remuneration of either the sole member or each of the three members, including the remuneration of any expert whom the DB consults, shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties when agreeing the terms of appointment of the member or such expert (as the case may be). Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of this remuneration. If a member declines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability, resignation or termination of appointment, a replacement shall be appointed in the same manner as the replaced person was required to have been nominated or agreed upon, as described in this Sub-Clause. The appointment of any member may be terminated by mutual agreement of both Parties, but not by the Employer or the Contractor acting alone. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, the appointment of the DB (including each member) shall expire when the Operational Acceptance Certificate has been issued in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.3. |
| 46.2 Failure to Agree on the Composition of the Dispute Board If any of the following conditions apply, namely:
then the appointing entity or official named in the PCC shall, upon the request of either or both of the Parties and after due consultation with both Parties, appoint this member of the DB. This appointment shall be final and conclusive. Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of the remuneration of the appointing entity or official. |
| 46.3 Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision If a dispute (of any kind whatsoever) arises between the Parties in connection with the performance of the Contract, including any dispute as to any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, either Party may refer the dispute in writing to the DB for its decision, with copies to the other Party and the Project Manager. Such reference shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause. For a DB of three persons, the DB shall be deemed to have received such reference on the date when it is received by the chairman of the DB. Both Parties shall promptly make available to the DB all such additional information, further access to the Site, and appropriate facilities, as the DB may require for the purposes of making a decision on such dispute. The DB shall be deemed to be not acting as arbitrator(s). Within 84 days after receiving such reference, or within such other period as may be proposed by the DB and approved by both Parties, the DB shall give its decision, which shall be reasoned and shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause. The decision shall be binding on both Parties, who shall promptly give effect to it unless and until it shall be revised in an amicable settlement or an arbitral award as described below. Unless the Contract has already been abandoned, repudiated or terminated, the Contractor shall continue with the performance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. If either Party is dissatisfied with the DB’s decision, then either Party may, within 28 days after receiving the decision, give notice to the other Party of its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration. If the DB fails to give its decision within the period of 84 days (or as otherwise approved) after receiving such reference, then either Party may, within 28 days after this period has expired, give notice to the other Party of its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration. In either event, this notice of dissatisfaction shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause, and shall set out the matter in dispute and the reason(s) for dissatisfaction. Except as stated in GCC Sub-Clauses 46.6 and 46.7, neither Party shall be entitled to commence arbitration of a dispute unless a notice of dissatisfaction has been given in accordance with this Sub-Clause. If the DB has given its decision as to a matter in dispute to both Parties, and no notice of dissatisfaction has been given by either Party within 28 days after it received the DB’s decision, then the decision shall become final and binding upon both Parties. |
| 46.4 Amicable Settlement Where notice of dissatisfaction has been given under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 above, both Parties shall attempt to settle the dispute amicably before the commencement of arbitration. However, unless both Parties agree otherwise, arbitration may be commenced on or after the fifty-sixth day after the day on which notice of dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration was given, even if no attempt at amicable settlement has been made. |
| 46.5 Arbitration Unless indicated otherwise in the PCC, any dispute not settled amicably and in respect of which the DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, arbitration shall be conducted as follows: (a) For contracts with foreign contractors: unless otherwise specified in the PCC; the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce; by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location stated in the PCC; and the arbitration shall be conducted in the ruling language stated in the PCC; and (b) For contracts with domestic contractors, arbitration with proceedings conducted in accordance with the laws of the Employer’s Country. The arbitrator(s) shall have full power to open up, review and revise any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, and any decision of the DB, relevant to the dispute. Nothing shall disqualify the Project Manager from being called as a witness and giving evidence before the arbitrator(s) on any matter whatsoever relevant to the dispute. Neither Party shall be limited in the proceedings before the arbitrator(s) to the evidence or arguments previously put before the DB to obtain its decision, or to the reasons for dissatisfaction given in its notice of dissatisfaction. Any decision of the DB shall be admissible in evidence in the arbitration. Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of the Facilities. The obligations of the Parties, the Project Manager and the DB shall not be altered by reason of any arbitration being conducted during the progress of the execution of the Facilities. |
| 46.6 Failure to Comply with Dispute Board’s Decision In the event that a Party fails to comply with a DB decision which has become final and binding, then the other Party may, without prejudice to any other rights it may have, refer the failure itself to arbitration under GCC Sub-Clause 46.5. GCC Sub-Clauses 46.3 and 46.4 shall not apply to this reference. |
| 46.7 Expiry of Dispute Board’s Appointment If a dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the performance of the Contract, and there is no DB in place, whether by reason of the expiry of the DB’s appointment or otherwise: (a) GCC Sub-Clauses 46.3 and 46.4 shall not apply, and (b) the dispute may be referred directly to arbitration under GCC Sub-Clause 46.5 |
47. Cyber Security
| 47.1 Pursuant to the PCC, the Contractor including its Subcontractors/ suppliers/ manufacturers shall take all technical and organizational measures necessary to protect the information technology systems and data used in connection with the Contract. Without limiting the foregoing, the Contractor, including its Subcontractors/ suppliers/ manufacturers, shall use all reasonable efforts to establish, maintain, implement and comply with, reasonable information technology, information security, cyber security and data protection controls, policies and procedures, including oversight, access controls, encryption, technological and physical safeguards and business continuity/disaster recovery and security plans that are designed to protect against and prevent breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to any information technology system or data used in connection with the Contract. |
APPENDIX A
General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement
1. Definitions
Each “Dispute Board Agreement” is a tripartite agreement by and between:
the “Employer”;
the “Contractor”; and
the “Member” who is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement as being:
(i) the sole member of the “DB” and, where this is the case, all references to the “Other Members” do not apply, or
(ii) one of the three persons who are jointly called the “DB” (or “dispute board”) and, where this is the case, the other two persons are called the “Other Members”.
The Employer and the Contractor have entered (or intend to enter) into a contract, which is called the “Contract” and is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement, which incorporates this Appendix. In the Dispute Board Agreement, words and expressions which are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Contract.
2. General Provisions
Unless otherwise stated in the Dispute Board Agreement, it shall take effect on the latest of the following dates:
(a) the Commencement Date defined in the Contract,
(b) when the Employer, the Contractor and the Member have each signed the Dispute Board Agreement, or
(c) when the Employer, the Contractor and each of the Other Members (if any) have respectively each signed a dispute board agreement.
This employment of the Member is a personal appointment. At any time, the Member may give not less than 70 days’ notice of resignation to the Employer and to the Contractor, and the Dispute Board Agreement shall terminate upon the expiry of this period.
3. Warranties
The Member warrants and agrees that he/she is and shall be impartial and independent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager. The Member shall promptly disclose, to each of them and to the Other Members (if any), any fact or circumstance which might appear inconsistent with his/her warranty and agreement of impartiality and independence.
4. General Obligations of the Member
The Member shall:
(a) have no interest financial or otherwise in the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, nor any financial interest in the Contract except for payment under the Dispute Board Agreement;
(b) not previously have been employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, except in such circumstances as were disclosed in writing to the Employer and the Contractor before they signed the Dispute Board Agreement;
(c) have disclosed in writing to the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any), before entering into the Dispute Board Agreement and to his/her best knowledge and recollection, any professional or personal relationships with any director, officer or employee of the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, and any previous involvement in the overall project of which the Contract forms part;
(d) not, for the duration of the Dispute Board Agreement, be employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, except as may be agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any);
(e) comply with the annexed procedural rules and with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3;
(f) not give advice to the Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel or the Contractor’s Personnel concerning the conduct of the Contract, other than in accordance with the annexed procedural rules;
(g) not while a Member enter into discussions or make any agreement with the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager regarding employment by any of them, whether as a consultant or otherwise, after ceasing to act under the Dispute Board Agreement;
(h) ensure his/her availability for all site visits and hearings as are necessary;
(i) become conversant with the Contract and with the progress of the Facilities (and of any other parts of the project of which the Contract forms part) by studying all documents received which shall be maintained in a current working file;
(j) treat the details of the Contract and all the DB’s activities and hearings as private and confidential, and not publish or disclose them without the prior written consent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any); and
(k) be available to give advice and opinions, on any matter relevant to the Contract when requested by both the Employer and the Contractor, subject to the agreement of the Other Members (if any).
5. General Obligations of the Employer and the Contractor
The Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s Personnel shall not request advice from or consultation with the Member regarding the Contract, otherwise than in the normal course of the DB’s activities under the Contract and the Dispute Board Agreement. The Employer and the Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with this provision, by the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s Personnel respectively.
The Employer and the Contractor undertake to each other and to the Member that the Member shall not, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor, the Member and the Other Members (if any):
(a) be appointed as an arbitrator in any arbitration under the Contract;
(b) be called as a witness to give evidence concerning any dispute before arbitrator(s) appointed for any arbitration under the Contract; or
(c) be liable for any claims for anything done or omitted in the discharge or purported discharge of the Member’s functions, unless the act or omission is shown to have been in bad faith.
The Employer and the Contractor hereby jointly and severally indemnify and hold the Member harmless against and from claims from which he is relieved from liability under the preceding paragraph.
Whenever the Employer or the Contractor refers a dispute to the DB under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, which will require the Member to make a site visit and attend a hearing, the Employer or the Contractor shall provide appropriate security for a sum equivalent to the reasonable expenses to be incurred by the Member. No account shall be taken of any other payments due or paid to the Member.
6. Payment
The Member shall be paid as follows, in the currency named in the Dispute Board Agreement:
(a) a retainer fee per calendar month, which shall be considered as payment in full for:
(i) being available on 28 days’ notice for all site visits and hearings;
(ii) becoming and remaining conversant with all project developments and maintaining relevant files;
(iii) all office and overhead expenses including secretarial services, photocopying and office supplies incurred in connection with his duties; and
(iv) all services performed hereunder except those referred to in sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Clause.
The retainer fee shall be paid with effect from the last day of the calendar month in which the Dispute Board Agreement becomes effective; until the last day of the calendar month in which the Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Facilities.
With effect from the first day of the calendar month following the month in which Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Facilities, the retainer fee shall be reduced by one third This reduced fee shall be paid until the first day of the calendar month in which the Member resigns or the Dispute Board Agreement is otherwise terminated.
(b) a daily fee which shall be considered as payment in full for:
(i) each day or part of a day up to a maximum of two days’ travel time in each direction for the journey between the Member’s home and the site, or another location of a meeting with the Other Members (if any);
(ii) each working day on site visits, hearings or preparing decisions; and
(iii) each day spent reading submissions in preparation for a hearing.
(c) all reasonable expenses including necessary travel expenses (air fare in less than first class, hotel and subsistence and other direct travel expenses) incurred in connection with the Member’s duties, as well as the cost of telephone calls, courier charges, faxes and telexes: a receipt shall be required for each item in excess of five percent of the daily fee referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of this Clause;
(d) any taxes properly levied in the Country on payments made to the Member (unless a national or permanent resident of the Country) under this Clause 6.
The retainer and daily fees shall be as specified in the Dispute Board Agreement. Unless it specifies otherwise, these fees shall remain fixed for the first 24 calendar months and shall thereafter be adjusted by agreement between the Employer, the Contractor and the Member, at each anniversary of the date on which the Dispute Board Agreement became effective.
If the Parties fail to agree on the retainer fee or the daily fee the appointing entity or official named in the PCC shall determine the amount of the fees to be used.
The Member shall submit invoices for payment of the monthly retainer and air fares quarterly in advance. Invoices for other expenses and for daily fees shall be submitted following the conclusion of a site visit or hearing. All invoices shall be accompanied by a brief description of activities performed during the relevant period and shall be addressed to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall pay each of the Member’s invoices in full within 56 calendar days after receiving each invoice and shall apply to the Employer (in the Statements under the Contract) for reimbursement of one-half of the amounts of these invoices. The Employer shall then pay the Contractor in accordance with the Contract.
If the Contractor fails to pay to the Member the amount to which he/she is entitled under the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer shall pay the amount due to the Member and any other amount which may be required to maintain the operation of the DB; and without prejudice to the Employer’s rights or remedies. In addition to all other rights arising from this default, the Employer shall be entitled to reimbursement of all sums paid in excess of one-half of these payments, plus all costs of recovering these sums and financing charges calculated at the rate specified in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 12.3.
If the Member does not receive payment of the amount due within 70 days after submitting a valid invoice, the Member may (i) suspend his/her services (without notice) until the payment is received, and/or (ii) resign his/her appointment by giving notice under Clause 7.
7. Termination
At any time: (i) the Employer and the Contractor may jointly terminate the Dispute Board Agreement by giving 42 days’ notice to the Member; or (ii) the Member may resign as provided for in Clause 2.
If the Member fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer and the Contractor may, without prejudice to their other rights, terminate it by notice to the Member. The notice shall take effect when received by the Member.
If the Employer or the Contractor fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Member may, without prejudice to his other rights, terminate it by notice to the Employer and the Contractor. The notice shall take effect when received by them both.
Any such notice, resignation and termination shall be final and binding on the Employer, the Contractor and the Member. However, a notice by the Employer or the Contractor, but not by both, shall be of no effect.
8. Default of the Member
If the Member fails to comply with any of his obligations under Clause 4 concerning his impartiality or independence in relation to the Employer or the Contractor, he/she shall not be entitled to any fees or expenses hereunder and shall, without prejudice to their other rights, reimburse each of the Employer and the Contractor for any fees and expenses received by the Member and the Other Members (if any), for proceedings or decisions (if any) of the DB which are rendered void or ineffective by the said failure to comply.
9. Disputes
Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Dispute Board Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be finally settled by institutional arbitration. If no other arbitration institute is agreed, the arbitration shall be conducted under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with these Rules of Arbitration.
Appendix A
DISPUTE BOARD GUIDELINES
1. Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall visit the site at intervals of not more than 140 days, including times of critical construction events, at the request of either the Employer or the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer, the Contractor and the DB, the period between consecutive visits shall not be less than 70 days, except as required to convene a hearing as described below.
2. The timing of and agenda for each site visit shall be as agreed jointly by the DB, the Employer and the Contractor, or in the absence of agreement, shall be decided by the DB. The purpose of site visits is to enable the DB to become and remain acquainted with the progress of the execution of the Contract and of any actual or potential problems or claims, and, as far as reasonable, to prevent potential problems or claims from becoming disputes.
3. Site visits shall be attended by the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager and shall be coordinated by the Employer in co-operation with the Contractor. The Employer shall ensure the provision of appropriate conference facilities and secretarial and copying services. At the conclusion of each site visit and before leaving the site, the DB shall prepare a report on its activities during the visit and shall send copies to the Employer and the Contractor.
4. The Employer and the Contractor shall furnish to the DB one copy of all documents which the DB may request, including Contract documents, progress reports, variation instructions, certificates and other documents pertinent to the performance of the Contract. All communications between the DB and the Employer or the Contractor shall be copied to the other Party. If the DB comprises three persons, the Employer and the Contractor shall send copies of these requested documents and these communications to each of these persons.
5. If any dispute is referred to the DB in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, the DB shall proceed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 and these Guidelines. Subject to the time allowed to give notice of a decision and other relevant factors, the DB shall:
(a) act fairly and impartially as between the Employer and the Contractor, giving each of them a reasonable opportunity of putting his case and responding to the other’s case, and
(b) adopt procedures suitable to the dispute, avoiding unnecessary delay or expense.
6. The DB may conduct a hearing on the dispute, in which event it will decide on the date and place for the hearing and may request that written documentation and arguments from the Employer and the Contractor be presented to it prior to or at the hearing.
7. Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall have power to adopt an inquisitorial procedure, to refuse admission to hearings or audience at hearings to any persons other than representatives of the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager, and to proceed in the absence of any Party who the DB is satisfied received notice of the hearing; but shall have discretion to decide whether and to what extent this power may be exercised.
8. The Employer and the Contractor empower the DB, among other things, to:
(a) establish the procedure to be applied in deciding a dispute,
(b) decide upon the DB’s own jurisdiction, and as to the scope of any dispute referred to it,
(c) conduct any hearing as it thinks fit, not being bound by any rules or procedures other than those contained in the Contract and these Guidelines,
(d) take the initiative in ascertaining the facts and matters required for a decision,
(e) make use of its own specialist knowledge, if any,
(f) decide upon the payment of financing charges in accordance with the Contract,
(g) decide upon any provisional relief such as interim or conservatory measures,
(h) open up, review and revise any certificate, decision, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, relevant to the dispute, and
(i) appoint, should the DB so consider necessary and the Parties agree, a suitable expert/s (including legal and technical expert(s)) at the cost of the Parties to give advice on a specific matter/s relevant to the dispute.
9. The DB shall not express any opinions during any hearing concerning the merits of any arguments advanced by the Parties. Thereafter, the DB shall make and give its decision in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, or as otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor in writing. If the DB comprises three persons:
(a) it shall convene in private after a hearing, in order to have discussions and prepare its decision;
(b) it shall endeavor to reach a unanimous decision: if this proves impossible the applicable decision shall be made by a majority of the Members, who may require the minority Member to prepare a written report for submission to the Employer and the Contractor; and
(c) if a Member fails to attend a meeting or hearing, or to fulfil any required function, the other two Members may nevertheless proceed to make a decision, unless:
(i) either the Employer or the Contractor does not agree that they do so, or
(ii) the absent Member is the chairman and he/she instructs the other Members to not make a decision.
APPENDIX B
Fraud and Corruption
(Text in this Appendix shall not be modified)
APPENDIX C
Metrics for Progress Reports- Environmental and Social (ES)
Metrics for regular reporting:
APPENDIX D
Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH) Performance Declaration for Subcontractors
[The following table shall be filled in by each subcontractor proposed by the Contractor, that was not named in the Contract]
Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Contract reference [insert contract reference]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
SEA and/or SH Declaration
|
We: ¨ (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. ¨ (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. ¨ (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.
|
[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues underlying the disqualification.] |
Name of the Subcontractor
Name of the person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Subcontractor _______
Title of the person signing on behalf of the Subcontractor ______________________
Signature of the person named above ______________________
Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____
Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:
Signature: ________________________________________________________
Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____
Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract
The following Particular Conditions of Contract shall supplement the General Conditions of Contract in Section VIII. Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the General Conditions. |
Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)
The following Particular Conditions (PCC) shall supplement the General Conditions (GCC). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GCC. The clause number of the PCC is the corresponding clause number of the GCC.
PCC 1. Definitions | The Employer is: Eswatini Electricity Company The Project Manager is: Mr. Senzo Shongwe The Bank is: World Bank Country of Origin: all countries and territories as indicated in Section V of the bidding document, Eligible Countries. |
PCC 5. Law and Language | PCC 5.1 The Contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of: Kingdom of Eswatini PCC 5.2 The ruling language is: English PCC 5.3 The language for communications is: English |
PCC 7. Scope of Facilities [Spare Parts] (GCC Clause 7) | PCC 7.3 The Contractor agrees to supply spare parts for a period of years: five (5) years Addition to PCC 7.3 The Contractor shall carry sufficient inventories to ensure an ex-stock supply of consumable spares for the Plant. Other spare parts and components shall be supplied as promptly as possible, but at the most within six (6) months of placing the order and opening the letter of credit. In addition, in the event of termination of the production of spare parts, advance notification will be made to the Employer of the pending termination, with sufficient time to permit the Employer to procure the needed requirement. Following such termination, the Contractor will furnish to the extent possible and at no cost to the Employer the blueprints, drawings and specifications of the spare parts, if requested. |
PCC 8. Time for Commencement and Completion | PCC 8.1 The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within 15 (fifteen) calendar days from the Effective Date for determining Time for Completion as specified in the Contract Agreement. PCC 8.2 The Time for Completion of the whole of the Facilities shall be Six (6) months from the Effective Date as described in the Contract Agreement. |
PCC 9. Contractor’s Responsibilities | PCC 9.8 The following sustainable procurement contractual provisions apply:
|
PCC 11. Contract Price | PCC 11.2 The Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum. |
PCC 12. Terms of Payment | PCC 12.5 An amount equivalent to 2% of the Contract price. |
PCC 13. Securities | PCC 13.3.1 The amount of Performance Security, as a percentage of the Contract Price for the Facility or for the part of the Facility for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, shall be: Ten (10%) of the Total Contract Price. PCC 13.3.2 The Performance Security shall be in the form of the Bank Guarantee attached hereto in Section X, Contract Forms. The Performance Security shall be issued by any registered "A" class commercial Bank in Kingdom of Eswatini, or a Foreign Bank. If Performance Security will be issued by a Foreign Bank, it shall be counter guaranteed by any registered "A" class commercial Bank in Kingdom of Eswatini. The performance security as required by the clause 13.3.1 above shall be valid for period covering entire contract execution period and any extension thereof plus defect liability period plus three months. PCC 13.3.3 The Performance Security shall not be reduced on the date of the Operational Acceptance. PCC 13.3.3 The Performance Security shall be reduced to ten percent (10%) of the value of the component covered by the extended defect liability to cover the Contractor’s extended defect liability in accordance with the provision in the PCC, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10. |
PCC 15. License/Use of Technical Information | PCC 15.2 Add the following as second paragraph: The Employer shall have the right to reproduce any or all drawings, documents and other materials furnished to the Employer for the purpose of the Contract and in addition, if required, for operation and maintenance. |
PCC 18. Progress Report | PCC 18.3 Progress reports shall include status of compliance to cyber security risks management, and any foreseeable cyber security risk and mitigation. Potential and occurred cyber security incidents are to be immediately reported |
PCC 21. Procurement | PCC 21.3.2 Add the following to the clause: The Employer shall in no way be responsible for the condition of road and access. |
PCC 22 Installation | PCC22.2.5 Working Hours Normal working hours are: 0800hrs to 1700hrs (Monday to Friday) PCC 22.2.8 Funeral Arrangements: as specified in the GCC. |
PCC 23. Tests and Inspection | PCC 23.2 Supplement GCC 23.2 with the following: For tests / inspections and training, the Contractor will arrange and pay for the visa fee, accommodation in the international and local travel of two (02) representatives of the employer i.e. - air tickets; local transport; accommodation. PCC 23.3 Supplement GCC 23.3 with the following: The Contractor shall furnish the Project Manager with the details of the program of the tests and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof at least two (2) weeks in advance in case of domestic supplies & six (6) weeks in advance in case of foreign supplies. PCC 23.4 Supplement GCC 23.3 with the following: The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection within fifteen (15) days after completion of tests. PCC 23.6 Add the following at the end of GCC 23.6: All costs incurred by the Employer including all travelling and board and lodging expenses by the repetition of the tests or false call for tests shall be borne by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.2. Any delay in delivery due to retest or false call shall not constitute a release of the Contractor from his responsibilities for delay. |
PCC 25. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance | PCC 25.2.2 The Guarantee Test of the Facilities shall be successfully completed within one (1) month from the date of Completion. PCC 25.3.1(e) Add the following new sub-clause: Three (3) sets of as built drawings, operating and maintenance manuals and USB drives etc. |
PCC 26. Completion Time Guarantee | PCC 26.2 Applicable rate for liquidated damages: 1% per week The above rate applies to the price of the part of the Facilities, as quoted in the Price Schedule, for that part for which the Contractor fails to achieve Completion within the particular Time for Completion. Maximum deduction for liquidated damages: 10% of the Contract Price PCC 26.3 Applicable (amount or rate) for the bonus for early Completion: Maximum bonus: N/A PCC 26.3 No bonus will be given for earlier Completion of the Facilities or part thereof. |
PCC 27. Defect Liability | PCC 27.10 The critical components covered under the extended defect liability are None. |
PCC 30. Limitation of Liability | PCC 30.1 (b) The multiplier of the Contract Price is: one (1) |
PCC 39. Value Engineering | PCC 39.1.2 If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be 50 % of the reduction in the Contract Price |
PCC 39.2.1 | (f) A “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:
The Contractor shall implement and maintain appropriate administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect the Telecoms network, SCADA system, associated networks, software, hardware, and operational technology assets from unauthorized access, misuse, alteration, disruption, destruction, or disclosure. |
PCC46. Disputes and Arbitration | PCC 46.1 The DB shall be appointed within 30 days after a dispute has been declared by either party of the Contract Agreement PCC 46.1 The DB shall be: comprised of one (1) person, who is fluent in the English language and shall be a professional experienced in the type of activities involved in the performance of the Contract and with the interpretation of contractual documents. The potential member is an independent and neutral with no interest in the Contract.
PCC 46.1 List of potential DB members: List of arbitrators of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) (to be defined at contract signing). Proposed by Contractor [Attach CVs to the Contract] List of arbitrators of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) (to be defined at contract signing).
PCC 46.2 Appointment (if not agreed) to be made by: Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) PCC 46.5 Procedure to settle disputes in respect of which DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration: Rules of arbitration GCC Sub-Clause 46.5(a): For a Foreign Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of the Rules of the Conduct of Arbitrations (5th Edition 2005) of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa); by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location agreed by both parties.
GCC Sub-Clause 46.5 (b): For a local Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of the Rules of the Conduct of Arbitrations (5th Edition 2005) of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) within the context of the Law of Eswatini; by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be in Eswatini. |
PCC 47. | PCC 47.1- The Contractor shall comply with the following Cyber security requirements: 1. Comply with IEC 62443 (Industrial Automation and Control Systems cybersecurity). 2. Support IEC 62351 security measures for power system communications, including secure DNP3 communications where applicable. 3. Meet the cybersecurity capability requirements of IEEE 1686 for Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs). |
Section X - Contract Forms |
Table of Forms
Notification of Intention to Award. 298
Letter of Acceptance. 305
Contract Agreement 306
Appendix 1. Terms and Procedures of Payment 310
Appendix 2. Price Adjustment 313
Appendix 3. Insurance Requirements. 315
Appendix 4. Time Schedule. 318
Appendix 5. List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors. 319
Appendix 6. Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer 320
Appendix 7. List of Documents for Approval or Review.. 321
Appendix 8. Functional Guarantees. 322
Performance Security Form– Bank Guarantee. 324
Performance Security Form- Conditional Bank Guarantee. 327
Advance Payment Security. 329
Notification of Intention to Award
[This Notification of Intention to Award shall be sent to each Bidder that submitted a Bid, unless the Bidder has previously received notice of exclusion from the process at an interim stage of the procurement process]
[Send this Notification to the Bidder’s Authorized Representative named in the Bidder Information Form]
For the attention of Bidder’s Authorized Representative
Name: [insert Authorized Representative’s name]
Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s Address]
Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert Authorized Representative’s telephone/fax numbers]
Email Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s email address]
[IMPORTANT: insert the date that this Notification is transmitted to all participating Bidders. The Notification must be sent to all Bidders simultaneously. This means on the same date and as close to the same time as possible.]
DATE OF TRANSMISSION: This Notification is sent by: [email/fax] on [date] (local time)
Notification of Intention to Award
Employer: [insert the name of the Employer]
Project: [insert name of project]
Contract title: [insert the name of the contract]
Country: [insert country where RFB is issued]
Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: [insert reference number for loan/credit/grant]
RFB No: [insert RFB reference number from Procurement Plan]
This Notification of Intention to Award (Notification) notifies you of our decision to award the above contract. The transmission of this Notification begins the Standstill Period. During the Standstill Period, you may:
Name: | [insert name of successful Bidder] |
Address: | [insert address of the successful Bidder] |
Contract price: | [insert contract price of the successful Bid] |
Total combined score: | [insert the total combined score of the successful Bidder] |
Name of Bidder | Technical Score | Bid Price | Evaluated Bid Cost | Combined Score |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[INSTRUCTIONS: State the reason/s why this Bidder’s Bid was unsuccessful. Do NOT include: (a) a point by point comparison with another Bidder’s Bid or (b) information that is marked confidential by the Bidder in its Bid.] |
DEADLINE: The deadline to request a debriefing expires at midnight on [insert date] (local time). You may request a debriefing in relation to the results of the evaluation of your Bid. If you decide to request a debriefing, your written request must be made within three (3) Business Days of receipt of this Notification of Intention to Award. Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the request for debriefing as follows: Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable] Title/position: [insert title/position] Agency: [insert name of Employer] Email address: [insert email address] Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used If your request for a debriefing is received within the 3 Business Days deadline, we will provide the debriefing within five (5) Business Days of receipt of your request. If we are unable to provide the debriefing within this period, the Standstill Period shall be extended by five (5) Business Days after the date that the debriefing is provided. If this happens, we will notify you and confirm the date that the extended Standstill Period will end. The debriefing may be in writing, by phone, video conference call or in person. We shall promptly advise you in writing how the debriefing will take place and confirm the date and time. If the deadline to request a debriefing has expired, you may still request a debriefing. In this case, we will provide the debriefing as soon as practicable, and normally no later than fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of publication of the Contract Award Notice. |
DEADLINE:: The deadline for submitting a Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award the contract expires on midnight, [insert date] (local time). Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the Procurement-related Complaint as follows: Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable] Title/position: [insert title/position] Agency: [insert name of Employer] Email address: [insert email address] Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used At this point in the procurement process, you may submit a Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award the contract. You do not need to have requested, or received, a debriefing before making this complaint. Your complaint must be submitted within the Standstill Period and received by us before the Standstill Period ends. Further information: For more information see the Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Procurement Regulations) (Annex III). You should read these provisions before preparing and submitting your complaint. In addition, the World Bank’s Guidance “How to make a Procurement-related Complaint” provides a useful explanation of the process, as well as a sample letter of complaint. In summary, there are four essential requirements:
|
DEADLINE: The Standstill Period is due to end at midnight on [insert date] (local time). The Standstill Period lasts ten (10) Business Days after the date of transmission of this Notification of Intention to Award. The Standstill Period may be extended. This may happen where we are unable to provide a debriefing within the five (5) Business Day deadline. If this happens we will notify you of the extension |
If you have any questions regarding this Notification please do not hesitate to contact us.
On behalf of the Employer:
Signature: ______________________________________________
Name: ______________________________________________
Title/position: ______________________________________________
Telephone: ______________________________________________
Email: ______________________________________________
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE FORM
This Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (“Form”) is to be completed by the successful Bidder. In case of joint venture, the Bidder must submit a separate Form for each member. The beneficial ownership information to be submitted in this Form shall be current as of the date of its submission.
For the purposes of this Form, a Beneficial Owner of a Bidder is any natural person who ultimately owns or controls the Bidder by meeting one or more of the following conditions:
|
Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form
RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]
Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]
To: [insert complete name of Employer]
In response to your request in the Letter of Acceptance dated [insert date of letter of Acceptance] to furnish additional information on beneficial ownership: [select one option as applicable and delete the options that are not applicable]
(i) we hereby provide the following beneficial ownership information.
Details of beneficial ownership
Identity of Beneficial Owner
| Directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the shares (Yes / No)
| Directly or indirectly holding 25 % or more of the Voting Rights (Yes / No)
| Directly or indirectly having the right to appoint a majority of the board of the directors or an equivalent governing body of the Bidder (Yes / No) |
[include full name (last, middle, first), nationality, country of residence] |
|
|
|
OR
(ii) We declare that there is no Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following conditions:
OR
(iii) We declare that we are unable to identify any Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following conditions. [If this option is selected, the Bidder shall provide explanation on why it is unable to identify any Beneficial Owner]
Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]_________
Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]___________
Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]______
Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]_____
Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]_____
* In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder. In the event that the Bidder is a joint venture, each reference to “Bidder” in the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (including this Introduction thereto) shall be read to refer to the joint venture member.
** Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with the Bid Schedules.
Letter of Acceptance
______________________
To: ____________________________
This is to notify you that your Bid dated ____________ for execution of the _________________ for the Contract Price in the aggregate of _____________________ ________________, as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders is hereby accepted by our Agency.
You are requested to furnish (i) the Performance Security within 28 days in accordance with the Conditions of Contract, using for that purpose one of the Performance Security Forms and (ii) the additional information on beneficial ownership in accordance with ITB 46.1, within eight (8) Business days using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form, included in Section X, - Contract Forms, of the bidding document.
Authorized Signature:
Name and Title of Signatory:
Name of Agency:
Attachment: Contract Agreement
Contract Agreement |
THIS AGREEMENT is made the ________ day of ________________________, _____,
BETWEEN
(1)Eswatini Electricity Company a corporation incorporated under the laws of the kingdom of Eswatini and having its principal place of business at Eluvatsini house, Mhlambanyatsi Road Mbabane, Eswatini (hereinafter called “the Employer”), and (2) ______________________, a corporation incorporated under the laws of ________________________ and having its principal place of business at ________________________ (hereinafter called “the Contractor”).
WHEREAS the Employer desires to engage the Contractor to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install, complete and commission certain Facilities, viz. Design Supply and Installation of 11kV auto reclosers under the Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation (ASCENT) Project (“the Facilities”), and the Contractor has agreed to such engagement upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter appearing.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
Article 1. Contract Documents | 1.1 Contract Documents (Reference GCC Clause 2) The following documents shall constitute the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor, and each shall be read and construed as an integral part of the Contract: (a) This Contract Agreement and the Appendices hereto (b) Letter of Bid and Price Schedules submitted by the Contractor (c) Particular Conditions (d) General Conditions (e) Specification (f) Drawings (g) Other completed Bidding forms submitted with the Bid (h) Any other documents forming part of the Employer’s Requirements (i) Any other documents forming part of the contract, including, but not limited to:
1.2 Order of Precedence (Reference GCC Clause 2) In the event of any ambiguity or conflict between the Contract Documents listed above, the order of precedence shall be the order in which the Contract Documents are listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) above. 1.3 Definitions (Reference GCC Clause 1) Capitalized words and phrases used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to them in the General Conditions. |
Article 2. Contract Price and Terms of Payment | 2.1 Contract Price (Reference GCC Clause 11) The Employer hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor the Contract Price in consideration of the performance by the Contractor of its obligations hereunder. The Contract Price shall be the aggregate of: __________________, _______________ as specified in Price Schedule No. 5 (Grand Summary), and_______________, _________________, or such other sums as may be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract. 2.2 Terms of Payment (Reference GCC Clause 12) The terms and procedures of payment according to which the Employer will reimburse the Contractor are given in the Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) hereto. The Employer will not instruct its bank to issue an irrevocable confirmed documentary credit made available to the Contractor in a bank in the country of the Contractor. The credit shall be for an amount of $0.00 and shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits 2007 Revision, ICC Publication No. 600. In the event that the amount payable under Schedule No. 1 is adjusted in accordance with GCC 11.2 or with any of the other terms of the Contract, the Employer shall arrange for the documentary credit to be amended accordingly.
|
Article 3. Effective Date | 3.1 Effective Date (Reference GCC Clause 1) The Effective Date from which the Time for Completion of the Facilities shall be counted is the date when all of the following conditions have been fulfilled: (a) This Contract Agreement has been duly executed for and on behalf of the Employer and the Contractor; (b) The Contractor has submitted to the Employer the Performance Security and the advance payment guarantee; (c) The Employer has paid the Contractor the advance payment; (f) Individual Letters from key personnel confirming availability Each party shall use its best efforts to fulfill the above conditions for which it is responsible as soon as practicable. 3.2 If the conditions listed under 3.1 are not fulfilled within two (2) months from the date of this Contract notification because of reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Parties shall discuss and agree on an equitable adjustment to the Contract Price and the Time for Completion and/or other relevant conditions of the Contract. |
Article 4. Communications | 4.1 The address of the Employer for notice purposes, pursuant to GCC 4.1 is: ______________________.
|
Article 5. Appendices | 5.1 The Appendices listed in the attached List of Appendices shall be deemed to form an integral part of this Contract Agreement.
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Employer and the Contractor have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives the day and year first above written.
Signed by, for and on behalf of the Employer
[Signature]
[Title]
in the presence of
Signed by, for and on behalf of the Contractor
[Signature]
[Title]
in the presence of
APPENDICES
Appendix 1 Terms and Procedures of Payment
Appendix 2 Price Adjustment
Appendix 3 Insurance Requirements
Appendix 4 Time Schedule
Appendix 5 List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors
Appendix 6 Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer
Appendix 7 List of Documents for Approval or Review
Appendix 8 Functional Guarantees
Appendix 1. Terms and Procedures of Payment
In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 12 (Terms of Payment), the Employer shall pay the Contractor in the following manner and at the following times, on the basis of the Price Breakdown given in the section on Price Schedules. Payments will be made in the currencies quoted by the Bidder unless otherwise agreed between the Parties. Applications for payment in respect of part deliveries may be made by the Contractor as work proceeds.
TERMS OF PAYMENT
Schedule No. 1. Plant and Equipment Supplied from Abroad
In respect of plant and equipment supplied from abroad, the following payments shall be made:
Ten percent (10%) of the total CIP amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents.
Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon Incoterm “CIP”, upon delivery to the site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of documents.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Schedule No. 2. Plant and Equipment Supplied from within the Employer’s Country
In respect of plant and equipment supplied from within the Employer’s Country, the following payments shall be made:
Ten percent (10%) of the total EXW amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents.
Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon Incoterm “Ex-Works,” upon delivery to the site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice and documents.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Schedule No. 3. Design Services
In respect of design services for both the foreign currency and the local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:
Ten percent (10%) of the total design services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.
Ninety percent (90%) of the total or pro rata design services amount upon acceptance of design in accordance with GCC Clause 20 by the Project Manager within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Schedule No. 4. Installation Services
In respect of installation services for both the foreign and local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:
Ten percent (10%) of the total installation services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of work performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the invoices for installation services.
Eighty percent (80%) of the measured value of work performed by the Contractor, as identified in the said Program of Performance, during the preceding month, as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s application, will be made monthly within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly applications, upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly applications, upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment on its respective due date, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate of for local currency/CMA (lending Rate at Central Bank of Eswatini plus 1%) ÷12 and “for USD, the (Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 1%) ÷12 ; for Euro,( EURIBOR plus 1%) ÷12; per month for period of delay until payment has been made in full.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
The procedures to be followed in applying for certification and making payments shall be as follows:
The Contractor should submit invoice outlining the pay items covering the pro rata value of Supply/Work Done along with the submission of the following documents to the Project Manager:
Appendix 2. Price Adjustment (Not Applicable)
The prices are to remain firm and fixed for the duration of the Contract.
Appendix 3. Insurance Requirements
Insurances to be Taken Out by the Contractor
In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 34, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified. The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
(a) Cargo Insurance
Covering loss or damage occurring, while in transit from the supplier’s or manufacturer’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Facilities (including spare parts therefor) and to the construction equipment to be provided by the Contractor or its Subcontractors.
Amount | Deductible limits | Parties Insured | From | To |
110% of the Contract Price | NIL | Employer, Contractor | Manufacturer’s Works | Site |
(b) Installation All Risks Insurance
Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the defect liability period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the defect liability period.
Amount | Deductible limits | Parties Insured | From | To |
110% of the Contract Price | NIL | Employer, Contractor, and Subcontractor (if any) | Receipt of site | Up to Defect Liability Period |
(c) Third Party Liability Insurance
Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third parties (including the Employer’s personnel) and loss of or damage to property (including the Employer’s property and any parts of the Facilities that have been accepted by the Employer) occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.
Amount | Deductible limits | Parties Insured | From | To |
USD 100,000 per person per occasion | NIL | Employer, Contractor, and Subcontractor (if any) | Commencement of work | Up to Defect Liability Period |
USD 10,000 | NIL | Third party personnel | Commencement of work | Up to Defect Liability Period |
USD 50,000 | NIL | Employer’s Property | Commencement of work | Up to Defect Liability Period |
(d) Automobile Liability Insurance
Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors (whether or not owned by them) in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities. Comprehensive insurance in accordance with statutory requirements.
(e) Workers’ Compensation
In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any part thereof is executed.
(f) Employer’s Liability
In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any part thereof is executed.
(g) Other Insurances
The Contractor is also required to take out and maintain at its own cost the following insurances:
Amount | Deductible limits | Parties Insured | From | To |
To be indicated by the Contractor | NIL | Contractor, and Subcontractor (if any) | Receipt of site | Up to Defect Liability Period |
The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Cargo, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances. All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.
Insurances To Be Taken Out By The Employer
The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract the following insurances.
Details:
NIL
Appendix 4. Time Schedule
4.1 Description of Facilities:
Name of Facilities | Completion Time required by the Employer from the Effective Date | Completion date guaranteed by the Bidder from the effective date |
Design, Supply and installation of 11kV auto-reclosers
|
Six (6) Months |
|
4.2 The activities under the Contractor’s program for Project Completion shall be in the form of a master network (MNW) and shall identify the various activities like design, engineering, manufacturing, supply, installation, factory testing, transportation to site, site testing and commissioning, trial operation and taking over etc. of the facilities or specific part thereof (where specific parts are specified in PCC). The network shall conform to the above Project Completion Schedule. This master network will be discussed and agreed before Kick-off meeting in line with the above. The detailed network(s) and project implementation plans & programs shall preferably be prepared in Primavera or in MS Project or in the latest Project Management tool as convenient to the Employer and shall form part of the contract.
4.3 The Employer reserves the right to request minor changes in the work schedule at the time of Award of Contract to the successful Bidder.
Appendix 5. List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors
A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.
The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are approved for carrying out the items of the Facilities indicated below. Where more than one Subcontractor is listed, the Contractor is free to choose between them, but it must notify the Employer of its choice in good time prior to appointing any selected Subcontractor. In accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 19.1, the Contractor is free to submit proposals for Subcontractors for additional items from time to time. No Subcontracts shall be placed with any such Subcontractors for additional items until the Subcontractors have been approved in writing by the Employer and their names have been added to this list of Approved Subcontractors.
Major Items of Plant and Installation Services | Approved Subcontractors/Manufacturers | Nationality |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appendix 6. Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer
The following personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided/supplied by the Employer, and the provisions of GCC Clauses 10, 21 and 24 shall apply as appropriate. All personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided by the Employer in good time so as not to delay the performance of the Contractor, in accordance with the approved Time Schedule and Program of Performance pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2.
Unless otherwise indicated, all personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided free of charge to the Contractor.
Personnel | Charge to Contractor (if any) |
| None |
Facilities | Charge to Contractor (if any) |
None | None |
Works | Charge to Contractor (if any) |
| None |
Supplies | Charge to Contractor (if any) |
| None |
Appendix 7. List of Documents for Approval or Review
Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Contractor shall prepare, or cause its Subcontractor to prepare, and present to the Project Manager in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance), the following documents for
A. Approval
B. Review
Appendix 8. Functional Guarantees
1. General
This Appendix sets out
(a) the functional guarantees referred to in GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees)
(b) the preconditions to the validity of the functional guarantees, either in production and/or consumption, set forth below
(c) the minimum level of the functional guarantees
(d) the formula for calculation of liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees.
2. Preconditions
The Contractor gives the functional guarantees (specified herein) for the facilities, subject to the following preconditions being fully satisfied:
____________________________________________________________________________________
3. Functional Guarantees
Subject to compliance with the foregoing preconditions, the Contractor guarantees as follows:
3.1 Production Capacity
_____________________________________________________________________________
and/or
3.2 Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption
____________________________________________________________________________
4. Failure in Guarantees and Liquidated Damages
4.1 Failure to Attain Guaranteed Production Capacity
If the production capacity of the facilities attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, is less than the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.1 above, but the actual production capacity attained in the guarantee test is not less than the minimum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, then the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages at the rate of ___________________ for every complete one percent (1%) of the deficiency in the production capacity of the Facilities, or at a proportionately reduced rate for any deficiency, or part thereof, of less than a complete one percent (1%).
4.2 Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption in Excess of Guaranteed Level
__________________________________________________________________
If the actual measured figure of specified raw materials and utilities consumed per unit (or their average total cost of consumption) exceeds the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.2 above (or their specified average total cost of consumption), but the actual consumption attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, is not more than the maximum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, then the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages at the rate of [amount in the contract currency] for every complete one percent (1%) of the excess consumption of the Facilities, or part thereof, of less than a complete one percent (1%).
4.3 Minimum Levels
Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, if as a result of the guarantee test(s), the following minimum levels of performance guarantees (and consumption guarantees) are not attained by the Contractor, the Contractor shall at its own cost make good any deficiencies until the Facilities reach any of such minimum performance levels, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.2:
(a) production capacity of the Facilities attained in the guarantee test: ninety-five percent (95%) of the guaranteed production capacity (the values offered by the Contractor in its Bid for functional guarantees represents 100%).
and/or
(b) average total cost of consumption of all the raw materials and utilities of the Facilities: one hundred and five percent (105%) of the guaranteed figures (the figures offered by the Contractor in its Bid for functional guarantees represents 100%).
4.4 Limitation of Liability
Subject to para. 4.3 above, the Contractor’s aggregate liability to pay liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees shall not exceed ______ percent ( ___ %) of the Contract price.
Performance Security Form– Bank Guarantee[18]
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
Beneficiary: [insert name and Address of Employer]
Date: _ [Insert date of issue]
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No.: ____[Insert guarantee reference number]
Guarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
We have been informed that ____________________ (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. ________________dated ____________ with the Beneficiary, for the execution of ____________________________ (hereinafter called “the Contract”).
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance guarantee is required.
At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of _________________(___)[19],such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that the Applicant is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without the Beneficiary needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein.
This guarantee shall be reduced by half upon our receipt of:
(a) a copy of the Operational Acceptance Certificate; or
(b) a registered letter from the Applicant (i) attaching a copy of its notice requesting issuance of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and (ii) stating that the Project Manager has failed to issue such Certificate within the time required or provide in writing justifiable reasons why such Certificate has not been issued, so that Operational Acceptance is deemed to have occurred.
This guarantee shall expire no later than the earlier of:[20]
(a) twelve months after our receipt of either (a) or (b) above; or
(b) eighteen months after our receipt of:
(i) a copy of the Completion Certificate; or
(ii) a registered letter from the Applicant, attaching a copy of the notice to the Project Manager that the Facilities are ready for commissioning, and stating that fourteen days have elapsed from receipt of such notice (or seven days have elapsed if the notice was a repeated notice) and the Project Manager has failed to issue a Completion Certificate or inform the Applicant in writing of any defects or deficiencies; or
(iii) a registered letter from the Applicant stating that no Completion Certificate has been issued but the Employer is making use of the Facilities; or
(c) the ____ day of _____, 2___.[21]
Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.
_____________________
[signature(s)]
Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
Performance Security Form- Conditional Bank Guarantee
Date:
Loan/Credit No:
RFB No:
To: ___________________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,
We refer to the Contract Agreement (“the Contract”) signed on [date] between you and ____________________________ (“the Contractor”) concerning design, execution and completion of ____________________________.
By this letter we, the undersigned, [name of Bank], a Bank (or company) organized under the laws of _________________ and having its registered/principal office at _________________, do hereby jointly and severally with the Contractor irrevocably guarantee payment owed to you by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract, up to the sum of ___________, equivalent to _______________ percent (%) of the Contract Price until the date of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and thereafter up to a sum of ____________, equivalent to__________ percent (%) of the Contract Price, until twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance, or eighteen (18) months after Completion of the Facilities, whichever comes first.
Where it is agreed between you and the Contractor that the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, and thus where there are separate Completion and Operational Acceptance Certificates for each part, this Letter of Guarantee shall be apportioned to the value of each such part and shall reduce or expire as provided above on or following Completion or Operational Acceptance of each part.
We shall only undertake to make payment under this Letter of Guarantee upon our receipt of a written demand signed by your duly authorized officer for a specified sum, where such demand sets out the reasons for your claim under this Letter of Guarantee and is accompanied by
(a) a copy of the written notice sent by you to the Contractor before making the claim under this Guarantee, specifying the Contractor’s breach of contract and requesting the Contractor to remedy it
(b) a letter signed by your duly authorized officer certifying that the Contractor has failed to remedy the default within the period allowed for remedial action
(c) a copy of your written notice to the Contractor stating your intent to claim under this Letter of Guarantee because of the Contractor’s failure to remedy the default in accordance with the request referred to in para. (a) above.
Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall be to pay to you whichever is the lesser of the sum so requested or the amount then guaranteed hereunder in respect of any demand duly made hereunder prior to expiry of this Letter of Guarantee, without being entitled to inquire whether or not this payment is lawfully demanded.
This Letter of Guarantee shall be valid from the date of issue until the earlier of twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or eighteen (18) months after the date of Completion of the Facilities or, where the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or eighteen (18) months after the date of Completion of the last part or [date], whichever comes first.
Except for the documents herein specified, no other documents or other action shall be required, notwithstanding any applicable law or regulation.
If the Defect Liability Period is extended with respect to any part of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, you shall notify us, and the validity of this Letter of Guarantee shall be extended with respect to the percentage of the Contract Price stipulated in the notification until expiry of such extended Defect Liability Period.
Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall become null and void immediately upon its expiry, whether it is returned or not, and no claim may be made hereunder after such expiry or after the aggregate of the sums paid by us to you shall equal the sums guaranteed hereunder, whichever is the earlier.
All notices to be given hereunder shall be given by registered (airmail) post to the addressee at the address herein set out or as otherwise advised by and between the parties hereto.
We hereby agree that any part of the Contract may be amended, renewed, extended, modified, compromised, released or discharged by mutual agreement between you and the Contractor, and this security may be exchanged or surrendered without in any way impairing or affecting our liabilities hereunder without notice to us and without the necessity for any additional endorsement, consent or guarantee by us, provided, however, that the sum guaranteed shall not be increased or decreased.
No action, event or condition which by any applicable law should operate to discharge us from liability hereunder shall have any effect and we hereby waive any right we may have to apply such law, so that in all respects our liability hereunder shall be irrevocable and, except as stated herein, unconditional in all respects.
Yours truly,
Authorized Signature
Advance Payment Security
Demand Guarantee
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
Beneficiary: ........................................................ Name and Address of Employer .....................................................
Date:[Insert date of issue].....................................................................................................................................................
Advance Payment Guarantee No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]
Guarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have been informed that . . . . .. . . . . (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. . . . . .. . . . . dated . . . . . . ..with the Beneficiary, for the execution of, . . . . . .. . . . . (hereinafter called “the Contract”).
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Conditions of the Contract, an advance payment in the sum . . . . .. . . . . . (. . . . .. . . . . ) is to be made against an advance payment guarantee.
At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of .
(. . . . .. . . . . ) [22] upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating either that the applicant:
A demand under this guarantee may be presented as from the presentation to the Guarantor of a certificate from the Beneficiary’s bank stating that the advance payment referred to above has been credited to the Applicant on its account number ___________ at _________________..
The maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount of the advance payment repaid by the Applicant as indicated in copies of interim statements or payment certificates which shall be presented to us. This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, upon our receipt of documentation indicating full repayment by the Applicant of the amount of the advance payment, or on the . . . day of . . . . . . . , . . . . .[23], whichever is earlier. Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.
____________________ [signature(s)]
Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
[1] Nonperformance, as decided by the Employer, shall include all contracts where (a) nonperformance was not challenged by the contractor, including through referral to the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract, and (b) contracts that were so challenged but fully settled against the contractor. Nonperformance shall not include contracts where Employers decision was overruled by the dispute resolution mechanism. Nonperformance must be based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation, i.e., dispute or litigation that has been resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.
[2] This requirement also applies to contracts executed by the Bidder as JV member.
[3] The Bidder shall provide accurate information on the related Letter of Bid about any litigation or arbitration resulting from contracts completed or ongoing under its execution over the last five years. A consistent history of awards against the Bidder or any member of a joint venture may result in failure of the Bid.
[4] The Employer may use this information to seek further information or clarifications in carrying out its due diligence.
[5] For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a joint venture member or sub-contractor, only the Bidder’s share, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement
[6] Substantial completion shall be based on 80% or more Plant and installation completed under the contract.
[7] In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.
[8] In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.
[9] For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.
[10] A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
[11] Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature. They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms. Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.
[13] Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.
[14] Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.
2 Specify where necessary.
[15] For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.
[16] A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
[17] Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature. They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms. Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.
[18] The Employer should insert either the Bank Guarantee or the Conditional Guarantee.
[19] The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Contract Price specified in the Contract and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the Contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.
[20] This text shall be revised as and where necessary to take into account (i) partial acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with Sub-Clause 25.4 of the GCC; and (ii) extension of the Performance Security when the Contractor is liable for an extended warranty obligation pursuant to Sub-Clause 27.10 of the GCC (although in this latter case the Employer might want to consider an extended warranty security in lieu of the extension of the Performance Security).
[21] Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected expiration date of the Defect Liability Period. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”
[22]The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the advance payment and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the advance payment as specified in the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.
[23]Insert the expected expiration date of the Time for Completion. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”
"},{"id":"OP00459535","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"12-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-21T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Moldova","project_id":"P177895","project_name":"MSME Competitiveness Project","bid_reference_no":"MD-CEP-547273-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Consulting Services on Strengthening the level of competence and know-how transfer on operation of the metrology equipment (2nd batch)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"180, Stefan cel Mare, office 815, Chisinau","contact_ctry_name":"Moldova","contact_email":"piu@mded.gov.md","contact_name":"Aureliu Casian","contact_organization":"Project Implementation Unit of the Competitiveness Enhancement Project","contact_phone_no":"+37322296723","contact_web_url":"www.uipac.md","submission_date":"2026-08-12T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
CONSULTING SERVICES ON STRENGTHENING THE LEVEL OF COMPETENCE AND KNOW HOW TRANSFER
ON OPERATION OF THE METROLOGY EQUIPMENT
REPUBLIC OF MOLDOVA
MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM-SIZED ENTERPRISES COMPETITIVENESS PROJECT
Sector: General industry and trade sector
IDA Credit No. 71740
IBRD Loan No. 94230
Project ID No. P177895
Reference No. MD-CEP-547273-CS-CQS
The Republic of Moldova has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Micro, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprise Competitiveness Project (MSME) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
The consulting services (“the Services”) include enhancement the technical competence and knowledge of NMI’ specialists through comprehensive training and structured know-how transfer, focusing on both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in the following domains: (i) electrical measurements; (ii) ionization and radiation measurements; (iii) flow and volume measurements and (iv) acoustic measurements. To achieve the assignment’s objectives, the Consultant shall develop the training materials and deliver trainings for NMI specialists at the NMI premises and ensure practical on-site trainings for specialists of NMI at Consultant’ premises according to the topics, duration and timeline suggested in ToR.
The assignment will be performed in the period October - December, 2026.
The Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this request for expressions of interest.
The Project Implementation Unit of the MSME Competitiveness Project now invites eligible local consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services (required qualifications and experience of the firm, but not individual experts’ bio data).
This assignment will require an EURAMET metrology institute or consortium of such metrology institutes with appropriate technical and metrological qualification, comparable standards and internationally recognized knowledge, which:
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” November 2020 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the „Consultant’s Qualification-based Selection” method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications; but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
The Expression of Interest shall clearly state the name of the Consultant (individual Firm, Joint Venture or sub-consultancy). The Consultant shall provide relevant references (assignment name, Client, time frame, the role of the firm (main Consultant/Partner in JV/sub-consultant, contract amount, tasks performed etc.) to confirm its experience and qualifications.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by August 11, 2026, COB.
Project Implementation Unit of the MSME Competitiveness Project
180, Stefan cel Mare Ave., office 815, MD-2004, Chisinau, Republic of Moldova
Tel: + 373 22 296-723
e-mail: piu@mded.gov.md
web: www.uipac.md
E-mail for submission of the clarifications: piu@mded.gov.md
E-mail for submission of the EoIs: procurementmgf@gmail.com
Only the notification of EoI submission must be sent to piu@mded.gov.md
Terms of Reference
Consulting Services on strengthening the level of competence and know how transfer on operation of the metrology equipment
A. INTRODUCTION
The Government of the Republic of Moldova (GoM) is pursuing a policy agenda to support export-led economic growth. In this regard, an improved business environment is essential to foster sustainable private sector growth. Significant regulatory and institutional weaknesses in the business environment have been identified by the recently conducted Investment Climate Assessment as major obstacles to the private sector’s ability to perform efficiently and grow, and they also negatively affect investor confidence. The presence of cumbersome regulations undermines the competitiveness of private Moldovan enterprises and prevents increased investment by increasing the cost of doing business, and ultimately providing fertile ground for corruption, favoritism, and the informal economy.
GoM is currently implementing a project - the Micro, Small, Medium Enterprises (MSME) Competitiveness Project, which takes a comprehensive approach to business competitiveness with funding from the International Development Association and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
The MSME’s project development objectives (PDO) are: (i) to reduce the regulatory burden, increase access to finance, increase the export competitiveness of Moldovan enterprises, and (ii) in case of an Eligible Crisis or Emergency, to respond promptly and effectively to it.
The PDO will be achieved through a set of activities that aim to: (a) digitize government-to-business services and inspections, streamline permissive documents, and enhance national quality infrastructure to reduce the regulatory burden enterprises face; (b) support access to finance for enterprises through credit guarantees and enhance the capacity of the Credit Guarantee Fund (CGF), and (c) support the development of MSMEs and enhance their export competitiveness; d) support project management; e) support the government's response in case of an emergency.
B. BACKGROUND OF THE ASSIGNMENT
The target segment of the current assignment is National Quality Infrastructure System (NQI). NQI activities under the project focuses on increasing MSME competitiveness and enabling exports. The NQI activities aim at addressing the enterprise sector’s difficulties in competing in foreign markets caused by the existing gaps in NQI and services. Improving the NQI system will be achieved through: (a) building capacity in metrology and testing area by upgrading selected laboratories and strengthening institutional capacity in order to expand the list of measurements and testing demanded by export oriented firms; (b) ensuring the traceability of the measurements performed to enterprises, as well as access to quality infrastructure services due to increased number of calibrations and accredited cross-comparisons at the European Union (EU) level and (c) strengthening accreditation and certification capacity.
Investment and technical assistance needs are significantly higher than what the Project can support. Thus, an allocation of approximately US$7 million equivalent will address these priority needs. Special attention will be paid to building skills among specialists to perform measurements and ensure more laboratories and services are accredited meeting the EU requirements.
Within this framework, the Government of Moldova through the Ministry of Economic Development and Digitalization (the Client) and the National Metrology Institute (the Beneficiary) are seeking the services of an EURAMET member metrology institute (hereinafter Consultant), who has relevant expertise in the field of the assignment to provide the know-how transfer and training of the specialists of the National Institute of Metrology of the Republic of Moldova (hereinafter NMI).
C. Objectives of the Assignment
The main objectives of the assignment are to enhance the technical competence and knowledge of NMI’ specialists through comprehensive training and structured know-how transfer, focusing on both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in the following domains: (i) electrical measurements; (ii) ionization and radiation measurements; (iii) flow and volume measurements and (iv) acoustic measurements.
D. Task to be performed (Scope of Work)
To achieve the assignment’s objectives, the Consultant shall develop the training materials and deliver trainings for NMI specialists at the NMI premises and ensure practical on-site trainings for specialists of NMI at Consultant’ premises according to the topics, duration and timeline suggested below.
TASK I - Electrical Measurements
For the topics related to electrical measurements, the Consultant will have to:
Further below a detailed technical composition of the expected training topics is presented.
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 4 | 5 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 2 | 5 days |
Composition of the on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at NMI premises:
Further below a detailed technical composition of the expected training topics is presented.
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 5 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 3 | 5 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at NMI premises:
TASK II- Ionization and radiation measurements
For the topics related to ionization and radiation measurements, the Consultant will have to:
Further below a detailed technical composition of the expected training topics is presented.
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 4 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 3 | 4 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at INM premises:
TASK III – Flow and Volume measurements
For the topics related to flow and volume measurements, the Consultant will have to:
Further below a detailed technical composition of the expected training topics is presented:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 3 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 2 | 3 days |
Composition of the training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at INM premises:
Further below a detailed technical composition of the expected training topics is presented:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 5 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 2 | 5 days |
Composition of the training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at INM premises:
TASK IV – Acoustic measurements
For the topics related to flow and volume measurements, the Consultant will have to:
Basics of acoustic metrology
A detailed technical composition of the training topics is presented further below:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 5 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 2 | 5 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at INM premises:
Advance training in acoustic metrology with focus to microphones and sound meters metrology
A detailed technical composition of the training topics is presented further below:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 5 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 2 | 5 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at INM premises:
E. Details of the assignment
Theoretical trainings will be provided in Chisinau within NMI’ facilities. Estimated duration of the trainings is estimated at 32 days or around 256 academic hours. The Consultant shall be granted an additional period of approximately six (6) calendar days for the preparation and submission of reports and deliverables. The allocation of working days required for the development of theoretical and practical training materials shall be proposed by the Consultant and shall include a reasonable timeframe for their elaboration.
Practical training (on-site training) will be provided abroad within the Consultant’ laboratory. Each on-site training will be structured for 3-5 days /domain.
F. Common details and requirements for the Consultant’s work
The consecutiveness of the task accomplishment is free, at the opinion of the consultant and according the availableness of the trainers and bodies that will be involved in realisation of the project.
Recommended documents, language:
The Consultant will have to consider for expenditure estimation, inter alia, the following items of the costs:
The Consultant shall be responsible for:
G. Reports / Deliverables
Within the time frame of this assignment, the Consultant will be expected to develop the following deliverables:
The NMI and PIU may provide comments to the deliverables, which should be addressed by the Consultant accordingly.
All Deliverables will be provided in electronic form and in hard copies (if required). The language of the deliverables shall be English.
The assignment shall be implemented in the period from October to December 2026.
The NMI will provide to the Consultant the following available materials and support:
This assignment will require an EURAMET metrology institute with appropriate technical and metrological qualification, comparable standards and internationally recognized, which:
k. Terms of payment
The Contract will be the Standard World Bank Lump-sum contract.
Tentative payment schedule is provided below:
"},{"id":"OP00441104","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"12-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-21T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Moldova","project_id":"P177895","project_name":"MSME Competitiveness Project","bid_reference_no":"MD-CEP-547270-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Consulting Services on Strengthening the level of competence and know-how transfer on operation of the metrology equipment (1st batch)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"180, Stefan cel Mare, office 815, Chisinau","contact_ctry_name":"Moldova","contact_email":"piu@mded.gov.md","contact_name":"Aureliu Casian","contact_organization":"Project Implementation Unit of the Competitiveness Enhancement Project","contact_phone_no":"+373296729","contact_web_url":"www.uipac.md","submission_date":"2026-08-12T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
CONSULTING SERVICES ON STRENGTHENING THE LEVEL OF COMPETENCE AND KNOW HOW TRANSFER ON OPERATION OF THE METROLOGY EQUIPMENT (1ST BATCH)
REPUBLIC OF MOLDOVA
MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM-SIZED ENTERPRISES COMPETITIVENESS PROJECT
Sector: General industry and trade sector
IDA Credit No. 71740
IBRD Loan No. 94230
Project ID No. P177895
Reference No. MD-CEP-547270-CS-CQS
The Republic of Moldova has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Micro, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprise Competitiveness Project (MSME) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
The consulting services (“the Services”) include enhancement the technical competence and knowledge in the field of mass metrology of Moldovan NMI specialists through comprehensive training and structured know-how transfer, focusing on both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in the following domains: (i) Mass measurements; (ii) Length measurements; (iii) Pressure measurements and (iv) Force measurements. To achieve the assignment’s objectives, the Consultant shall develop the training materials and deliver trainings for NMI specialists at the NMI premises and ensure practical on-site trainings for specialists of NMI at Consultant’ premises according to the topics, duration and timeline suggested in ToR.
The assignment will be performed in the period May - July, 2026.
The Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this request for expressions of interest.
The Project Implementation Unit of the MSME Competitiveness Project now invites eligible local consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services (required qualifications and experience of the firm, but not individual experts’ bio data).
This assignment will require an EURAMET metrology institute or consortium of such metrology institutes with appropriate technical and metrological qualification, comparable standards and internationally recognized knowledge, which:
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” November 2020 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the „Consultant’s Qualification-based Selection” method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications; but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
The Expression of Interest shall clearly state the name of the Consultant (individual Firm, Joint Venture or sub-consultancy). The Consultant shall provide relevant references (assignment name, Client, time frame, the role of the firm (main Consultant/Partner in JV/sub-consultant, contract amount, tasks performed etc.) to confirm its experience and qualifications.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by May 11, 2026, COB.
Project Implementation Unit of the MSME Competitiveness Project
180, Stefan cel Mare Ave., office 815, MD-2004, Chisinau, Republic of Moldova
Tel: + 373 22 296-723
e-mail: piu@mded.gov.md
web: www.uipac.md
E-mail for submission of the clarifications: piu@mded.gov.md
E-mail for submission of the EoIs: procurementmgf@gmail.com
Only the notification of EoI submission must be sent to piu@mded.gov.md
Terms of Reference
Consulting Services on strengthening the level of competence and know how transfer on operation of the metrology equipment (1st batch)
A. INTRODUCTION
The Government of the Republic of Moldova (GoM) is pursuing a policy agenda to support export-led economic growth. In this regard, an improved business environment is essential to foster sustainable private sector growth. Significant regulatory and institutional weaknesses in the business environment have been identified by the recently conducted Investment Climate Assessment as major obstacles to the private sector’s ability to perform efficiently and grow, and they also negatively affect investor confidence. The presence of cumbersome regulations undermines the competitiveness of private Moldovan enterprises and prevents increased investment by increasing the cost of doing business, and ultimately providing fertile ground for corruption, favoritism, and the informal economy.
GoM is currently implementing a project - the Micro, Small, Medium Enterprises (MSME) Competitiveness Project, which takes a comprehensive approach to business competitiveness with funding from the International Development Association and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
The MSME’s project development objectives (PDO) are: (i) to reduce the regulatory burden, increase access to finance, increase the export competitiveness of Moldovan enterprises, and (ii) in case of an Eligible Crisis or Emergency, to respond promptly and effectively to it.
The PDO will be achieved through a set of activities that aim to: (a) digitize government-to-business services and inspections, streamline permissive documents, and enhance national quality infrastructure to reduce the regulatory burden enterprises face; (b) support access to finance for enterprises through credit guarantees and enhance the capacity of the Credit Guarantee Fund (CGF), and (c) support the development of MSMEs and enhance their export competitiveness; d) support project management; e) support the government's response in case of an emergency.
B. BACKGROUND OF THE ASSIGNMENT
The target segment of the current assignment is National Quality Infrastructure System (NQI). NQI activities under the project focuses on increasing MSME competitiveness and enabling exports. The NQI activities aim at addressing the enterprise sector’s difficulties in competing in foreign markets caused by the existing gaps in NQI and services. Improving the NQI system will be achieved through: (a) building capacity in metrology and testing area by upgrading selected laboratories and strengthening institutional capacity in order to expand the list of measurements and testing demanded by export oriented firms; (b) ensuring the traceability of the measurements performed to enterprises, as well as access to quality infrastructure services due to increased number of calibrations and accredited cross-comparisons at the European Union (EU) level and (c) strengthening accreditation and certification capacity.
Investment and technical assistance needs are significantly higher than what the Project can support. Thus, an allocation of approximately US$7 million equivalent will address these priority needs. Special attention will be paid to building skills among specialists to perform measurements and ensure more laboratories and services are accredited meeting the EU requirements.
Within this framework, the Government of Moldova through the Ministry of Economic Development and Digitalization (the Client) and the National Metrology Institute (the Beneficiary) are seeking the services of an EURAMET member metrology institute (hereinafter Consultant), who has relevant expertise in the field of the assignment to provide the know-how transfer and training of the specialists of the Moldovan National Metrology Institute (hereinafter NMI).
C. Objectives of the Assignment
The main objectives of the assignment are to enhance the technical competence and knowledge in the field of mass metrology of Moldovan NMI specialists through comprehensive training and structured know-how transfer, focusing on both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in the following domains: (i) Mass measurements; (ii) Length measurements; (iii) Pressure measurements and (iv) Force measurements.
D. Task to be performed (Scope of Work)
To achieve the assignment’s objectives, the Consultant shall develop the training materials and deliver trainings for NMI specialists at the NMI premises and ensure practical on-site trainings for specialists of NMI at Consultant’ premises according to the topics, duration and timeline suggested below.
TASK I - Mass Measurements
For the topics related to mass measurements, the Consultant will have to:
Further below a detailed technical composition of the expected training topics is presented.
Application of advanced calibration methods under controlled conditions including:
Correct development of uncertainty budgets according to GUM including:
Ensuring the quality of the calibration process and traceability of results including:
Applying knowledge in real situations and developing analytical skills including:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 4 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 2 | 4 days |
Composition of the on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at NMI premises:
A detailed technical composition of the expected training topics is presented further below.
Application of advanced calibration methods under controlled conditions including:
Complete understanding of the calibration method described in the EURAMET guide cg-18:
Complete application of a calibration procedure on a real NAWI:
Development of the uncertainty budget associated with the calibration of a NAWI:
Ensuring traceability and compliance of technical documentation:
Training of personnel for audits and maintaining accreditation:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 3 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 3 | 3 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at NMI premises:
TASK II- Length Measurements
For the topics related to length measurements, the Consultant will have to:
A detailed technical composition of the expected training topics is presented further below.
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 5 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 3 | 5 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at NMI premises:
3. Handling and calibration of angle measurements (Theodolite calibration) and handling of Taylor Hobson Roughness Machine
A detailed technical composition of the training topics is presented further below:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 3 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 3 | 3 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at NMI premises:
TASK III- Pressure Measurements
For the topics related to length measurements, the Consultant will have to:
A detailed technical composition of the training topics is presented further below:
Uncertainty analysis and cross-floating techniques.
Generator of pressure for pressure balances
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 5 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 3 | 5 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at NMI premises:
A detailed technical composition of the training topics is presented further below:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 2 | 4 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
TASK IV – Force Measurements
For the topics related to mass measurements, the Consultant will have to:
A detailed technical composition of the training topics is presented further below:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 5 days |
Composition of the training at NMI premises:
A detailed composition of the training topics is presented further below:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
|
|
|
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 2 | 5 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
E. Details of the assignment
Theoretical trainings will be provided in Chisinau within NMI’ facilities. Estimated duration of the all trainings is estimated at 25 days or around 200 academic hours.
Practical training (on-site training) will be provided abroad within the Consultant’ laboratory. Each on-site training will be structured for 4-5 days /domain.
F. Common details and requirements for the Consultant’s work
The tasks accomplishment will end at the middle of 2009. The consecutiveness of the task accomplishment is free, at the opinion of the consultant and according the availableness of the trainers and bodies that will be involved in realisation of the project.
Recommended documents, language:
The Consultant will have to consider for expenditure estimation inter alia the following items of the costs:
The Consultant shall be responsible for:
G. Reports / Deliverables
Within the time frame of this assignment, the Consultant will be expected to develop the following deliverables:
The PIU and the MEDD may provide comments to the deliverables, which should be addressed by the Consultant accordingly.
All Deliverables will be provided in electronic form and in hard copies (if required). The language of the deliverables shall be English and Romanian.
The assignment will be implemented in the period from May to July, 2026.
The NMI will provide to the Consultant the following available materials and support:
This assignment will require an EURAMET metrology institute or consortium such metrology institutes with appropriate technical and metrological qualification, comparable standards and internationally recognized knowledge, which:
k. Terms of payment
The Contract will be the Standard World Bank Lump-sum contract.
Tentative payment schedule is provided below:
"},{"id":"OP00457367","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"03-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-07T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"18:00","project_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","project_id":"P168180","project_name":"Institutional Capacity Building Project","bid_reference_no":"TC-PAYROLL-1","bid_description":"Consulting Services to Support Centralization of Payroll Processing, Payments, and Accounting for Budgetary Organizations through the Treasury.","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"29., Istiklol street, 100017 Tashkent","contact_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","contact_email":"piu_mof@mail.ru","contact_name":"Sirojiddin Imanov","contact_organization":"Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan","contact_phone_no":"+998712023113(05493)","contact_web_url":"info@imv.uz","submission_date":"2026-08-03T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
Country: Republic of Uzbekistan
Project name: Institutional Capacity Building Project
Credit No.: IDA 6431-UZ
Assignment Title: Consulting Services to Support Centralization of Payroll Processing, Payments, and Accounting for Budgetary Organizations through the Treasury.
Reference No.: TC-PAYROLL-1
The Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Institutional Capacity Building Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consultant to support centralization of payroll processing, payments, and accounting for budgetary organizations through the treasury (“Services”) for the Treasury Service Committee under the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic Uzbekistan.
The purpose of this technical assignment is to develop specific and substantiated recommendations for the implementation of a centralized model, in which:
• Assessment of the need for centralization based on the study of the current situation;
• Organizational and legal options of the centralized model;
• Business Process Reorganization (BPR);
• Distribution of roles and responsibilities;
• Control and compliance mechanisms;
• Organizational structure and operational model;
• Comprehensively analyzed and evaluated.
At the same time, within the framework of this technical assignment, it is envisaged not only to consider several possible options for a centralized model, but also to develop a unified recommendation for the model recognized as the most optimal in the conditions of Uzbekistan, including a clear justification of its legal form, management structure, accountability chain, and financing mechanisms.
The Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services by submitting directly to the piu_mof@mail.ru.
The Qualification requirements for the Consultants are:
1. General Institutional Experience
The consulting firm shall have at least five (5) years of cumulative consulting experience during the last ten (10) years in at least one of the following areas:
2. Experience in Functional Centralization and Development of a Target Operating Model
The consulting firm shall have completed at least one (1) assignment involving the centralization, consolidation, or establishment of a shared service model for multiple government agencies, budget organizations, regional offices, or other public institutions.
The experience may relate to one or more of the following functional areas:
The assignment shall have included the development of at least two (2) of the following deliverables:
3. Experience in Payroll, Accounting, and Payment Processes
The consulting firm shall have successfully completed at least two (2) consulting assignments during the last ten (10) years involving the analysis and improvement of payroll, accounting, and payment processes in the public sector.
Each assignment shall have covered at least one of the following areas:
Under such assignments, the firm shall have analyzed existing processes and developed improved processes, procedures, or practical recommendations.
Provision of outsourcing services limited to bookkeeping, payroll processing, or payment processing shall not be considered as qualifying experience.
4. Experience in Integration of Financial Information Systems
The consulting firm shall have successfully completed at least two (2) assignments during the last ten (10) years involving the integration of information systems supporting payroll, accounting, and payment processes in the public sector.
Each assignment shall have included the integration of at least two (2) of the following systems:
The assignment shall have included the development of at least the following outputs:
The mere supply of software products, licenses, or technical maintenance services shall not be considered qualifying experience for this requirement.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment: Consultants shall not be hired for any assignment that would be in conflict with their prior or current obligations to other clients, or that may place them in a position of being unable to carry out the assignment in the best interests of the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultant Qualification Selection (CQS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours from 9:00 a.m. to 18:00 p.m. Tashkent time.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form in English, Russian or Uzbek languages to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 7 august 2026.
Project Implementation Unit under the
Ministry of Economy and finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan
Attn: Sirojiddin Imanov, Director
Address: Uzbekistan, 100035, Tashkent city,
Yunusobod District, Niyozbek Yuli 1 street;
Tel: +998712023113 (05493);
E-mail: piu_mof@mail.ru
As part of the EOI, the consultant should include the following information:
Date: | Country of Incorporation: |
Consultant Name: | Acronym: |
EOI Submission Authorized by: | Position |
Consultant | Acronym | Country of Incorporation | Joint Venture (JV) or Sub-consultant | EOI Submission Authorized By | Position |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present the rationale for and benefits of working in association (JV or Sub-consultant) with others rather than undertaking the assignment independently (as appropriate). Describe the proposed management and coordination approach of the association and the role of each firm.
Project References - highlight the technical qualifications of your entity/consortium in undertaking similar assignments. Provide details of past experiences working with similar project authorities
Project References, present experiences in similar geographic areas.
Present relevant projects to demonstrate the firm’s technical qualifications and geographical experience (maximum 10 projects).
N | Project | Period | Client | Country | Firm |
1 |
| ||||
2 |
| ||||
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Project Title |
|
Country / Region |
|
Start Date |
|
Completion Date |
|
Continuous / Intermittent |
|
Client |
|
Funding Source |
|
Description | (indicate your role and input in man-months) |
We, the undersigned, certify to the best of our knowledge and belief:
Terms of Reference for
Consulting Services to Support Centralization of Payroll Processing, Payments, and Accounting for Budgetary Organizations through the Treasury
1. Introduction
The question of whether there is a need to transition to a centralized system for calculating wages and making payments, maintaining accounting records and financial statements, accounting for financial obligations, and conducting operations related to public procurement in the public finance management system requires a comprehensive and systematic analysis of the current state of the system.
Today's practice shows that the above financial processes are carried out by budget organizations in a dispersed manner, mainly due to manual operations in the process of calculating wages. At the same time, due to the lack of sufficient integration between budget planning, calculating wages and making payments, accounting and reporting, and procurement processes, there is an additional burden on the processes of data re-entry, manual generation and coordination of accounting entries.
The application of control mechanisms over financial transactions mainly at the post-operation stage, as well as the insufficient introduction of automated checks and limit controls at the system level in the processes of estimates, financial obligations, and public procurement, limits the effectiveness of financial control. As a result, the possibility of early detection of errors and discrepancies is insufficiently ensured.
At the same time, along with the centralization of wage processes, there is a need for a broader integrated model covering accounting, planning, budget execution, and financial reporting. Clarifying these aspects and forming a unified understanding for all stakeholders is of particular importance.
Considering the above, it is assessed that within the framework of improving the public finance management system based on modern requirements, there is a need to study the possibilities of centralized management of wages, accounting, planning, and financial operations.
This study is aimed at assessing the possibility of implementing it based on the Single Service Center (Central Shared Services - CSS, hereinafter referred to as the Center) model and consolidating all financial processes carried out by budget organizations in a single center.
Purpose
The purpose of this technical assignment is to develop specific and substantiated recommendations for the implementation of a centralized model, in which:
At the same time, within the framework of this technical assignment, it is envisaged not only to consider several possible options for a centralized model, but also to develop a unified recommendation for the model recognized as the most optimal in the conditions of Uzbekistan, including a clear justification of its legal form, management structure, accountability chain, and financing mechanisms.
This document defines the scope of work carried out by consultants and serves to form the analytical and conceptual framework necessary for the Government to make a sound decision on the implementation of a centralized financial management model.
SCOPE OF WORK
Within the framework of this assignment, the study will focus on a comprehensive analysis of financial processes carried out in budget organizations, assessing the need and possibilities of their centralization, and developing substantiated proposals for the implementation of a centralized model.
The task covers the following main areas:
1. Study of existing processes and assessment of the need for centralization
2. Budget Planning Processes
3. Personnel policy and remuneration processes
4. Procurement and Financial Obligation Processes
5. Accounting and financial statements
6. Study of the current state of information systems
7. Study the distribution of roles and responsibilities
8. Analysis of the regulatory framework
9. Development of options and final recommendations according to the centralized model
10. Stages of implementation and development of a roadmap
Development of a phased approach to implementing a centralized model, taking into account the breadth of coverage and the complexity of the processes:
The Consultant has the right to make substantiated proposals for clarifying, expanding, or deepening the scope of the task, based on the identified problems, systemic limitations, or areas requiring additional analysis during the study.
At the same time, the approaches proposed by the consultant should correspond to the general objectives of the assignment, that is, be aimed at a comprehensive assessment of the possibilities of implementing a centralized model and the development of practically applicable solutions. If necessary, the Consultant provides proposals for revising the scope of the study, conducting an in-depth analysis in individual areas, or introducing new components, with these changes being made in agreement with the customer.
This flexible approach serves to increase the practical significance of the results of the assignment, to fully cover existing problems, and to ensure the development of a centralized model suitable for the conditions of Uzbekistan, real and feasible for implementation.
Legal and institutional diagnostics
Within the framework of the scope defined in this assignment, a comprehensive analysis of the current regulatory legal acts of the Republic of Uzbekistan will be carried out, as well as how these acts regulate financial management, accounting, remuneration, budgeting, budget execution, public procurement, financial obligations, and reporting processes. At the same time, the current distribution of powers, responsibilities, and accountability for these processes, decision-making and approval mechanisms, as well as legal requirements related to data management and information systems, will be assessed.
As a result of the analysis, legal restrictions, institutional gaps, and inconsistencies affecting the implementation of the centralized model in the context of the above-mentioned areas are identified, and the compatibility of the existing system is assessed in terms of the possibilities of redistribution of powers, data exchange, and integration requirements.
The Consultant has the right to make reasonable proposals for clarifying, expanding, or deepening the scope of the task, based on the identified problems and systemic limitations during the study. In this case, the proposed approaches should correspond to the general goals of the task and be aimed at a comprehensive assessment of the possibilities of implementing a centralized model and the development of practically applicable solutions. If necessary, revision of the scope of study or conducting in-depth analyses in individual areas is carried out in agreement with the customer.
Legal and institutional diagnostics are carried out based on the scope defined above. If the scope is clarified or expanded during the study, the legal and institutional analysis in the relevant areas will also be updated and deepened accordingly.
Business Process Analysis (BPR)
Within this area, the consultant should conduct a comprehensive study of financial and operational processes based on the scope defined above.
Documentation of current processes (As-Is)
The Consultant needs to study the current processes in terms of salary, accounting, budgeting, and procurement processes step by step and develop a full description of them. This involves analyzing the sequence of processes, the information systems used (including UzASBO and DMBAT), data flows, and verification mechanisms.
During the study, the following aspects will be assessed separately:
The Consultant should also identify steps in the existing processes that can be simplified, automated, or canceled.
Development of a standardized catalog of operations
To create a framework for a centralized model, the Consultant needs to develop standardized catalogs of payroll actions (PAF) and accounting and financial operations.
Through these directories:
are provided for.
For each type of operation, the Consultant must clearly define:
Future process model (To-Be) and requirements specification
The Consultant must develop end-to-end business processes for the centralized model and formulate the corresponding functional and technical requirements.
This will cover the following main areas:
At the same time, the consultant has the right to:
Roles and responsibilities (RACI model)
The Consultant needs to develop a RACI model that clearly distributes roles and responsibilities across all key processes within the framework of the centralized model.
The following principles are taken as a basis:
Standard operating procedures (SOP)
To support the centralized model, the Consultant should develop or improve unified standard operational procedures (SOP) for key processes.
These regulations cover the following areas:
Targeted architecture and implementation roadmap
The Consultant must develop a targeted architecture and a phased implementation approach for the implementation of the centralized model.
This includes:
At the same time, the consultant:
Fit-gap analysis and IT roadmap
The Consultant will assess the compatibility and differences between the existing systems and the proposed model and develop a roadmap for IT development.
In this case, the following is mandatory:
Organizational model and HR design
Targeted Operating Model
Within the framework of the centralized services model, the Consultant should develop an operational model that includes the following structural elements:
Staff, roles, and competencies
Based on the operational model, the Consultant should determine:
This will cover the following main areas:
Position descriptions
The Consultant should develop detailed descriptions of key positions, including:
HR and organizational plan
The Consultant should develop a comprehensive HR and organizational plan, including:
Estimated (indicative) table
The Consultant must provide the following documents (in EN/RU/UZ languages):
The final consolidated implementation roadmap (weeks 16-18) is a document that includes a plan for the phased implementation of the centralized salary and accounting model, an approach to organizing the pilot project, and final recommendations for implementing institutional and technological changes.
The Consultant may submit a proposal to improve the schedule, but they must support a phased implementation approach.
Methodologies used by the Consultant
In the process of studying and analyzing, the Consultant should use methodologies used in international practice and aimed at decision-making. At the same time, at least the following approaches must be applied:
The results developed on the basis of these methodologies should be evidence-based, verifiable, and sufficiently detailed for decision-making.
Qualification requirements for the Consulting company and the Consultant
Experience with similar projects
It is advantageous for a consulting company to have experience in the public sector on successfully completed projects for the optimization, redesign, centralization or development of shared services/central shared services models.
Such projects should preferably be implemented in countries with public finance management systems comparable to the Republic of Uzbekistan.
These projects must be related to the management of public finances, budget execution, accounting of budgetary organizations, calculation of wages, financial reporting, public procurement, financial obligations, improvement of ERP/IFMIS/HRMIS or treasury information systems.
Experience in Uzbekistan shall be considered an advantage but shall not be mandatory.
The experience must be evidenced by contracts, client acceptance certificates, recommendation letters, or other official supporting documents.
Institutional experience in public finance and PFM
The consulting company must have at least five (5) years of practical institutional experience in the field of public finance, economics and finance, budget execution, treasury operations, accounting of budgetary organizations, payroll calculation, public procurement, or financial reporting in public finance management.
The company must have a deep understanding of budget planning, budget execution, registration of financial obligations, procurement-plan-contract-obligation-payment chain, internal control, risk assessment, and audit trace formation processes, and confirm experience working with government agencies, international organizations, development banks, or large public sector clients.
Methodological capacity and integrated approach
The consulting company must possess sufficient methodological capacity to develop As-Is and To-Be business processes, BPR, RACI, SOP, SLA, service catalog, fit-gap analysis, cost-benefit analysis, risk assessment, benchmarking, change management, legal and institutional diagnostics, IT/ERP/IFMIS architecture, and HR-organizational model within the project framework. The proposed methodology should not be limited to a general description but should include specific work for each stage, the documents to be prepared, analysis methods, expected results, and acceptance criteria.
Financial stability and project resources
The Consultant shall demonstrate that it has sufficient financial, organizational and human resources to implement the assignment properly and within the agreed timeline.
The Consultant shall provide information on its proposed expert team, availability of experts, and project coordination arrangements.
A permanent office in Uzbekistan is not mandatory. However, the Consultant should ensure effective local coordination through a local coordinator or local expert.
Quality control, privacy, and conflict of interest
The consulting company should demonstrate that it has internal mechanisms to ensure quality control, confidentiality, information security and prevention of conflict of interest.
The company should provide:
Formal ISO certification (ISO 9001, ISO 27001 or equivalent internal procedures) shall be considered an advantage.
Composition of the expert team
The consulting company must provide a qualified expert team sufficient for the assignment.
The team should include at least four (4) key experts:
One expert may cover more than one area only if he/she fully meets the minimum requirements for each role and confirm a sufficient level of employment for the project.
Project Manager / Team Leader requirements
The project manager must have at least 10 years of general experience in public sector transformation, public finance management, Shared Services / Central Shared Services, PFM reforms, or major institutional reforms.
He/she must have participated as a leader or key expert in at least three (3) relevant assignments.
For the purpose of this requirement, relevant assignments may include public sector reform, public financial management reform, payroll reform, accounting reform, IFMIS / ERP / HRMIS modernization, treasury modernization, institutional reform, business process reengineering projects in the public sector.
He/she should also demonstrate experience in working with government agencies, international organizations, or development banks, as well as in stakeholder coordination, preparation of analytical documents, and development of high-level presentations for decision-making.
Experience working in ministries of finance, treasury bodies or central bodies managing public finances is an advantage.
Expert requirements for PFM, accounting, payroll, and IPSAS
The expert team must include qualified specialists in public finance management, accounting for budgetary organizations, financial reporting, payroll calculation, and IPSAS. These experts should have knowledge and experience in budget planning, budget execution, treasury operations, financial liabilities, GL, AP/AR, assets, reserves, reconciliation, consolidation, financial statements, IPSAS or public sector accounting standards, HR data, attendance, bonuses, deductions, and payroll controls, each with at least 7 years of practical experience.
Requirements for BPR, IT/ERP/IFMIS and Systems Integration Expert
The expert should have experience in business process reengineering, process modelling, IT/ERP/IFMIS/HRMIS systems, and systems integration in public finance management, including:
Requirements for Legal, Institutional and Organizational Reform Expert
The expert should have at least five (5) years of practical experience in legal analysis, institutional reform, organizational design, or public sector reform.
The expert should have experience in projects related to public finance management in the following areas:
The expert should have higher education in law, public administration, economics, finance, management, human resources, or another relevant field.
Requirements for education, language proficiency, and expert rotation
All key experts should have at least a higher education in economics, finance, accounting, public administration, law, information technology, business administration, or related fields, and a master's degree or equivalent qualification should be considered an advantage. The project manager and at least one key international expert must be fluent in written and oral English, at least one key expert must be fluent in English and Russian, at least one expert must be able to work with ministries, departments, regional bodies and budgetary organizations in Uzbek, Russian and/or English, and the possibility of high-quality preparation of final documents in Uzbek must be ensured.
Key experts (indicative content)
The Consultant team should consist of qualified experts covering the main areas required for the assignment, including public financial management, accounting, payroll, budgeting, public procurement, business process reengineering, IT/ERP/IFMIS/HRMIS systems, legal and institutional analysis, organizational model design, and quality control.
The Consultant shall propose at least the following four (4) key experts, or equivalent experts capable of covering the required functions:
Project Manager / Team Leader
Responsible for overall project management, coordination of the expert team, communication with the Client and stakeholders, quality of deliverables, and preparation of analytical documents and high-level presentations.
PFM, Accounting, Payroll and IPSAS Expert
Responsible for analysis of public financial management, budget execution, accounting of budgetary organizations, payroll calculation, financial reporting, IPSAS or equivalent public sector accounting standards, and interaction between payroll, accounting and treasury processes.
BPR, IT/ERP/IFMIS and Systems Integration Expert
Responsible for business process analysis and redesign, As-Is and To-Be process mapping, SOPs, RACI matrices, fit-gap analysis of existing information systems, and assessment of ERP/IFMIS/HRMIS/treasury/accounting/payroll systems and their integration.
Legal, Institutional and Organizational Reform Expert
Responsible for legal and institutional analysis, review of regulatory requirements, distribution of powers and responsibilities, organizational model design, staffing structure, competency requirements, job descriptions, and transition planning.
The Consultant shall also ensure an appropriate quality control mechanism. A separate Quality Assurance Lead may be proposed, but this is not mandatory if the Consultant demonstrates an adequate internal quality review arrangement.
The Consultant shall submit CVs and availability confirmations for all proposed key experts.
Reporting procedure
Within the framework of the project, the Consultant reports to the Management Committee and/or Project Management Group (PMG) designated by the Client and must submit interim reports at least once a month. Each deliverable is presented in preliminary (draft) and final (final) versions and is updated based on comments and suggestions from the Customer and interested parties.
Language, translation, and quality requirements
All main deliveries (Initial Report, Delivery 1-5 and Final Roadmap) must be provided in English, Uzbek and Russian in accordance with the Customer's requirements, and their content compliance and quality control will be ensured by the Consultant.
"},{"id":"OP00459857","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"30-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-17T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"11:45","project_ctry_name":"Caribbean","project_id":"P182034","project_name":"Caribbean Regional Connectivity and Logistics MPA","bid_reference_no":"DM-CSU-564635-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Analytical Study to Support the Preparation of the Connectivity and Logistics Programme for the Commonwealth of Dominica","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"5th Floor\nFinancial Centre\nKennedy Avenue\nRoseau, Dominica","contact_ctry_name":"Dominica","contact_email":"crlcprocurement@gmail.com","contact_name":"Tamika Lafond","contact_organization":"Central Services Unit","contact_phone_no":"767-266-3158","contact_web_url":"https://www.finance.gov.dm/en/","submission_date":"2026-07-30T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
COMMONWEALTH OF DOMINICA
MINISTRY OF TOURISM
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – INDIVIDUAL CONSULTANT SELECTION)
Country: Commonwealth of Dominica
Project: Preparation Grant for Caribbean Connectivity and Logistics Regional Program – Multiphase Programmatic Approach (MPA)
Grant No.: E5950-001
Assignment Title: Analytical Study to Support the Preparation of the Connectivity and Logistics Program for the Commonwealth of Dominica
Reference No.: DM-CSU-564635-CS-INDV
The Government of the Commonwealth of Dominica has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Preparation Grant for Caribbean Connectivity and Logistics Regional Program – Multiphase Programmatic Approach and intends to apply part of the proceeds toward payments under the contract for “Analytical Study to Support the Preparation of the Connectivity and Logistics Program for the Commonwealth of Dominica”.
The Ministry of Tourism now invites eligible Individual Consultants ("Consultants") to indicate their interest in providing the services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
Scope of the Assignment
The Individual Consultant will be responsible for, but not limited to, the following:
A detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this Request for Expressions of Interest.
Minimum Qualifications and Experience
The selected consultant should possess the following:
Selection Method
The selection will be conducted in accordance with the Open International Market Approach for Individual Consultants as set out in the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers: Procurement in Investment Project Financing, Goods, Works, Non-Consulting Services and Consulting Services (February 2025), and is open to all eligible consultants as defined in the Procurement Regulations.
Interested consultants should note the provisions on Conflict of Interest as set out in the World Bank Procurement Regulations.
Submission of Expressions of Interest
Interested Individual Consultants should submit an Expression of Interest comprising:
Expressions of Interest must be submitted by Monday, August 17, 2026, at 11:59 p.m. (local time) by email or in hard copy to the address below.
Attention:
Ms. Carolla Belle
Deputy General Manager
Dominica Air & Sea Ports Authority
Woodbridge Bay, Fond Cole, P.O. Box 243,
Roseau, Commonwealth of Dominica
Telephone: 767-255-9110 | 767-266-3158
Email: deputygm@daspa.dm with a copy to crlcprocurement@gmail.com
Website: https://www.domports.daspa.dm
Late submissions may not be considered. Only shortlisted consultants will be contacted.
GOVERNMENT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF DOMINICA
MINISTRY OF TOURISM
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Project ID: | P182034 |
Project Name: | Caribbean Connectivity and Logistics Regional Program – Multiphase Programmatic Approach (MPA) |
Procurement Category: | Consultancy Services |
Selection Type: | Individual Consultant (IC) |
Assignment Title: | Analytical Study to Support the Preparation of the Connectivity and Logistics Program for the Commonwealth of Dominica. |
Duration of Assignment: | Six (6) Months |
Estimated Start Date: | September 01, 2026 |
1. Background and Context
The Commonwealth of Dominica is a small island developing state (SIDS) in the Eastern Caribbean, with a population of approximately 72,000 and an economy heavily dependent on tourism, agriculture, and remittances. Like many OECS member states, Dominica faces structural connectivity challenges that constrain trade competitiveness, private sector growth, and economic resilience. Its main trade gateway — the Port of Roseau — suffers from infrastructure limitations, including a cargo pier design that restricts operational efficiency due to warehouses occupying a significant portion of the terminal, and the absence of ship-to-shore equipment. The Port of Portsmouth serves as a dedicated cargo terminal but is also constrained in capacity. Road connectivity, particularly to rural and agricultural areas, remains inadequate and highly vulnerable to natural disasters.
Dominica is also highly exposed to climate-related shocks. Hurricane Maria (2017) caused damages estimated at over 220 percent of GDP, severely disrupting transport infrastructure, supply chains, and livelihoods. This experience has underscored the urgent need to build not only more efficient but fundamentally more resilient connectivity infrastructure and logistics systems.
The Caribbean Reconnect Multi-Phase Programmatic Approach (MPA) is a joint World Bank Group initiative — involving the World Bank, IFC, and MIGA — designed to strengthen connectivity, logistics, and infrastructure across the Caribbean. The program is structured around the following three components:
Phase 1 of the program is expected by FY2028, with the Eastern Caribbean Corridor as the first movers.
This Terms of Reference (ToR) concerns the preparation of the Dominica country program under the Caribbean Reconnect MPA. The Consultant's primary task is to produce the analytical and strategic foundation needed to design a coherent Dominica program across all three MPA components, calibrated to Dominica's market status and grounded in the government's own priorities.
A critical and distinctive feature of this assignment is that the Government of Dominica, through DASPA, has already developed a substantive project concept — the DASPA Digitalization Project Conceptualization Proposal — covering a structured six-component digital transformation roadmap for DASPA's port operations. The Government-owned concept represents a significant investment of institutional knowledge and strategic thinking, and must be treated as the primary analytical foundation for the digitalization and infrastructure dimensions of the program. The technical review and validation of this concept will be carried out in parallel by World Bank STCs with specialized port technology expertise. The Consultant under this ToR will ensure that the findings of that review are fully integrated into the Dominica program design.
2. Objectives of the Assignment
The consultancy has two (2) overarching objectives:
3. Scope of Work
3.1 Component 1: Focused Connectivity and Logistics Diagnostic
To complement the government's digitalization concept with the broader analytical framing required by the Caribbean Reconnect Program, the Consultant will conduct a targeted — not exhaustive — diagnostic of Dominica's connectivity and logistics landscape. Given the budget and duration of this assignment, the diagnostic should be focused and evidence-based, drawing heavily on existing data and studies rather than generating new primary research from scratch. The diagnostic will cover the following dimensions:
Beyond the above dimensions, the diagnostic must also address two cross-cutting themes that are central to the Reconnect MPA:
The diagnostic should yield a concise, structured synthesis of findings organized around the three MPA components — Reforms, Enabling Infrastructure, and Mobilization — clearly identifying what the Dominica program should address under each component.
3.2 Component 2: Dominica MPA Country Program Document
Drawing on the Connectivity and Logistics Diagnostic (Component 1) and the World Bank STC technical review of the DASPA Digitalization Concept, the Consultant will produce a Dominica MPA Country Program Document. This is the primary output of the assignment. It must be structured explicitly around the three components of the Caribbean Reconnect MPA, and must be sufficiently detailed to serve as the basis for a World Bank lending operation targeting FY2028.
The document will cover:
Cross-cutting Elements: In addition to the three component-specific sections, the document will:
Validation Workshop: Before finalizing the Country Program Document, the Consultant will organize and facilitate a validation workshop with relevant government decision-makers and key stakeholders. The workshop will present the proposed program scope, investment priorities, reform agenda, and implementation roadmap across all three MPA components, and will seek formal endorsement of the program direction from senior government counterparts. The workshop should be held in Dominica and timed to take place after the submission of the Draft Country Program Document (D3) and before the final version (D4), so that validation feedback can be incorporated into the final document. A brief workshop report summarizing discussions, decisions, and any agreed amendments to the program scope should be submitted alongside D4. The World Bank Task Team will co-facilitate the workshop alongside the Consultant.
4. Key Deliverables and Timeline
The total duration of the consultancy is six (6) months from the date of contract signing. The following deliverables are expected:
# | Deliverable | Due | Payment Milestone |
D1 | Inception Report Acceptance: Refined methodology, stakeholder engagement plan, work plan, and inventory of existing documents and data (including DASPA Digitalization Proposal, As-Is Analysis outputs, and World Bank STC review schedule) | Week 3 | 10% |
D2 | Connectivity and Logistics Diagnostic Note Acceptance: Focused diagnostic covering Component 1 findings, organized around the three MPA components (Reforms, Enabling Infrastructure, Mobilization), including PSP readiness assessment and green logistics baseline. | Month 3 | 30% |
D3 | Draft Dominica MPA Country Program Document Acceptance: Full three-component program design integrating the DASPA digitalization agenda (with STC review findings), connectivity and logistics investments, reform agenda, PSP and WBG joint engagement strategy, results framework, financing strategy, and project preparation roadmap | Month 5 | 40% |
D4 | Final Dominica MPA Country Program Document Acceptance: Incorporating all consolidated feedback from the World Bank and Government of Dominica. | Month 6 | 20% |
5. Methodology and Approach
Given the budget and duration of this assignment, the Consultant is expected to adopt a focused, evidence-based methodology that maximizes the use of existing analytical work — particularly the DASPA Digitalization Conceptualization Proposal and the As-Is Business Process Analysis — rather than duplicating prior efforts. Key methodological requirements include:
6. Required Qualifications and Experience
The assignment will be undertaken by an Individual Consultant with demonstrated expertise in transport economics, logistics, and connectivity planning. The Consultant should possess the following qualifications and experience:
Senior Transport and Logistics Economist / Connectivity Specialist
Minimum Qualifications and Experience
7.0 Level of Effort
The estimated level of effort of the assignment is approximately 90–100 working days over a six-month period.
The Consultant may propose to engage a local Dominica-based facilitator for in-country stakeholder consultations, within the overall budget envelope.
8.0 Reporting and Governance
The Consultant will report to the Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of Tourism, who will serve as the primary government counterpart. The Consultant will work in close collaboration with the Dominica Air and Sea Ports Authority (DASPA). The World Bank Task Team will provide technical oversight and review all deliverables.
9.0 Budget, Timing, Duration, and Logistics
The estimated budget available for this assignment is up to USD 110,000, inclusive of all professional fees, travel, accommodation, subsistence, withholding tax in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Dominica, and any other costs required to complete the assignment. The contract will be negotiated with the selected Individual Consultant and will be implemented on a lump sum basis, with payments made against the satisfactory completion and acceptance of the agreed deliverables.
The consultancy is expected to commence in September 2026 and will be completed over a period of six (6) months. The estimated level of effort required from the Individual Consultant is approximately 90–100 working days. This estimate is provided for planning purposes only and does not constitute a basis for payment, which will be made against accepted deliverables.
The Consultant will be responsible for arranging and financing all travel, accommodation, and logistics required for in-country missions within the agreed lump sum amount. The Government of Dominica, through DASPA, the Ministry responsible for Ports, the Ministry responsible for Infrastructure, and the Ministry of Finance, will facilitate access to relevant government counterparts, available data and studies (including the DASPA Digitalization Conceptualization Proposal), and relevant stakeholder networks required for successful completion of the assignment.
9.0 Confidentiality and Ownership of Information
All data, analysis, and reports produced under this assignment are the property of the Government of Dominica. The Consultant shall treat all information obtained during the assignment as strictly confidential and shall not disclose it to any third party without the prior written consent of the Government. The Consultant shall declare any conflict of interest prior to commencement and throughout the assignment.
10. Confidentiality and Ownership of Information
All data, analysis, and reports produced under this assignment are the property of the Government of Dominica. The Consultant shall treat all information obtained during the assignment as strictly confidential and shall not disclose it to any third party without the prior written consent of the Government. The Consultant shall declare any conflict of interest prior to commencement and throughout the assignment.
"},{"id":"OP00454957","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"22-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-07T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"04:30","project_ctry_name":"Caribbean","project_id":"P179210","project_name":"OECS- Skills and Innovation Project","bid_reference_no":"LC-OECS COMMISSION-558060-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consultancy Services: Independent Technical Assurance (ITA)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"P.O. Box 179 \nMorne Fortune \nCastries \nSaint Lucia","contact_ctry_name":"St. Lucia","contact_email":"francillia.solomon@oecs.int","contact_name":"Francilia Solomon","contact_organization":"Organization of Eastern Caribbean States Commission","contact_phone_no":"758-455-6300","submission_date":"2026-07-22T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"ORGANISATION OF EASTERN CARIBBEAN STATES
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
NAME OF PROJECT - OECS SKILLS AND INNOVATION PROJECT (SKIP)
GRANT NO.: E286
Assignment Title: Consultancy Services for an Independent Technical Assurance (ITA)
Reference No. LC-OECS COMMISSION-558060-CS-QCBS
The Organisation of Eastern Caribbean States (OECS) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the OECS Skills and Innovation Project (SKIP) and intends to apply part of the proceeds to Consultancy Services for an Independent Technical Assurance (ITA).
The objectives of the consulting services (“the Services) are to provide independent, evidencebased technical validation of the existing builds (KTIP and Virtual Campus) and of the sourced EMIS DPG and its adaptation, and to provide feedback to the SDT on how to bring each platform to a regionallydeployable standard through an iterative cycle of review, recommendations, remediation, and signoff.
The OECS now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The minimum required qualifications and experience are listed in section 8.0 of the TOR below. The Qualifications and Experience of Key Experts shall not be included in the shortlisting criteria. Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” September 2023 and (‘Procurement Regulations’), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
To obtain the maximum degree of comparison among Expressions of Interest (EOIs) and facilitate the evaluation process, the EOI should be a maximum of 20 pages (including annexes) with the following information included below. Any pages exceeding this limit will not be considered for evaluation or shortlisting.
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should clearly indicate whether the association is a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all partners shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 08:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. (0830 to 1630 hours).
Organisation of Eastern Caribbean States
OECS Skills and Innovation Projects
P.O. Box 179
Morne Fortune
Castries
Saint Lucia
TEL: +1 758-455-6349/68
E-mail: procurement@oecs.int
An electronic copy of the Expressions of Interest must be sent by August 7, 2026, at 4:30 p.m. to:
Yasmine Anatole, Procurement Officer
At the following email address:
procurementbids@oecs.int
copied to: skip@oecs.int
The email submissions should include the Firm's name and address and shall be clearly marked in the subject line as “Expression of Interest – Consultancy Services for an Independent Technical Assurance (ITA).”
The Terms of Reference for the Submission of Expressions of Interest for this consultancy are provided below.
|
|
TERMS OF REFERENCE
CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR AN INDEPENDENT TECHNICAL ASSURANCE (ITA) FOR THE OECS SKILLS AND INNOVATION PROJECT (SKIP)
Terms of Reference
Independent Technical Assurance (ITA)
Consultancy
Technical Assurance and Iterative Validation of the KTIP, OECS Virtual Campus, and Regionally-Interoperable Post-Secondary EMIS Architecture under the OECS Skills and Innovation Project (SKIP)
Revised draft v 6— 22 June 2026
1. Background and Project Context
The OECS Skills and Innovation Project (SKIP) is a World Bank–financed regional operation implemented by the Organisation of Eastern Caribbean States (OECS) Commission and the participating OECS Member States of Grenada and Saint Lucia. The Project’s Development Objective (PDO) is to enhance youth transversal and advanced technical skills, strengthen regional collaboration in post-secondary education, and foster collaborative innovation across the OECS Member States.
The OECS SKIP is structured around four components:
Component 1 is designed to generate regional platforms, standards, and systems that benefit all nine OECS Member States and create economies of scale that individual countries cannot efficiently achieve on their own. Key activities under Component 1 include: (i) development of a regional strategic framework for postsecondary education; (ii) common learning standards and assessment tools for priority skills; (iii) harmonised standards for postsecondary faculty and institutional leadership; (iv) the OECS Virtual Campus; (v) the Knowledge, Technology and Innovation Platform (KTIP); and (vi) a regionally interoperable postsecondary Education Management Information System (EMIS) architecture.
1.1 Current state of the three Component 1 platforms
The three platforms that fall within the scope of this assignment are at materially different stages and follow materially different delivery models. The Independent Technical Assurance (ITA) Consultancy’s engagement is calibrated to those differences.
Across all three platforms, a prior technical assessment confirmed the viability of the chosen delivery approach but identified material risks related to scalability and performance at the regional level; integration across heterogeneous systems; production readiness; data governance and crosscountry compliance; and capacity constraints and longterm sustainability.
To mitigate these risks, the OECS Commission will engage a suitably qualified firm to serve as an Independent Technical Assurance Consultancy (ITA), providing independent technical assurance and certification across the lifecycle stages relevant to each platform, operating under the iterative reviewandvalidation model set out in Section 4.
Independence is a foundational requirement. The credibility of the ITA’s findings depends on a firm distinction between the ITA’s assurance role and the SDT’s development role. The ITA reviews and validates; the SDT implements. The ITA’s recommendations should specify what must be remediated and to what standard, with the implementation approach reserved for the SDT. This distinction, set out in detail in Section 4.1, Section 7, and Section 10, is foundational to the assignment and is nonnegotiable.
2. Objective and Role of the ITA
The objective of this assignment is to provide independent, evidencebased technical validation of the existing builds (KTIP and Virtual Campus) and of the sourced EMIS DPG and its adaptation, and to provide feedback to the SDT on how to bring each platform to a regionallydeployable standard through an iterative cycle of review, recommendations, remediation, and signoff.
2.1 Consolidated role description
The ITA shall act as a technical assurance and function across the full lifecycle of the three Component 1 platforms. The role comprises six discrete functions, all of which are exercised iteratively across the validation gates set out in Section 4.2:
This role description is the single, limited-scope document detailing the ITA’s functions. Subsequent sections elaborate the operational mechanics (Section 4), the phased activities (Section 5), and the institutional arrangements that support the role (Section 7).
3. Scope of Work
3.1 Platforms covered
The ITA shall provide technical assurance across the three SKIP Component 1 platforms and their integrations:
3.2 Differentiated assurance pathway by platform
Given the different starting positions of the three platforms, the ITA shall apply a differentiated assurance pathway, agreed in the Inception Report (D1). The pathways are articulated below; while KTIP and the Virtual Campus follow the same gate sequence, the substantive content of the review at each gate differs due to their distinct architectures and codebases.
Platform | Starting Position | ITA Pathway |
KTIP | Existing SDT build, ~80% complete. | Baseline audit of existing KTIP build → Recommendations → SDT remediation → ITA revalidation & signoff → Predeployment certification → GoLive → Postdeployment review. |
Virtual Campus (LearnBoard) | Existing SDT build, ~80% complete. | Baseline audit of existing Virtual Campus build against the approved Mobile Specification and target architecture → Recommendations → SDT remediation → ITA revalidation & signoff → Predeployment certification → GoLive → Postdeployment review. |
Regional EMIS | To be sourced as a Digital Public Good (DPG); adaptation by SDT and partners. | DPG suitability & compliance validation → Recommendations on adaptation scope → SDT adaptation → ITA revalidation & signoff → Predeployment certification → GoLive → Postdeployment review. |
The ITA’s role is to validate existing or sourced builds and to certify that successive remediation cycles have brought the three platforms to the required standard.
3.3 Integration scope- to ensure proper scope integration across the platforms, the ITA will seek to:
3.4 Assessment Dimensions: The ITA will undertake relevant assessments as follows:
A. Platform-Level
B. Documentation
The ITA shall assess the completeness, accuracy, and usability of technical and operational documentation associated with each platform, including:
Documentation completeness is assessed at the G2 Build Completion gate (Section 4.2), not at predeployment, so that any gaps identified can be remediated alongside other build issues.
C. DPG-Specific (EMIS only)
For the regional interoperable EMIS, the ITA shall review and assess:
D. Ecosystem-Level (System-of-Systems)
4. Technical Assurance Framework
4.1 Iterative ReviewandValidation Cycle
The ITA shall operate under an iterative reviewandvalidation cycle, applied on a per-platform basis. Each cycle consists of four steps and is the unit on which RBF approval for expenditures for the next tranche of activities proposed by the RPIU is structured:
Step 1 — Review. The ITA reviews the existing build (KTIP, Virtual Campus) or the sourced DPG and its adaptation (EMIS) against the agreed criteria for the cycle.
Step 2 — Recommendations. The ITA issues written recommendations to the SDT. Recommendations shall be scoped at the level of what must be remediated and to what standard, with clear acceptance criteria.
Step 3 — SDT implementation and testing. The SDT implements the recommendations and conducts its own internal testing. The SDT shall submit to the ITA a remediation evidence pack documenting the changes made, the testing performed, and the results obtained.
Step 4 — Revalidation and signoff. The ITA revalidates the platform against the acceptance criteria stated in its recommendations. Where the criteria are met, the ITA issues a written signoff for the build phase, thereby triggering approval of expenditures for the corresponding RBF tranche of RPIU activities. Where criteria are not met, the cycle returns to Step 2 with revised or supplementary recommendations.
Cycles are platformspecific. KTIP, the Virtual Campus, and the EMIS may proceed through their cycles in parallel or in different sequences, as agreed in the Inception Report.
Decoupling ITA fees from SDT performance. The ITA’s entitlement to its own contractual fees is determined by the delivery of each ITA deliverable (Section 6), not by whether the SDT achieves a positive signoff in any given cycle. A Remediation Required determination represents a completed and payable piece of ITA work as much as a Validated determination does. This separation is critical to the integrity of the assignment: the ITA’s fees must not depend on the speed or quality of the SDT’s remediation, since such dependence would create a structural incentive to issue premature positive signoffs. RBF approval of expenditures for the tranche of activities is to the RPIU, on the strength of ITA signoff; the ITA itself is paid on the OECS Commission’s acceptance of its determinations and reports per Section 6.
4.2 Validation Gates
Each platform progresses through a sequence of validation gates. The gates are eventbased: a gate is triggered when the SDT submits the corresponding deliverable package, not on a fixed calendar date. A mapping of the milestones and key dates will be presented during the inception meeting. The gates and their applicability per platform are as follows:
Gate | Trigger | Deliverable from SDT | ITA Role | Outcome on Sign-off |
G1 — Baseline / DPG Validation
| SDT presents the current build status pack (KTIP, VC) or DPG suitability assessment and adaptation plan (EMIS) at the point of ITA engagement. | Build status pack documenting work completed to date (KTIP, VC); DPG suitability assessment and adaptation plan (EMIS). | Review and acknowledge the baseline; confirm that the scope, architecture, and DPG positioning are consistent with the SKIP requirements, as documented in the project documents; record any observations to inform subsequent gates. | Baseline of record established. Expenditures for Tranche 1 of activities proposed by the RPIU are approved. |
G2 — Architecture Lock-in & Pilot Validation | SDT submits an integrated build with pilot deployment in selected institutions across lead Member States, supported by load-testing evidence and pilot monitoring data. | Integrated build with technical and operational documentation; architecture specification proposed for lock-in; security, performance and load-testing results against agreed thresholds; pilot deployment in selected institutions with monitoring data over an agreed observation window; user acceptance testing outcomes from pilot sites. | Review, recommend, re-validate. Confirm architecture is fit for regional deployment and may be locked in; verify load and performance behaviour under realistic institutional conditions; certify pilot outcomes against acceptance criteria. | Architecture locked in. Expenditures for Tranche 2 of activities proposed by the RPIU are approved. |
G3 — Regional Go-Live & Post-Deployment | SDT submits the regional innovations deployment plan and proceeds with rollout across Member States. | Regional deployment evidence across the nine Member States; post-deployment monitoring data; operational handover documentation; sustainability and support arrangements. | Validate regional innovation deployment, conduct a final audit, and issue sustainability recommendations. | Regional go-live certified. Expenditures for the final tranche of activities proposed by the RPIU are approved. |
Within each gate, the fourstep iterative cycle (Section 4.1) may be repeated as many times as is necessary for the platform to meet the acceptance criteria. The ITA shall not artificially compress the cycle, but recommendations and revalidations shall be issued within the timeliness windows set out in Section 4.3.
ITA mobilisation timing. Given that KTIP and the Virtual Campus are at approximately 80% completion, ITA mobilisation must take place as soon as practicable following procurement, and shall not be deferred to align with the EMIS DPG sourcing timeline. The OECS Commission RPIU shall ensure that the procurement schedule supports mobilisation in time for the first G1 baseline audit of KTIP and the Virtual Campus. Where ITA mobilisation cannot be completed in time for an applicable gate, the OECS Commission RPIU shall document the gap and either (a) defer the affected gate or (b) authorise SDT continuation under a documented risk acceptance, with ITA retrospective review at the next gate.
4.3 Decision Authority and Timeliness
At each validation point within a gate, the ITA shall issue one of the following determinations:
Review turnaround. The ITA shall issue its determination within 10 working days of receipt of the complete deliverable package or remediation evidence pack from the SDT. Where the ITA requires further information, the 10workingday clock pauses upon issuance of a written information request and resumes upon receipt. The SDT shall respond to ITA information requests within 5 working days. The OECS Commission recognises that the SDT operates as a volunteer regional network, and prolonged review periods materially affect the SDT’s ability to maintain delivery momentum.
Recommendations specificity. Each recommendation issued by the ITA shall include: (i) a clear statement of the issue identified; (ii) the standard or criterion that is not met; (iii) the acceptance criteria that the SDT’s remediation must satisfy; and (iv) the evidence required from the SDT to support revalidation. The ITA shall not issue findings that are nonspecific, that prescribe a particular implementation approach, or that require openended further review.
Dispute resolution. Where the OECS Commission RPIU or the SDT documents a goodfaith technical disagreement with a Remediation Required or Critical Issues determination, the RPIU may, with World Bank concurrence, refer the matter to an independent technical panel for a binding second opinion. The panel shall comprise three subjectmatter experts who have not previously been engaged on the Project, jointly nominated by the OECS Commission and the World Bank. The cost of the panel shall be borne by the Project. This mechanism does not extend to findings issued under the Escalation Protocol (Sec. 7.5).
5. Phased Activities
5.1 Inception, Baseline Audits, and DPG Validation
On mobilisation, and applied per platform, the ITA shall:
5.2 Iterative Review and Remediation Oversight
During the buildcompletion and integration stages, the ITA shall, per platform:
5.3 Testing, Validation, and Quality Assurance
Minimum benchmarks (to be refined at inception):
5.4 Data Governance and DPI Readiness
5.5 PreDeployment Certification and GoLive
No deployment shall proceed without ITA certification.
5.6 PostDeployment and Scale Readiness
6. Deliverables and Payment Structure
Each substantive deliverable is delivered per platform: KTIP, OECS Virtual Campus, and Regional Post-Secondary EMIS. The payment share for D2 through D6 is split across the three platforms, so that the ITA’s entitlement under any deliverable is contingent on completion of that deliverable for each platform to which it applies. D1 (Inception) and D5 (Final Audit) are single combined deliverables across all three platforms.
The ITA is paid for delivering its own determinations and reports. The ITA is not paid contingent on the SDT achieving a Validated outcome: a properlyissued Remediation Required or Critical Issues determination is a delivered piece of ITA work and is payable on the same basis as a Validated (or Validated with Recommendations) determination. Conversely, approval of expenditures for the RBF tranche of activities proposed by the RPIU is contingent on the ITA’s Validated or Validated with Recommendations signoff for the corresponding gate.
Ref | Deliverable | Description | Per Platform Share | Total Share |
D1 | Inception Report and Workplan | Single combined report covering KTIP, Virtual Campus, and EMIS: audit framework, scope confirmation, per-platform pathway, pilot scope and load-testing thresholds for G2, risk register, review schedule. | — | 10% |
D2a | G1 Baseline Validation Report — KTIP | Baseline audit of the existing KTIP build with determination per Sec. 4.3 and recommendations register. | 5% | — |
D2b | G1 Baseline Validation Report — Virtual Campus | Baseline audit of the existing Virtual Campus build with determination per Sec. 4.3 and recommendations register. | 5% | — |
D2c | G1 DPG & Adaptation Validation Report — EMIS | Validation of the DPG suitability assessment and the proposed adaptation scope with determination and recommendations register. | 5% | D2 sub-total: 15% |
D3a | G2 Architecture Lock-in & Pilot Validation Report — KTIP | Per-cycle audit reports across the G2 review-and-validation cycle: architecture review, load and performance testing review, security and UAT outcomes, pilot deployment validation across selected institutions, recommendations register, SDT remediation responses, re-validation outcome, sign-off determination, and architecture lock-in certification. This triggers the approval of SDT KTIP expenditures for tranche 2 activities. | 13.33% | — |
D3b | G2 Architecture Lock-in & Pilot Validation Report — Virtual Campus | Per-cycle audit reports across the G2 review-and-validation cycle: architecture review, load and performance testing review, security and UAT outcomes, pilot deployment validation across selected institutions, recommendations register, SDT remediation responses, re-validation outcome, sign-off determination, and architecture lock-in certification. This triggers the approval of SDT Virtual Campus expenditures for tranche 2 activities.
| 13.33% | — |
D3c | G2 Architecture Lock-in & Pilot Validation Report — EMIS | Per-cycle audit reports across the G2 review-and-validation cycle: architecture review, load and performance testing review, security and UAT outcomes, pilot deployment validation across selected institutions, recommendations register, SDT remediation responses, re-validation outcome, sign-off determination, and architecture lock-in certification. This triggers the approval of SDT EMIS expenditures for tranche 2 activities. | 13.34% | D3 sub-total: 40% |
D4a | G3 Regional Go-Live & Post-Deployment Report — KTIP | Go / Conditional Go / No-Go certification for regional rollout; post-deployment stability and adoption findings; sustainability recommendations for KTIP. This triggers the approval of SDT KTIP expenditures for the final tranche.
| 8.33% | — |
D4b | G3 Regional Go-Live & Post-Deployment Report — Virtual Campus | Go / Conditional Go / No-Go certification for regional rollout; post-deployment stability and adoption findings; sustainability recommendations for Virtual Campus. This triggers the approval of SDT Virtual Campus expenditure for the final tranche.
| 8.33% | — |
D4c | G3 Regional Go-Live & Post-Deployment Report — EMIS | Go / Conditional Go / No-Go certification for regional rollout; post-deployment stability and adoption findings; sustainability recommendations for EMIS. This triggers the approval of SDT EMIS expenditures for the final tranche.
| 8.34% | D4 sub-total: 25% |
D5 | Final Audit Report | Single combined report across KTIP, Virtual Campus, and EMIS: scale readiness and sustainability recommendations across the regional deployment. | — | 10% |
Total contract value: 100%, comprising D1 (10%) + D2 (15%) + D3 (40%) + D4 (25%) + D5 (10%). The per-platform structure ensures that the ITA's payments are tied to completion of work on each named platform, rather than to a single global completion event that could be dominated by the slowest platform.
All deliverables shall be submitted in English using both Word and PDF formats.
7. Reporting and Institutional Arrangements
7.1 Reporting Line: The ITA shall report to the OECS Commission through the reporting line confirmed by the OECS Commission prior to contract effectiveness. The reporting arrangement shall preserve the ITA’s independence from the SDT and from any other unit of the OECS Commission whose work is subject to audit. For daytoday coordination, the ITA shall liaise with the RPIU Project Manager and/or the relevant Technical Specialists. The ITA reports to the Director General or his designee, who shall be confirmed in writing by the OECS Commission prior to the issuance of the request for proposals.
7.2 Independence and NonInterference: The ITA operates as an independent function. OECS Commission leadership commits to ensuring the ITA’s independence is protected and that no impediment is placed on the ITA’s access or on the integrity of its findings.
7.3 Constructive Engagement with the SDT: The iterative reviewandvalidation model requires the ITA to engage constructively with the SDT throughout each cycle. The ITA shall: (i) issue recommendations that are clear, specific, and actionable; (ii) make itself available for technical clarification discussions on the meaning and scope of its recommendations, without prescribing implementation; (iii) share draft determinations with the SDT before finalising, to allow opportunity to respond to or clarify factual matters; and (iv) maintain a working relationship oriented toward bringing each platform to the required standard. This constructive engagement does not affect independence; final conclusions, recommendations, and signoff determinations remain the ITA’s sole determination.
7.4 World Bank Interface: The ITA’s deliverables shall be submitted simultaneously to the OECS Commission and to the World Bank task team. The ITA may be requested to participate in project implementation support missions, midterm reviews, or technical briefings organised by the World Bank. Coordination on such requests shall be managed through the RPIU.
7.5 Escalation Protocol: If the ITA identifies a finding that poses a significant risk to the Project, including serious technical failure, system instability, security breaches or vulnerability, material deviation from approved design, data integrity breaches or risks, or misuse of project resources, the ITA shall notify the senior officer to whom it reports (Sec. 7.1) in writing within 5 working days. The OECS Commission shall acknowledge and advise on next steps within 5 working days. The SDT lead shall be notified at the same time as the senior officer to enable a timely operational response. The World Bank shall be informed within the same 5workingday window, accompanied by a brief contextual note from the OECS Commission RPIU where the RPIU determines such context is necessary for accurate interpretation of the finding. The provision of an RPIU contextual note shall not delay World Bank notification beyond 5 working days.
7.6 Access and Cooperation: OECS Commission staff and consultants, including members of the inhouse development team (i.e. SDT), are required to cooperate fully with the ITA and to provide timely access to all documentation, source code, test environments, development records, and personnel reasonably requested. As far as practicable, the OECS Commission shall invite the ITA to relevant technical meetings specific to design reviews, sprint reviews, testing sessions, and demonstrations. The ITA shall be granted readonly access to the inhouse team’s source code repositories, architecture documentation, test environments and logs, deployment pipelines, project management tools, and documentation repositories. The Project Manager in the RPIU shall respond to ITA information requests within 5 working days.
8. Qualifications and Staffing
The assignment shall be delivered by a firm. Individual consultancy arrangements are not permitted, in line with World Bank requirements for the assignment. The firm shall mobilise the key expert team set out in Section 8.2 and shall meet the firmlevel experience requirements set out in Section 8.1.
8.1 Firm-level qualifications and experience
The firm or consortium shall demonstrate the following at the proposal stage:
8.2 Key experts required
The firm shall propose the following five key expert positions. Each position must be filled by a separate qualified individual. The Team Leader shall be clearly identified throughout the proposal as the firm’s single named accountable individual for the assignment.
Team Leader / Senior Technical Auditor
The Team Leader is the firm’s single named accountable individual for the assignment, the primary author of the Inception Report (D1), the Final Audit Report (D7), and all gate signoff determinations, and the principal interlocutor with the OECS Commission and the World Bank.
Systems Architect / Integration Specialist
Cybersecurity and Data Protection Specialist
Testing and Quality Assurance Specialist
Digital Public Goods and EMIS Specialist
9. Duration and Level of Effort
The assignment is expected to commence in Q3 2026, subject to confirmation of the procurement schedule prior to the issuance of the request for proposals. Given that KTIP and the Virtual Campus are at approximately 80% completion, the procurement and mobilisation schedule shall be designed to support ITA mobilisation in time for the first G1 baseline audit, and a target mobilisation date shall be confirmed by the OECS Commission RPIU when issuing the request for proposals.
Total assignment duration is estimated at approximately 18 months from contract effectiveness, covering the iterative cycles, predeployment certification, and postdeployment stabilisation across all three platforms. Engagement on KTIP and the Virtual Campus shall conclude as each completes its postdeployment stabilisation gate; engagement on EMIS shall continue through its DPG adaptation, pilot, and stabilisation gates.
Total estimated level of effort (LOE) is approximately 110 to 130 working days. “Level of effort” refers to the total number of professional working days, aggregated across the firm’s key experts, that the firm is expected to expend in delivering the assignment. The LOE is not continuous: engagement is concentrated around platformspecific gates, iterative review cycles, testing phases, and reporting dates. The indicative LOE distribution is as follows:
Component | Indicative LOE (days) | Basis |
Inception, baseline audits (KTIP, VC), DPG validation (EMIS) | 20–25 | Three platforms: two baseline audits of existing builds and one DPG suitability validation |
Iterative reviewandvalidation cycles | 35–40 | Multiple cycles per platform; expected 2 cycles per platform between G1 and G3 |
Testing, validation, and security clearance | 20–25 | All three platforms |
Predeployment certification and golive | 15–20 | Perplatform Go / NoGo decisions |
Postdeployment monitoring and final audit | 20–20 | Stabilisation review and scaling recommendations |
A detailed work plan, with the Level of Effort broken down by platform, by gate, and by expected number of cycles, shall be finalised in the Inception Report (D1) within 10 working days of contract effectiveness.
10. Ethical Standards, Independence, and Confidentiality
The ITA shall at all times:
Conflict of Interest Declaration. All members of the ITA team must submit a signed conflictofinterest declaration before the contract takes effect. Any new conflict arising during the assignment must be disclosed within five (5) working days.
11. Intellectual Property
All reports, audit plans, assessment notes, tools, checklists, and other materials produced under this assignment shall be the exclusive property of the OECS Commission. The ITA shall deliver copies of all working documentation upon request and upon contract completion. The ITA shall not retain, publish, or use these materials without prior written consent from the OECS Commission.
"},{"id":"OP00456845","notice_type":"Invitation for Bids","noticedate":"15-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-04T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"09:30","project_ctry_name":"China","project_id":"P162178","project_name":"China Food Safety Improvement Project","bid_reference_no":"GDNC-003","bid_description":"Organize the Agricultural Product Quality Safety Theme Day promotional activities during the Food Safety Publicity Week, including on-site events and a series of related activities. The on-site events will promote and showcase public knowledge.","procurement_group":"NC","procurement_method_code":"RFQ","procurement_method_name":"Request for Quotations","contact_address":"135 Xianlie Dong Road, Guangzhou","contact_ctry_name":"China","contact_email":"nynct_ncpzx_zhangsh@gd.gov.cn","contact_name":"shuheng Zhang","contact_organization":"Guangdong Farm Products Quality Safety Center","contact_phone_no":"020-87590235","submission_date":"2026-07-15T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
People's Republic of China
World Bank Loan
Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
Loan No.: 9213-CN
Procurement for the 2026 Guangdong Province Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Publicity Week and Green Food Publicity Month
(Non-Consulting Services)
(Contract No.: GDNC-003)
Request for Quotation (RFQ) Document
Bidding Number0733-26083257
July 2026
Chapter 1: Letter of Request for Quotation
Date: July 14, 2026
Bidding Number0733-26083257
1. The Government of the People's Republic of China has received a loan from the World Bank to finance the Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project, and intends to apply a portion of the proceeds of this loan to eligible payments under this Request for Quotation contract.
2. China CITIC International Tendering Co., Ltd., entrusted by the Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Center (Guangdong Green Food Development Center), hereby issues this Letter of Request for Quotation for the Procurement for the 2026 Guangdong Province Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Publicity Week and Green Food Publicity Month (Contract No.: GDNC-003) to potential suppliers. All suppliers are requested to submit their quotations in accordance with the requirements of this Request for Quotation document (please refer to Chapter 5 for the format templates of the Letter of Quotation).
3. This procurement shall be conducted through the Request for Quotation method in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Guidelines, the Loan Agreement, and the Project Agreement. This Request for Quotation document is drafted with reference to the World Bank Standard Bidding Documents for Goods Procurement.
4. Supplier Qualification Requirements
Suppliers must meet the following stipulations and provide relevant supporting documents as specified. Failure to provide the required supporting documents may result in the rejection of the quotation document.
4.1 Entity Qualification: The supplier must possess the capacity to independently assume civil liability and hold a valid and qualified business license, tax registration certificate, and organization code certificate (a unified business license shall be provided if the "Three-in-One" certificate system applies). The supplier shall provide: Photocopies of the business license, tax registration certificate, and organization code certificate (or a photocopy of the unified business license if the "Three-in-One" system applies), affixed with the supplier's official seal.
4.2 Taxation and Social Security: The supplier must have a good record of paying taxes and social security funds in accordance with the law. The supplier shall provide: Photocopies of the supporting documents proving the payment of taxes and social insurance for any one month within the 6 months prior to the deadline for submission of the quotation document for this project, affixed with the supplier's official seal.
4.3 Credit Record: The supplier must not be listed on the "Credit China" website (http://www.creditchina.gov.cn) as a dishonest person subject to enforcement or as a major tax violation dishonest entity. The supplier shall provide: Screenshots of the query results for the aforementioned records from the website, affixed with the supplier's official seal.
4.4 Financial Status: The supplier must possess good commercial credit and a sound financial accounting system. The supplier shall provide: A photocopy of the audited financial report for the year 2025 (which must include at least the balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow statement), or a bank-issued credit certificate.
4.5 Lawful Operation: Within the three years prior to participating in this Request for Quotation (calculated backward from the deadline for submission of the quotation document), the supplier must have no record of major legal violations in its business operations, such as criminal penalties, orders to suspend operations for rectification, revocation of licenses or permits, or imposition of substantial fines due to illegal business practices. The criteria for determining "substantial fines" shall be governed by the regulations of the provincial government in the supplier's administrative region, or by the standards set by the relevant competent administrative department of the State Council that imposes the penalty. The supplier shall provide: A "Qualification Commitment Letter" to make this commitment, in a self-drafted format.
4.6 Performance Requirements: From January 1, 2021, up to the deadline for submission of the quotation document (subject to the acceptance date), the supplier must have successfully implemented at least two similar service contracts.
The supplier shall provide: Key pages of the contract (including at least the cover page, service content/list, contract amount, signatures/seals, and date of signing) and the acceptance certificate. All the aforementioned materials must be affixed with the supplier's official seal. Original documents shall be kept available for verification.
4.7 Project Team Composition and Personnel Requirements
Staff / Working Group | Personnel Requirements |
Project Manager | 1.Possess an associate degree or above; Be a regular full-time employee of the supplier and have signed a labor contract with the supplier; 2.Possess at least 3 years of relevant working experience in organizing and planning publicity activities. The supplier shall provide: Photocopies of the degree certificates; Photocopies of the labor contracts; A work resume/CV affixed with the supplier's official seal. |
Publicity Campaign Management | 1.Possess an associate degree or above; 2.Possess at least 3 years of working experience in publicity activities. The supplier shall provide: Photocopies of the degree certificates; A work resume/CV affixed with the supplier's official seal. |
Graphic Designer | 1.Possess an associate degree or above in a design-related major, or hold a Graphic Designer or Exhibition Designer certificate; 2.Possess at least 3 years of graphic design experience for publicity activities. The supplier shall provide: A photocopy of the degree certificate, or a photocopy of the Graphic Designer or Exhibition Designer certificate; A work resume/CV affixed with the supplier's official seal. |
Photographer and Videographer | Possess at least 3 years of experience in photography, videography, editing, and video production. The supplier shall provide: A work resume/CV affixed with the supplier's official seal. |
5. Quotation Requirements
5.1 Quotation Currency: All prices shall be quoted in Renminbi (RMB/Yuan). The quoted price shall be the final price inclusive of all taxes, transportation, insurance, installation and debugging, and all other expenses required for the completion of the contract implementation.
5.2 Validity of Quotation: The quotation shall remain valid for a period of 90 calendar days from the deadline for submission of the quotation document.
5.3 Submission of Quotation Documents
5.3.1 Deadline for Submission: 9:30 AM on August 4, 2026.
5.3.2 Submission Address: Room 2, Bid Opening Room, 6th Floor, Guangren Building, No. 1 Guangren Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province.
Please note: The supplier must ensure that the complete set of sealed quotation documents (hard copies) is delivered to the designated location before the deadline for submission. Late submissions will not be accepted.
5.4 Signing and Composition of Quotation Documents
The quotation documents must include the "Quotation List" and "Quotation Letter," both of which must be signed by the legal representative or their authorized representative and affixed with the supplier's official seal, as well as all other documents required to be submitted as specified in "Chapter 1: Request for Quotation Letter."
The "Quotation List" must strictly follow the format specified in "Chapter 2: Quotation List." Any discrepancies in the serial numbers, service content, quantity, unit, or remarks may result in the rejection of the quotation document.
The "Quotation Letter" must strictly follow the format of "1. Quotation Letter" in "Chapter 5: Format Examples." Any discrepancies may result in the rejection of the quotation document.
5.5 Number of Copies of Quotation Documents
Number of copies: One (1) original and four (4) copies, clearly marked as "Original" or "Copy". In the event of any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the original shall prevail. Meanwhile, a clear, complete, and sealed scanned copy of the original quotation document (in both PDF and Word formats) must be saved on a separate USB flash drive and submitted sealed together with the hard copies.
All documents shall be uniformly packed in a single outer package, and the seal of the outer package must be affixed with the supplier's official seal.
6. 6. Bid Opening Date, Time, and Venue
6.1 Bid Opening Date and Time: 9:30 a.m., August 4, 2026
6.2 Bid Opening Venue: Bid Opening Room XX, 6th Floor, Guangren Building, No. 1 Guangren Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province
7. Consortium Bidding: Consortium bidding is not allowed for this project.
8. Estimated Project Value: RMB 180,000 (in words: One Hundred and Eighty Thousand Yuan only).
9. World Bank Sanctions: Companies sanctioned by the World Bank are not eligible to submit quotations or be awarded any contract financed by the World Bank. The list of sanctioned companies and individuals can be found on the website: http://www.worldbank.org/debarr.
10. Evaluation Method:
10.1 The same procedures and criteria shall be applied to the evaluation of all quotation documents.
10.2 The evaluation process shall be conducted strictly in accordance with the requirements and conditions of the Request for Quotation (RFQ) document. The contract shall be awarded to the supplier whose quotation is substantially responsive to this RFQ document and has the lowest evaluated price.
11. Eligibility and Conflict of Interest
Potential suppliers shall note the provisions on eligibility and conflict of interest stipulated in the "World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers" (November 2020 Edition). All suppliers with a conflict of interest shall be deemed ineligible, and their quotation documents will be rejected. Suppliers must proactively disclose whether they have any affiliation with the following entities. If such affiliation exists, a statement of affiliation must be provided (format is self-drafted, and the content shall include, but not be limited to, the shareholder structure and shareholding ratio); if no such affiliation exists, a letter of commitment must be provided (format is self-drafted):
12. Obtaining the Request for Quotation (RFQ) Documents
Suppliers intending to participate in this project may obtain the documents by contacting the procurement agency via email from July 14, 2026, to August 3, 2026 (Beijing Time, the same below), during the hours of 9:00 AM to 11:30 AM and 1:30 PM to 4:30 PM daily (excluding statutory holidays). Suppliers must specify the company name, contact person, contact phone number, and the name of this project in the email.
13. Publication of the Notice
The Request for Quotation Notice for this project will be published simultaneously on the following designated media: the World Bank Section of the China Bidding Public Service Platform, and the China Bidding & Procurement Network.
Buyer: Guangdong Provincial Center for Quality and Safety of Agricultural Products (Guangdong Provincial Green Food Development Center)
Address: No. 135 Xianlie East Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province
Tel: 020-87590235
Contact Person: Ms. Wu
Procurement Agent: CITIC International Tendering Co., Ltd.
Address: Room 1811, 18th Floor, Building 59, Middle 3rd Ring Road East, Chaoyang District, Beijing
Tel: 010-87945198-503/504
Contact Persons: Ms. Guo, Ms. Zhang
Email: guoying@ck.citic.com; zhangjyzb@ck.citic.com
Chapter 2: Quotation List
Please note that the services provided by the supplier shall meet the requirements specified in Chapter 3 Technical Requirements.
Serial No. | Service Content | Quantity | Unit | Quotation (RMB) | Note |
Service Support for the 2026 Guangdong Province Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Publicity Week and Green Food Publicity Month; Venue: Jiangmen | |||||
1 | Event Design, Venue Setup, and Materials Provision | ||||
1.1 | Venue Rental (Including Large Screen) | 2 | Day | 5,000 / day × 2 days = 10,000 | 1.All designs shall be implemented only upon the Buyer's approval; 2.Venue setup shall commence as requested by the Buyer, and all related work, including venue arrangement, must be completed prior to the event; 3.At least 2 personnel must be stationed on-site for emergency response during the event; 4.Relevant photography and publicity/promotional work shall be completed within one working day after the event. |
1.2 | Stage Setup (Including: a. 2 speakers + 1 audio mixer + 6 handheld microphones (speech mics) + 1 audio engineer; b. Decoration for the front backdrop and side wing panels of the stage; c. Decoration for the podium and lectern flowers) | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.3 | Event Design and Production (Including: On-site booth layout design, exhibition booth design, float design, stage design, promotional posters, wayfinding signage design (e.g., floor decals), full-process event PPT, and dynamic video production for the launch sequence, etc.) | 1 | Set |
| |
1.4 | Exhibition Booths and Floats: 28 booths (wooden frame structure, including booth fascia/signboard production, etc.) and 2 floats | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.5 | Wayfinding Signage: Production of wayfinding signage, including floor decals, directional signs, etc. | 1 | Group |
| |
2 | Science Popularization Promotional Materials and Supplies | ||||
2.1 | Printing of science popularization brochures | 1,000 | copies |
|
|
2.2 | Quiz Materials for the Science Popularization Zone (Including: 1 quiz wheel, 400 prizes, and 1,000 promotional tote bags featuring the Green High-Quality Agricultural Products logo and an information inquiry QR code) | 1 | Lot |
| |
3 | Event Logistics Support | ||||
3.1 | Exhibition Area Supporting Facilities: | 2 | Day |
| |
3.2 | Audience Seating (At least 31 chairs must be provided on-site, including no less than 10 folding chairs with backrests) | 2 | Day |
| |
3.3 | Makeup and Styling for the Event MC | 1 | Day |
| |
3.4 | On-site Event Support | 2 | Day |
| |
4 | Event Publicity and Media Coverage | ||||
4.1 | Graphic and Text Feature Publicity: On-site photography at the event, with no less than 50 high-definition photos to be provided after the event; 1 high-quality original graphic and text publicity article to be planned and published on the day of the event. | 1 | Lot |
| |
4.2 | Short Video Production and Promotion (Before and after the event, respectively plan, shoot, and produce no less than 1 creative short video)
| 2 | Units |
| |
Total Quotation Price |
|
Chapter III Technical Requirements
I. Scope of Services and Term
1. Scope of Services: The supplier shall be responsible for executing the "2026 Guangdong Province Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Publicity Week and Green Food Publicity Month" event (in the second half of 2026), organized and planned by the Buyer. Through professional designs of the stage, exhibition booths, etc., the supplier shall carry out science popularization and publicity for agricultural product quality and safety, as well as promotional campaigns for green food, to raise public awareness of agricultural product quality and safety.
2.Term of Services: The service period for this project is approximately 3 months, calculated from the effective date of the procurement contract until all event services are fully completed, and the final acceptance and settlement are concluded. The supplier must ensure that the corresponding work is completed before all key milestones.
II. Service Content and Requirements
The supplier shall provide a full-process integrated service for this project, covering professional event design, venue setup and materials provision, science popularization promotional materials and supplies, event logistics support, as well as event publicity and media coverage. The specific service contents include but are not limited to:
(I) Service Support for the 2026 Guangdong Province Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Publicity Week and Green Food Publicity Month
1. Event Design, Venue Setup, and Materials Provision
1.1 Venue Rental:
The event venue shall be designated by the Buyer, located in the space near the atrium of Jiangmen Darong City. The exact area shall be subject to the official demarcated scope by the final venue provider. The venue must be able to accommodate 28 standard exhibition booths, 2 float booths, the main stage, and the audience seating area. The rental period is 2 days, and the fee includes the use of a large screen and basic power supply.
The unit price for the venue rental is fixed at RMB 5,000 per day, with a total cost of RMB 10,000 for two days (in words: Ten Thousand Yuan only). This fee already includes the rental cost during the setup period.
The event is tentatively scheduled for 2 consecutive days in the second half of 2026 (initially planned to include one day on Friday and one day on Saturday; the exact dates shall be subject to the Buyer's final confirmation).
1.2 Stage Setup:
It shall include at least the following facilities:
a. One set of sound system: 2 speakers + 1 audio mixer + 6 handheld microphones (speech mics) + 1 audio engineer (the audio engineer is only required for the morning session on the first day of the event);
b. Stage perimeter: Decoration for the front backdrop and side wing panels of the stage;
c. Podium: Provision of a podium, complete with tabletop decoration (floral arrangements, tablecloths, etc.).
All setup materials must comply with national energy-saving, environmental protection, and low-carbon standards. Recyclable materials shall be prioritized to ensure the smooth execution of the event.
1.3 Event Design and Production:
Layout Planning:
The event site shall consist of a stage area, audience seating area, and exhibition area. The specific dimensions are as follows:
Stage: 7m (L) × 5m (W), equipped with a 5m (L) × 3.8m (H) LED display screen;
Audience Seating Area: 30 seats arranged in 3 rows × 10 columns. After the morning session on the first day, the chairs will be removed to make space for 2 floats;
Exhibition Area: 28 standard exhibition booths, each measuring 1.2m (L) × 0.6m (W), arranged around the atrium, on both sides of the stage, and directly in front of the stage;
Floats: 2.5m (L) × 0.7m (W).
The design proposal must treat all event areas, including the stage, as a cohesive whole for integrated design. This is to ensure an organic connection between visual aesthetics and traffic flow, reflecting unity and professionalism. During the design phase, full consideration must be given to pedestrian aisles, clear lines of sight, and product display requirements. During the setup phase, adjustments and optimizations shall be made based on actual on-site conditions to maximize space utilization and exhibition impact.
Design Theme:
The design style must deeply integrate the characteristics of green food and Lingnan culture, as well as modern agriculture. It should align with the theme of agricultural product quality and safety publicity to create a distinct and positive event image.
Craftsmanship and Materials:
All production materials must comply with relevant national standards and regulations for energy conservation, environmental protection, and low-carbon practices. Recyclable or reusable materials shall be prioritized.
Design Deliverables:
The supplier shall submit a complete design proposal, including but not limited to the following: overall and partial renderings (must reflect different angles and details), stage design renderings, exhibition booth renderings (with detailed dimensions and material specifications), float graphic design drafts, wayfinding signage design drafts (e.g., floor decals), full-process event PPT (including dynamic video for the launch sequence), and no less than 2 versions of the main visual poster suitable for different online and offline scenarios (e.g., print, screen display, social media). All design proposals must be implemented only upon the Buyer's written approval.
Attached: Site Layout Diagram (For Reference Only):
1.4 Exhibition Area Materials Provision:
Production Requirements for Exhibition Booths and Floats:
28 Exhibition Booths: The booths will primarily feature a wooden frame structure, including the production of booth fascias/signboards, etc.
2 Floats: The main function of the floats is publicity and attracting visitors, providing photo opportunities for the audience and tourists. The decorations must be securely fixed using lightweight, eco-friendly materials to ensure the safety of all personnel on-site.
Production Requirements for Wayfinding Signage:
Wayfinding signage that aligns with the event's on-site theme must be produced, including floor decals, directional signs, etc. These are to effectively guide the flow of visitors to the booths for viewing and tasting, thereby ensuring the overall success of the event.
2. Science Popularization Promotional Materials and Supplies
2.1 Printing of Science Popularization Brochures:
Print 1,000 copies of clear, full-color folded brochures. The content will be provided by the Buyer. The layout, as well as the material and style of the final print, must be implemented only upon the Buyer's approval.
2.2 Quiz Materials for the Science Popularization Zone:
Technical Requirements: Prepare relevant materials to ensure the smooth execution of 4 science popularization interactive quiz sessions over the 2-day event. All materials (including prizes and promotional tote bags) must be of qualified quality and safe to use. The promotional tote bags must feature the Green High-Quality Agricultural Products logo and an information inquiry QR code.
Specific Requirements: Includes 1 spinning wheel with a stand (for the public to draw question numbers on-site), 400 prizes (aligned with the promotional theme, must be green food products, with an average unit price not exceeding RMB 10), and 1,000 promotional tote bags.
3. Event Logistics Support
3.1 Exhibition Area Supporting Facilities:
The exhibition booth design must fully consider the display characteristics of the agricultural product industry. It should rationally plan functional areas such as the product tasting zone, freezer/refrigerator storage area, and centralized storage space. Normal water and power supply must be guaranteed for all areas.
a. Storage and Mailing of Goods for Participating Green High-Quality Agricultural Product Enterprises: The supplier shall be responsible for the mailing, receiving, and storage of agricultural products from participating enterprises before, during, and after the event. The supplier must also assist participating enterprises in transporting the agricultural products to the designated exhibition area. The supplier is responsible for the safe custody of the agricultural products during the event and shall bear the corresponding insurance liability. After the event, the supplier shall safely transport the agricultural products back to the designated location of the original providing units.
b. Rental of 1 Freezer: During the event, 1 freezer shall be rented for on-site preservation of chilled/fresh agricultural products.
c. Event Drinking Water: The brand must meet the Buyer's requirements (C'estbon, Nongfu Spring, Dinghu Mountain Spring, or brands of equivalent grade). The provision includes 1 water dispenser, 12 barrels of bottled water (18.9L/barrel), and 4 cases of bottled water (210ml/24 bottles per case × 2 cases; 380ml/24 bottles per case × 2 cases).
3.2 Audience Seating:
To meet the audience seating needs at the event site, 30 seats shall be set up. At least 31 chairs must be provided on-site (including no less than 10 folding chairs with backrests).
3.3 Makeup and Styling for the Event MC:
The Event MC will be provided by the Buyer, but the supplier shall be responsible for ensuring the makeup and styling of the MC on the day of the event.
3.4 On-site Event Support:
The supplier shall purchase insurance for this event to guarantee the safety of personnel and property during the event period.
During the event, the supplier must arrange no less than 2 staff members to be stationed on-site for emergency response. Their responsibilities include conducting safety inspections for electricity usage, performing emergency equipment repairs, handling emergencies, assisting enterprises with the loading and unloading of goods, and addressing various on-site inquiries and unexpected issues.
4.Event Publicity and Media Coverage
The supplier shall utilize diversified media formats and high-quality visual content to comprehensively enhance the breadth and depth of the event's communication.
4.1 Graphic and Text Feature Publicity
During the contract period, the supplier shall plan and publish no less than 1 high-quality original publicity article. The content of the article must be approved by the Buyer before publication. Furthermore, within one working day after the conclusion of the first day of the event, the article must be published on at least 3 provincial-level or above mainstream news media platforms and 2 local mainstream news media platforms in Jiangmen (such as authoritative news websites, mobile clients, newspapers, etc.).
4.2 Short Video Production and Promotion
Content Production:
Before and after the event, the supplier shall respectively plan, shoot, and produce no less than 1 creative short video each (2 videos in total). The video content should focus on the themes of agricultural product quality and safety, as well as the Green Food Publicity Week. The pre-event promotional video should be around 60 seconds in length, and the post-event summary video should be around 150 seconds, both conforming to mobile-friendly communication patterns.
Publication and Promotion:
The short videos must be published on at least 2 provincial-level or above mainstream media platforms (or their official new media accounts) and 2 local mainstream media platforms in Jiangmen (or their official new media accounts) (e.g., Douyin, WeChat Channels, Weibo, etc.). The total follower base of the media agency undertaking the publication or its publishing account on the corresponding platform must be no less than 50,000 to ensure basic coverage. The video content must be approved by the Buyer before publication.
(II) Collection and Organization of Publicity Outcomes, Summary Report, and Assistance with Project Acceptance
The supplier shall be responsible for organizing materials and establishing a complete archive of publicity outputs, summary reports, and relevant supporting documents. This includes the collection of publicity outcomes from various platforms and the statistical analysis of data such as readership/view counts.
The supplier shall draft an event summary and publicity outcomes report to evaluate the effectiveness of the publicity campaign in raising public awareness of agricultural product quality and safety in the host city, etc.
(III) Other Requirements
1.The supplier shall be responsible for the venue rental and stage setup for this event (the venue shall be designated by the Buyer).
2.During the service period, the supplier must ensure the quality and safety of all materials used for the event during their utilization, and maintain cleanliness at the event site throughout the event period.
3.During both the preparation and execution phases of the event, the supplier must dynamically adjust the on-site layout according to the Buyer's requirements.
4.After the event, the supplier shall be responsible for restoring the venue to its original condition and properly disposing of solid waste generated during the event.
5.All the above-mentioned services shall be submitted to the Buyer for review and may only be executed upon the Buyer's approval.
III. Response Time
During the event service period, the supplier shall provide satisfactory on-site services and resolve any arising issues at any time. In the event of an emergency, the response time shall not exceed 10 minutes, and the issue must be resolved within 1 hour.
IV. Deliverables
The service provider shall submit the publicity campaign outputs and summary report to the Provincial Project Office, including but not limited to the event summary report and relevant supporting documents.
All data, reports, converged media products, and research outcomes generated in the performance of this consulting task, along with their related intellectual property rights, shall be owned by the Buyer.
V. Support Provided by the Buyer
1.The Buyer will work closely with the service provider, designate a dedicated liaison, and provide relevant materials and other support to the service provider.
2.The service provider shall work closely with other relevant participating parties of this sub-project.
VI. Assessment and Evaluation Methods
1.Fully complete all the above-mentioned service contents;
2.Submit the deliverables on time and in full;
3.Take no less than 50 high-definition photos; publish no less than 2 short videos;
4.The total number of views for the graphic/text publicity and short videos across all online platforms shall be no less than 100,000;
5.The satisfaction rate of participants for each event shall be no less than 90%.
VII. Payment Terms
1.After the contract is signed, the Buyer shall pay an advance payment of 10% of the total contract price to the successful bidder within 20 working days upon receipt of the event implementation plan and a valid invoice of an equivalent amount provided by the supplier;
2.After the supplier has prepared the event acceptance report and the necessary materials for reimbursement, and upon the Buyer's acceptance and verification without any errors, the Buyer shall pay a progress payment of 90% of the total contract price to the successful bidder within 20 working days upon receipt of a valid invoice of an equivalent amount provided by the supplier.
Note: Before each payment is made under the contract, a valid invoice matching the payment amount must be provided to the Buyer. Furthermore, the payee, the invoice issuer, and Party B of the contract must strictly match the name of the successful supplier.
VIII. Key Regulations to be Complied With
(1) Advertising Law of the People's Republic of China
(2) Administrative Measures on Internet Information Services
(3) Provisions on the Administration of Internet News Information Services
(4) Code of Conduct for Fair Competition in the Advertising Industry
(5) Interim Measures for the Promotion and Administration of Public Service Advertising
Chapter 4 Contract Terms
Table of Contents
Contract Terms
1. Definitions
The following terms used in this Contract shall be interpreted as follows:
2.2 The term "Country of Origin" referred to in this Article means the place where the Goods are mined, grown, or produced, or the place from which the Services are supplied. Goods may be manufactured or processed, or subjected to substantial assembly of major components, into a product. A new product is commercially recognized if it differs substantially in basic characteristics, purpose, or function from its constituent components.
The Goods delivered under this Contract shall conform to the standards specified in the Technical Specifications. If no applicable standards are mentioned, the Goods shall conform to the applicable official standards. Such standards must be the latest versions issued by the relevant authorities.
4.3 Except for the Contract itself, any of the documents listed in Article 4.1 shall remain the property of the Buyer. Upon request by the Buyer, the Supplier shall return these documents (including all copies) to the Buyer upon completion of the Contract.
4.4 If requested by the World Bank, the Supplier shall permit the World Bank to inspect the Supplier's accounts and records relating to the performance of this Contract and to have such accounts and records audited by auditors appointed by the World Bank.
5Patents
The Supplier shall indemnify the Buyer against all claims of infringement of any patent, trademark, or industrial design rights arising from the use of the Goods or any part thereof by the Buyer.
6Performance Security
Not required.
7Inspection and Tests
7.1 The Buyer or its representative shall have the right to inspect and/or test the Goods to confirm their conformity to the Contract Specifications at no additional cost.
7.2 Inspections and tests may be conducted at the Supplier's premises, at the point of delivery, and/or at the Goods' final destination. If conducted at the Supplier's premises, the Supplier shall furnish all reasonable facilities and assistance to the inspectors at no cost to the Buyer.
7.3 Should any inspected or tested Goods fail to conform to the Specifications, the Buyer may reject the Goods, and the Supplier shall either replace the rejected Goods or make alterations necessary to meet the Specification requirements free of cost to the Buyer.
8Packing
The Supplier shall provide such packing for the Goods as is required to prevent damage or deterioration during transit to the final destination specified in the Contract. Such packing shall be adequate to withstand, without limitation, rough handling during transit, exposure to extreme temperatures, high salinity, rainfall, and open storage. The size and weight of the cases shall take into consideration the remoteness of the Goods' final destination and the lack of heavy lifting equipment at all transit points.
9Insurance
The risk of loss of or damage to the Goods during the course of manufacture, transportation, storage, and delivery shall be the responsibility of the Supplier, who shall fully insure the Goods against such risks.
10Shipment
The Supplier shall be responsible for arranging and bearing all costs for delivering the Goods to the Project Site. Such costs shall be included in the Contract Price.
11Warranty
11.1 The Supplier warrants that the Goods supplied under this Contract are new, unused, of the latest or current models, and incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials, unless otherwise provided in the Contract.
11.2 The Supplier warrants that the Goods shall meet the performance specifications stipulated in the Contract. If, due to the Supplier's fault, the specified performance specifications are not met in whole or in part, the Supplier shall, at its own cost, replace or repair the Goods to meet the required performance specifications.
11.3 The Buyer shall notify the Supplier in writing of any claims arising under this warranty within a reasonable time after the discovery of the defect.
11.4 Upon receipt of such notice, the Supplier shall repair or replace the defective Goods or components with reasonable speed and free of cost within two weeks. The Buyer shall bear the inland freight costs from the place of manufacture to the final destination for the repaired or replaced Goods or components.
11.5 If the Supplier fails to remedy the defect with reasonable speed within two weeks after receipt of the notice, the Buyer may take such remedial action as may be necessary, at the Supplier's risk and expense, without prejudice to any other rights which the Buyer may have against the Supplier under the Contract.
12Payment
12.1 After the contract is signed, the Buyer shall pay an advance payment of 10% of the total contract price to the successful bidder within 20 working days upon receipt of the event implementation plan and a valid invoice of an equivalent amount provided by the supplier;
12.2 After the supplier has prepared the event acceptance report and the necessary materials for reimbursement, and upon the Buyer's acceptance and verification without any errors, the Buyer shall pay a progress payment of 90% of the total contract price to the successful bidder within 20 working days upon receipt of a valid invoice of an equivalent amount provided by the supplier.
Note: Before each payment is made under the contract, a valid invoice matching the payment amount must be provided to the Buyer. Furthermore, the payee, the invoice issuer, and Party B of the contract must strictly match the name of the successful supplier.
13Prices
The prices charged by the Supplier for the delivery of Goods and the performance of Services under this Contract shall be the prices quoted by the Supplier in the Price Schedule. Such prices shall be fixed.
14Change Orders
14.1 The Buyer may, at any time, issue written instructions to the Supplier to make changes, within the general scope of this Contract, in one or more of the following:
(1) The drawings, designs, or specifications, where the Goods to be supplied under this Contract are specifically manufactured for the Buyer;
(2) The method of shipment or packing;
(3) The place of delivery; or
(4) The services to be performed by the Supplier.
14.2 If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time required for, the performance of any part of the work under this Contract, the Contract Price, the delivery schedule, or both, shall be equitably adjusted, and the Contract shall be modified accordingly. Any claim by the Supplier for adjustment under this Article shall be submitted within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Change Order from the Buyer.
15Supplier Delay in Performance
15.1 The Supplier shall deliver the Goods and perform the Services in accordance with the schedule specified by the Buyer in the "Schedule of Requirements for Goods".
15.2 If, during the performance of the Contract, the Supplier encounters circumstances that may delay the timely delivery of the Goods or the performance of the Services, the Supplier shall promptly notify the Buyer in writing of the fact of the delay, the likely duration thereof, and the causes thereof. Upon receipt of such notice, the Buyer shall evaluate the situation as soon as possible and determine whether to extend the time for delivery at its discretion and whether to assess liquidated damages for delay. Any extension shall be mutually agreed upon through a modification of the Contract.
15.3 Except as provided in Article 18, unless an extension has been granted without the assessment of liquidated damages pursuant to Article 15.2, the Supplier's delay in delivery shall be subject to liquidated damages for delay as provided in Article 16.
16Liquidated Damages for Delay
If the Supplier fails to deliver the Goods or perform the Services within the time periods stipulated in the Contract, the Buyer shall, without prejudice to any other remedies available under the Contract, deduct liquidated damages for delay from the Contract Price. The liquidated damages shall be assessed at the rate of one percent (1%) of the price of the delayed Goods or the fees for the unperformed Services per week of delay, until the actual delivery or performance is completed. The maximum amount of liquidated damages for delay shall be ten percent (10%) of the total Contract Price. Once the maximum amount of liquidated damages is reached, the Buyer may consider terminating the Contract.
17Termination for Default
17.1 Without prejudice to any other remedies available to the Buyer for the Supplier's default, the Buyer may issue a written notice of default to the Supplier, proposing to terminate the Contract in whole or in part:
(1) If the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the Goods within the period specified in the Contract or within any extension thereof granted by the Buyer pursuant to Article 15; or
(2) If the Supplier fails to perform any other obligation stipulated in the Contract.
17.2 If the Buyer terminates the Contract in whole or in part pursuant to Article 17.1, the Buyer may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate, goods similar to those undelivered, and the Supplier shall be liable to the Buyer for any excess costs for such similar goods. However, the Supplier shall continue the performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated.
18Force Majeure
18.1 If the Supplier's performance of or delivery under the Contract is delayed or prevented by Force Majeure, the Supplier shall not be subject to forfeiture of its Performance Security, nor shall it be liable for liquidated damages for delay or termination of the Contract.
18.2 "Force Majeure" as referred to in this Article means those events that are beyond the control of the Supplier and are not foreseeable, but do not include the Supplier's default or negligence. Force Majeure events include, but are not limited to: actions by the Buyer within its sovereign jurisdiction, war or revolution, fire, flood, epidemic, quarantine restrictions, embargoes, and cancellation of the event as notified by the event organizer.
18.3 In the event of Force Majeure, the Supplier shall notify the Buyer in writing as soon as possible of the occurrence of the Force Majeure and the causes thereof. Unless otherwise requested in writing by the Buyer, the Supplier shall continue to perform its obligations under the Contract as far as is reasonably practicable, and shall seek all reasonable means to perform the other matters not affected by the Force Majeure.
19Termination for Insolvency
If the Supplier becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent, the Buyer may, at any time, terminate the Contract by giving written notice to the Supplier without compensation to the Supplier. Such termination shall not prejudice or affect any rights or remedies which the Buyer has already exercised or may exercise in the future.
20Termination for Buyer's Convenience
20.1 The Buyer may, at any time for its own convenience, terminate the Contract in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Supplier. The notice of termination shall specify that the termination is for the Buyer's convenience, the extent to which the Contract is terminated, and the effective date of such termination.
20.2 For the Goods that have been completed and ready for shipment within thirty (30) days after the Supplier's receipt of the termination notice, the Buyer shall accept such Goods at the original Contract price and terms. For the remaining Goods, the Buyer may:
(1) Have any portion thereof completed and delivered at the original Contract price and terms; and/or
(2) Cancel the remaining Goods and pay the Supplier an agreed amount for the partially completed Goods and Services, as well as for the materials and components previously procured by the Supplier.
21Settlement of Disputes
21.1 The Buyer and the Supplier shall settle all disputes arising from the execution of this Contract or relating thereto through direct, informal consultations in an amicable manner.
21.2 If the Buyer and the Supplier are unable to settle the Contract disputes amicably within thirty (30) days after the commencement of such informal consultations, either party may request that the dispute be submitted to: Guangzhou Arbitration Commission.
22Notices
Notices given by one party to the other under this Contract shall be in writing and sent via facsimile. The contact details are as follows:
Buyer: Guangdong Agricultural Products Quality and Safety Center (Guangdong Green Food Development Center)
Address: No. 135, Xianlie East Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province
Postal Code: 510599
Telephone: 020-87590235
Facsimile: /
Contact Person: Ms. Wu
Supplier:
Address:
Postal Code:
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Contact Person:
23Taxes
The Supplier shall be solely and fully responsible for all taxes and duties levied on the Goods prior to their delivery to the Buyer.
All taxes and duties levied on the Buyer in connection with this Contract pursuant to the prevailing tax laws of the Chinese Government shall be borne by the Buyer.
This Contract shall come into effect upon being signed and stamped by both parties (the Supplier must sign and stamp by its Legal Representative).
Chapter Five Format Examples
1. Letter of Bid
Date: [Month] [Day], 2026
Enquiry Reference No.: ________________
To: ___________________
Having examined the Enquiry Documents including Amendment(s) No. ______ (insert number) which has/have been duly received, we, the undersigned, offer to supply the Services in accordance with the said Enquiry Documents for the Total Price of ________________ (expressed in words and figures).
If we are determined to be the successful Supplier, we shall deliver the Services within the delivery period specified in the Schedule of Services.
We agree that this Bid shall be valid for a period of 90 calendar days from the date fixed for the submission deadline of the Price Schedule, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period.
Until a formal Contract is executed, this Bid, your Enquiry Documents, and the Letter of Acceptance shall constitute a binding Contract between us.
Bidder: (Official Seal)
Signature of Authorized Representative:
2. Contract Form
This Contract is made on this ______ day of ________, 20XX, by and between ________________________ (Name of Buyer) (hereinafter referred to as the "Buyer") on the one part, and ________________________ (Name of Supplier) (hereinafter referred to as the "Supplier") on the other part, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
Whereas the Buyer has invited bids for the acquisition of the Services (Name of Goods and Services) and has accepted the Bid submitted by the Supplier to provide the said Goods and Services for the Total Amount of ________________________ (Contract Price expressed in words and figures) (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract Price").
It is hereby agreed as follows:
1.The meanings of words and terms used in this Agreement are the same as those defined in the Conditions of Contract.
2.The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement:
(1) The Letter of Bid and Price Schedule submitted by the Supplier;
(2) The Schedule of Services;
(3) Technical Requirements;
(4) Conditions of Contract;
(5) The Letter of Acceptance issued by the Buyer.
3.In consideration of the payments to be made by the Buyer to the Supplier as prescribed herein, the Supplier hereby covenants with the Buyer to provide the Goods and Services and to remedy defects therein in accordance with the Contract.
4.In consideration of the Goods and Services to be provided by the Supplier and the remedy of defects therein, the Buyer hereby covenants with the Supplier to pay the Contract Price or such other sums as are payable under the Contract to the Supplier at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first above written in accordance with their respective laws.
Buyer: (Official Seal)
Signature of Authorized Representative:
Supplier: (Official Seal)
Signature of Authorized Representative:
Request for Expressions of Interest for Consulting Services
Country: The Republic of The Gambia.
Project Title: The Gambia Public Administration Modernization for Citizen Centric Service Delivery (PAMP) Project
Assignment Title: Technical Assistance to Strengthen Tax Policy Mechanisms, Methodologies, Tools, and Capacity for Analysis and Reporting
Grant Number: IDA-E3820
Project ID NO: P176924
Procurement Method: Individual Consultant Selection Method (IC)
Reference No: GM-CPCU - MOFEA-522729-CS-INDV
Background
The Government of The Gambia, through the Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs (MoFEA), is implementing several reforms aimed at strengthening domestic resource mobilization, aimed at achieveing fiscal sustainability, and improving evidence-based policy formulation.
While substantial progress has been made in tax administration reforms, analytical capacity in tax policy analysis, formulation and revenue forecasting remains limited. The ability of MoFEA to evaluate the fiscal impact of tax reforms/measures, estimate tax expenditures, and assess the tax gap is currently constrained by limited technical capacity, data availabiity and, and the absence of standardized methodologies and analytical tools. To address these constraints, the World Bank under the PAMP Project is supporting the hiring of a consultant to strengthen MoFEA’s institutional capacity to design, analyze, and report on tax policy, by adopting sustainable mechanisms and tools for tax expenditure estimation, analysis, tax gap estimation, tax policy impact assessment and medium-term revenue projections.
Objective of the Assignment
This assignment emphasizes the feasibility, institutional ownership, and progressive improvement, ensuring that the first generation of methods and tools can be implemented immediately with available data while establishing a credible pathway for future enhancement. The overall objective of the assignment is to strengthen and institutionalize the capacity of the MoFEA’s Directorate of Revenue and Tax Policy (DRTP) and relevant Revenue Administration counterparts to design, apply, and routinely update practical tax policy analysis and reporting using fit-for-purpose methodologies and tools that are feasible under current data constraints, with a clear pathway for progressive improvements as data availability improves.
Scope of Work
The assignment will be carried out under the overall supervision of the Director of Revenue and Tax Policy, MoFEA, and in close coordination with the World Bank PAMP Coordination team and the Gambia Revenue Authority (GRA). The scope of work includes, but is not limited to, the following tasks:
Task 1: Inception and Workplan
Task 2: Data and Institutional Engagement and Diagnostic
Task 3: Establish a Tiered Tax Policy Analytics Framework
Task 4: Develop and Institutionalize Methodologies for the core products
Task 5: Develop Practical Tools and Documentation
Task 6: Strengthen Data Governance and Policy–Administration Collaboration
Task 7: Integrate Outputs into the Budget and Fiscal Framework
Task 8: Capacity Building, Coaching, and Knowledge Transfer
Task 9: Develop a Medium-Term tax policy analytics Strengthening Roadmap (12-24 month plan, with clear indicator of moving from one tier to another).
The full Terms of Reference (TOR) will be made available upon request.
Duration
The assignment is expected to be completed within twelve (12) months from the contract signing date.
Qualification and Competency
Full TOR Availability Notice
The full Terms of Reference (TOR) will be made available upon request. Please send your request via email to the addresses provided below. Contract duration is twelve (12) months.
Submission of Expressions of Interest:
The Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs (MoFEA), through the Gambia Public Administration Modernization for Citizen Centric Service Delivery (PAMP) Project, now invites eligible individual consultants to express interest in providing the above Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the services.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” dated February 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Individual Consultant Selection Method (IC) set out in the Consultant Guidelines. Further information and the Terms of Reference can be obtained at the address below during office hours from 09:00 to 16:00 Monday to Thursday and 09:00 to 12:30 on Friday.
Expressions of interest should be delivered in written form to the address below (in person, or by mail) on or before 28th July 2026 at 12.30 noon Gambian time.
Central Project Coordination Unit
Royal Insurance Building
2nd Floor, Kotu Bertil Harding Highway
The Gambia
Email: nsosseh@cpcumof.gm, ygassama@cpcumof.gm and ajwadda@cpcumof.gm
"},{"id":"OP00454576","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"29-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-29T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"00:00","project_ctry_name":"World","project_id":"P169833","project_name":"Global Development Network Awards","bid_reference_no":"B.1.4.-YEAR-3","bid_description":"Year 3 – 25 Reviewers of ORD (First and Second level)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"2nd Floor, West Wing, ISID Complex, 4 - Vasant Kunj Institutional Area, New Delhi - 110070","contact_ctry_name":"India","contact_email":"awards@gdn.int","contact_name":"João Costa","contact_organization":"Global Development Network","contact_phone_no":"00351919595403","contact_web_url":"http://www.gdn.int/","submission_date":"2026-06-29T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"Global Development Awards Competition
Japanese Award for Outstanding Research on Development (ORD)
2021 Edition
CALL FOR ORD REVIEWERS (CONSULTANTS)
The Global Development Network (GDN) is a public international organization that promotes better policies and better lives through high-quality policy-oriented social science research conducted in developing and transition countries. It provides researchers with financial resources, global networking, research management support, access to information, training, peer review and mentoring. Founded in 1999, GDN is currently headquartered in New Delhi.
The Japanese Award for Outstanding Research on Development (ORD) is a competitive research grant program under the umbrella of the Global Development Awards Competition administered by the Global Development Network (GDN) and funded by the Ministry of Finance, Government of Japan. This award program identifies and funds outstanding research proposals in low-income or middle-income countries with high potential for excellence in research and clear policy implications for addressing development issues.
Table of Contents
Call for ORD Reviewers (consultants) 1
A. Background 1
B. Scope of the call 1
C. Profile of applicants 1
D. Application structure 2
E. Selection Criteria 2
F. Application Procedure 2
G. Deadline 3
Terms of Reference 4
1. Background Japanese Award for Outstanding Research on Development 4
2. Objective of the assignment 4
3. Review criteria of ORD applications 5
4. Structure of the review and timeframe 5
D. Finance and Budget 6
E. Reporting 6
Annex 1 – 2021 Global Development Awards Competition - Japanese Award for Outstanding Research on Development (ORD) Theme i
Call for ORD Reviewers (consultants)
The Japanese Award for Outstanding Research on Development (ORD) is a competitive research grant program under the umbrella of the Global Development Awards Competition administered by the Global Development Network (GDN) and funded by the Ministry of Finance, Government of Japan. This award program identifies and funds outstanding research proposals in low-income or middle-income countries[1] with high potential for excellence in research and clear policy implications for addressing development issues.
GDN is recruiting reviewers to conduct the assessment of research proposals under the ORD category of the Global Development Awards Competition. The review is scheduled to take place in two phases:
Panel Organizer
Out of the Lot 2 reviewers, a Panel Organizer is selected based on her/his professional experience upon demonstrated availability for this additional task. This individual will have the additional task of approving the final ranking after taking into consideration all comments and (normalized) scores.
Interested candidates can apply to one lot only, depending on their profiles.
To apply, interested individuals must submit their Expressions of Interest (EoI) with the following information:
The criteria for the selection of Reviewers are as follows:
Follow the steps given below:
Enquiries must be addressed to awards@gdn.int.
The deadline for submission of demonstrations of interest is on 19 May 2021 (Indian Standard Time 6:00 PM).
Terms of Reference
The Japanese Award for Outstanding Research on Development (ORD) is a competitive research grant program under the umbrella of the Global Development Awards Competition administered by the Global Development Network (GDN) and funded by the Ministry of Finance, Government of Japan.
GDN is recruiting reviewers to conduct the assessment of research proposals under the ORD category of the Global Development Awards Competition. A proposal under the ORD category is up to 20 pages long in with a template followed by all applicants. Check the Call for ORD Proposals for more details.
The review is scheduled to take place in two phases:
Interested candidates can apply to one lot only, depending on their profiles.
Panel Organizer
Out of the Lot 2 reviewers, a Panel Organizer is selected based on her/his professional experience upon demonstrated availability for this additional task. This individual will have the additional task of approving the final ranking after taking into consideration all comments and (normalized) scores.
Lot 1: First level review
Reviewers will be selected to conduct a first assessment of proposals on the basis of the ORD selection criteria and shortlist the best proposals.
Lot 2: Expert level review
Experienced researchers to review the shortlisted proposals, and select the three finalists of the ORD category. The final decision will be validated by the Panel Organizer.
The criteria for the ORD category are as follows:
Each review consists of:
Applicants receive the anonymized comments and have the opportunity to revise their proposals between phases. It is expected that all comments submitted are respectful and contribute to the professional development of the applicants regardless of the quality of their proposal.
Lot 2 reviewers (second level review) will not have access to the comments from the 1st level reviewers but the applicants will provide a reaction to their comments.
Selected reviewers will comply with the timeline defined for their assignment which is expected to be:
Between 14 June-16 July with up to 10 proposals per reviewer, 3 reviews per proposal. This number might differ depending on how many applications are received and how many reviewers are selected.
Between 26 July and 25 August with 3 reviews per proposal (the workload on each reviewer may vary).
Between the 30-31 August to approve the final ranking upon reception of all normalized scores and ranking provided by GDN.
All reporting will be done to João Costa, Program Associate, through the email addresses awards@gdn.int and jcosta@gdn.int (all communications to be addressed to both emails mandatorily.
Annex 1 – 2021 Global Development Awards Competition - Japanese Award for Outstanding Research on Development (ORD) Theme
“International trade and the promotion of biodiversity”
Biodiversity and economic activity have traditionally been depicted in terms of trade-offs and zero-sum games. International trade, in particular, has been identified as an important factor in biodiversity degradation in developing countries, in light of the greenhouse gas emission it generates globally, its role in spreading invasive species and pathogens and for its links with extractive industries, among others.
In both policy and academia, however, a growing interest in systemic approaches to sustainable development calls for a change of framework. New knowledge is needed to support a broader change of mindset amongst policy makers, the private sector and key societal actors, to develop pro-nature policy frameworks and solutions. When it comes to international trade, this requires a granular understanding of its interaction with biodiversity, through analyses that cut across levels and sectors, and across countries.
The 2021 edition of the Global Development Network’s Japanese Awards for Outstanding Research on Development calls for early and mid-career researchers based in low-income or middle-income countries to develop original research that throw light on impact pathways that link international trade and biodiversity - beyond GHG emissions - with the goal of better understanding what can be done better or differently, to protect and even promote biodiversity.
Research projects can focus on local, national, regional or continental levels, and on multiple pathways of impact. Research proposals can adopt disciplinary approaches from across the social sciences: proposals can focus on economic, legal and regulatory aspects, explore socio-anthropological, political and environmental conditions affecting international trade, its impacts on society, and ultimately biodiversity, with an eye to illuminating the conditions and variables that may generate virtuous impacts of regulation of international trade on biodiversity promotion.
Proposals should discuss the proposed research question and methodology not only in light of their academic relevance, but also in light of their potential to contribute to stronger public debate and policy action in the future.
A direct link to the COVID-19 crisis is welcome, but not required. In light of the quickly changing scenario, proposals that integrate a focus on COVID-19 and related policy responses must explain how the quickly changing policy landscape is likely to impact the focus of the research.
Impact of the Pandemic
All research proposals must include an analysis of risks for the proposed research linked to existing restrictions to movement and other restrictions linked to pandemic response in the relevant geographical areas.
[1] Press here to visit the list of countries which are recognized as low and middle income countries by the World Bank
"},{"id":"OP00454574","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"29-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-29T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"00:00","project_ctry_name":"World","project_id":"P169833","project_name":"Global Development Network Awards","bid_reference_no":"B.1.4.-YEAR-2","bid_description":"Year 2 – 29 Reviewers of ORD (First and Second level)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"2nd Floor, West Wing, ISID Complex, 4 - Vasant Kunj Institutional Area, New Delhi - 110070","contact_ctry_name":"India","contact_email":"awards@gdn.int","contact_name":"João Costa","contact_organization":"Global Development Network","contact_phone_no":"00351919595403","contact_web_url":"http://www.gdn.int/","submission_date":"2026-06-29T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
Global Development Awards Competition
Japanese Award for Outstanding Research on Development 2020
TERMS OF REFERENCE | ASSESSMENT OF PROPOSALS
Background
The Japanese Award for Outstanding Research on Development (ORD) is a competitive research grant program under the Global Development Awards Competition 2020. The Awards Competition is administered by the Global Development Network (GDN) and supported by the Ministry of Finance, Government of Japan. This award program identifies and funds outstanding research proposals in low-income or middle-income countries with high potential for excellence in research and clear policy implications for addressing development issues.
Since its inception in 2000, GDN has awarded roughly US$ 4 million in research and project grants to finalists and winners. Nearly 8,800 researchers and development practitioners from low-income or middle-income countries have participated in the competition and more than 200 awards have been conferred till date.
The three winning projects will receive grants worth US$ 45,000. In light of the current limitations to travel in place across the planet, the selection will be conducted online. Finalists will be invited to join a communications training in preparation of a pitch of their project in front of a high-level Jury, which will decide which research proposal to award. A physical Award ceremony might be held in 2021, if conditions allow it, but projects are expected to start on 15 Jan 2021. The awards will be given to the organization(s) or researcher(s) whose proposals hold the greatest promise for improving our understanding of development issues and puts forth clear, articulate and well researched policy implications to address relevant development problems.
The first prize winner will receive a grant of US$ 30,000. The second prize and third prize winners will receive a grant of US$ 10,000 and US$ 5,000 respectively. The funds will be used to support the research work proposed by the winners towards the completion of their research. Additionally, awardees will be paired with world-class academic in their area of work who will play the role of a Scientific and Technical Advisor to the winners.
Competition Theme
The Global Development Network invites researchers from low-income or middle-income countries to submit research proposals within the theme, ‘Unpacking the health-environment-economic wellbeing nexus,’ for the Japanese Award for Outstanding Research on Development.
Proposals under this theme would look critically at policy successes and failures to look at the complex intersection of health, environment and economic wellbeing.
Research projects can focus on local, national, regional or continental policy initiatives, and come from any discipline within the social sciences. Proposals can focus on ongoing policy initiatives, past ones, or initiatives currently being set up.
A direct link to the COVID-19 crisis is welcome, but not required. In light of the quickly changing scenario, proposals that integrate a focus on COVID-19 and related policy responses must explain how the quickly changing policy landscape is likely to impact the focus of the research.
More information about the theme of the competition is available at the end of this document.
Objective of the Assignment
GDN is recruiting reviewers to conduct the assessment of research proposals under the ORD category of the Global Development Awards Competition. The review is scheduled to take place in two phases:
Interested candidates can apply to one lot only, depending on their profiles.
Panel Organizer
Out of the Lot 2 reviewers, a Panel Organizer is selected based on her/his professional experience upon demonstrated availability for this additional task. This individual will have the additional task of approving the final ranking after taking into consideration all comments and (normalized) scores.
Lot 1: First level review
Reviewers will be selected to conduct a first assessment of proposals on the basis of the ORD selection criteria and shortlist the best proposals.
Lot 2: Expert level review
Experienced researchers to review the shortlisted proposals, and select the three finalists of the ORD category. The final decision will be validated by the Panel Organizer.
Eligibility
Finance and Budget
Application Procedure
Follow the steps given below:
The deadline for submission of demonstrations of interest is on 4 September 2020 (Indian Standard Time 6:00 PM).
Reporting
All reporting will be done to João Costa, Program Associate, through the email addresses awards@gdn.int and jcosta@gdn.int (all communications to be addressed to both emails mandatorily.
Timeline
Selected reviewers will comply with the timeline defined for their assignment which is expected to be:
Selection Criteria of Reviewers
The criteria for the selection of Reviewers are as follows:
ORD Selection Criteria (to be followed by selected reviewers)
The criteria for the ORD category are as follows:
Description | 2020 Global Development Awards Competition Theme
“The world must embrace a recovery that involves sustainable farming and clean energy. Anything else is a false economy”
Marco Lamertini (WWF International), Elizabeth Maruma Mrema (UN Convention on Biological Diversity) and Maria Neira (World Health Organization). The Guardian, 17 June 2020[1]
The current COVID-19 pandemic has brought into the spotlight the links between extreme environmental pressure, unsustainable economic activity and public health emergencies. Before COVID-19, Yellow Fever, Malaria, Venezuelan Equine Encephalitis, the Nipah virus and Ebola, as well as 75% of all infectious diseases,[2] are believed by scientists to have originated from wildlife facing extreme environmental conditions, partly and at times largely driven by economic activity. What is currently being lived as a ‘critical event’ (to borrow the language of Indian sociologist Veena Das[3]), might be best described as a long-announced, simmering crisis, as many authoritative voices have stressed.[4]
Calls for renewed and courageous political action, and an overhaul in policy approaches to navigate the crisis, are close to ubiquitous. Yet, little is known about how to effectively address the links between health, environment and economic wellbeing, except the fact that the nexus ‘presents multiple convoluted challenges at national, regional, continental, and global levels’.[5] Questions relate both to the nature of this nexus, and to the kind of policy processes and initiatives that might address it effectively.
The 2020 edition of the Global Development Network’s Japanese Awards for Outstanding Research on Development calls for early and mid-career researchers based in low-income or middle-income countries to develop original research that can document and analyze policy efforts that address the links between health, environment and economic wellbeing, with a critical eye to illuminating both successes and failures. Any policy initiative identified must necessarily have direct links to all three areas as research proposals within the Competition’s theme: Unpacking the health-environment-economic wellbeing nexus.
In all cases, proposals should demonstrate the potential of the research project to generate critical insight for the design of policy processes, the political economy of decision-making, the role of evidence in policy debates and decision, and policy evaluation. Proposals should discuss the proposed research question and methodology not only in light of their academic relevance, but also in light of their potential to contribute to stronger public debate and action in the future.
Research proposals falling within the following macro-policy areas are welcome (this list is indicative but not exclusive):
Research projects can focus on local, national, regional or continental policy initiatives, and come from any discipline within the social sciences. Proposals can focus on ongoing policy initiatives, past ones, or initiatives currently being set up.
A direct link to the COVID-19 crisis is welcome, but not required. In light of the quickly changing scenario, proposals that integrate a focus on COVID-19 and related policy responses must explain how the quickly changing policy landscape is likely to impact the focus of the research.
Impact of the Pandemic
All research proposals must include an analysis of risks for the proposed research linked to existing restrictions to movement and other restrictions linked to pandemic response in the relevant geographical areas.
[1] Lambertini, Marco, Elizabeth Maruma Mrema, and Maria Neira. ‘Coronavirus Is a Warning to Us to Mend Our Broken Relationship with Nature | Marco Lambertini, Elizabeth Maruma Mrema and Maria Neira’. The Guardian, 17 June 2020, sec. Opinion. www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2020/jun/17/coronavirus-warning-broken-relationship-nature.
[2] pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11516376/
[3] Das, Veena. Critical Events: An Anthropological Perspective on Contemporary India. Vol. 7. Oxford University Press Delhi, 1995.
[4] Damian Carrington. ‘Coronavirus: 'Nature Is Sending Us a Message’, Says UN Environment Chief’. The Guardian, 25 March 2020, sec. World news. www.theguardian.com/world/2020/mar/25/coronavirus-nature-is-sending-us-a-message-says-un-environment-chief.
[5] Cerf, Marlon E. ‘Sustainable Development Goal Integration, Interdependence, and Implementation: The Environment–Economic–Health Nexus and Universal Health Coverage’. Global Challenges 3, no. 9 (29 April 2019). doi.org/10.1002/gch2.201900021.
"},{"id":"OP00453745","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"25-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-25T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"00:00","project_ctry_name":"World","project_id":"P169833","project_name":"Global Development Network Awards","bid_reference_no":"B.1.3.-YEAR-1","bid_description":"Year 1 – One reviewer of MIDP","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"2nd Floor, West Wing, ISID Complex, 4 - Vasant Kunj Institutional Area, New Delhi - 110070","contact_ctry_name":"India","contact_email":"awards@gdn.int","contact_name":"João Costa","contact_organization":"Global Development Network","contact_phone_no":"00351919595403","contact_web_url":"http://www.gdn.int/","submission_date":"2026-06-25T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"Call for MIDP Reviewers (Consultants)
The Japanese Award for Most Innovative Development Project is a competitive grant program under the umbrella of the Global Development Awards Competition, administered by the Global Development Network and funded by the Ministry of Finance, Government of Japan. The award program invites non-profit Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) and Civil Society Organizations (CSOs) to submit project proposals supporting (in particular) improved service delivery, and innovative approaches that may be scaled-up through a grant. The Award targets projects currently at the stage of implementation, and which have a high potential for impact targeting exceptionally marginalized and disadvantaged groups located in developing countries.
The aim of the call is to identify 3 consultant teams (reviewers) to conduct the review of applications received under each of the three themes of the 2021 MIDP Awards, through desk-based work and site visits. GDN invites teams of individuals, represented by a lead applicant which will submit the application, capable of providing the consulting services to submit an application. Applicants will have to demonstrate professional experience in developing countries (up to lower-middle-income countries[1]) and a mix of international, regional and local exposure.
GDN is expecting reviewers to demonstrate the following:
To apply, interested applicants, each team to be represented by a single application through the leader of the team, must submit their Expressions of Interest (EoI) with the following information:
Applications will be reviewed against the following weighed criteria:
NOTE: Applicants who wish to be considered as a reviewer for more than one theme of the 2021 MIDP Awards are required to submit separate applications and justify their capacity to implement the contracts in parallel.
[1] Press here to visit the list of countries which are recognized as low and lower-middle income countries by the World Bank
[2] Press here to visit the list of geographic regions as classified by the World Bank
"},{"id":"OP00452269","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"19-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"Portuguese","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-08T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P180547","project_name":"Accelerating Sustainable & Clean Energy Access Transformation Program Using the Multiphase Programma","bid_reference_no":"ZM-COMESA -555290-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Individual consultancy to design the curriculum of the regional women's leadership institute and the Regional STEM skills Accelerator Institute","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Ben Bella Road, P. O. Box 30051, Lusaka","contact_ctry_name":"Zambia","contact_email":"S.Mwesigwa@comesa.int","contact_name":"Silver Mwesigwa","contact_organization":"COMESA","contact_phone_no":"+260 211 227318","contact_web_url":"https://www.comesa.int/individual-consultancy-for-consultancy-services-on-curriculum-design-of-the-regional-womens-leadership-and-regional-stem-skills-accelerator/","submission_date":"2026-06-19T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"Consultancy services on curriculum design of the regional women's leadership and regional STEM skills accelerator
Ref: ZM-COMESA-555290-CS-INDV Date: 18 June 2026
Letter of Invitation (LoI)
No | Evaluation attribute | Percentage Points |
1 | A minimum of a master’s degree in electrical engineering, Renewable Energy, Mechanical Engineering, Gender Studies (with an energy background), or a related field. A PhD in a relevant discipline will be an added advantage. | 20 |
2 | 8–10 years of combined experience in gender equality and women’s empowerment, social inclusion, energy, education, and engineering, with a focus on leadership roles and technical project implementation | 10 |
3 | 5 – 10 years in Human Resources (HR) in the energy industry as well as curriculum design | 10 |
4 | 7+ years of demonstrated experience in promoting women in leadership roles, particularly in male-dominated sectors such as energy, engineering, or STEM fields.
| 10 |
5 | Proven track record in successfully designing and implementing impactful and trackable leadership training programs and technical education initiatives that prepare women for senior management or decision-making roles.
| 15 |
6 | Experience with the development of leadership institutes and STEM related institutes in Eastern and Southern Africa region
| 15 |
7 | Experience working on energy projects, including renewable energy (solar, wind), energy distribution networks, or hybrid systems, with a focus on project design, implementation, and management | 10 |
8 | Experience integrating gender perspectives into technical solutions or collaborating with gender experts on engineering projects | 10 |
| Total | 100 |
Note: The minimum technical score (St) required to pass is: 75%
(i) PRICES: The financial proposal shall be inclusive of all expenses deemed necessary by the Consultant for the performance of the Contract and must not include any of the following taxes in Procuring Entity Zambia: value added tax and social charges or/and income taxes on non-resident personnel’s fees and benefits.
(ii) EVALUATION AND AWARD OF CONTRACT: Proposals determined to be administrative and technical compliant to the requirement will be evaluated by comparison of their prices. A proposal is considered compliant to the requirements if: fulfils the formal requirements (see Paragraphs 2,3,4,5 and 6 above), has received minimum 75 points for the technical proposal. The award will be made to the candidate with the highest combined technical and financial score among the administrative and technical compliant proposals.
(iii) VALIDITY OF THE PROPOSAL: Your proposal should be valid for a period of 120 days from the date for deadline for submission indicated in Paragraph 4 above.
Procurement Unit
Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa
Ground Floor, COMESA Centre, Ben Bella Road,
P.O. Box 30051, Lusaka – Zambia,
Telephone: +260 211 2297226/29.
Web: http://www.comesa.int
Email: procurement@comesa.int
Contact person: Niva Chokwe
E-mail: NChokwe@comesa.int
ANNEXES:
ANNEX 1: Terms of Reference
ANNEX 2: Standard Contract/Terms and Conditions
Sincerely,
Signature______________________
Name: Silver Mwesigwa
Title: Head of Procurement and General services Unit
ANNX 1: Terms of Reference
ASCENT MPA
CONSULTANCY ON CURRICULUM DESIGN OF THE REGIONAL WOMEN’’S LEADERSHIP INSTITUTE AND REGIONAL STEM SKILLS ACCELERATOR INSTITUTE
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Overview of ASCENT
The Accelerating Sustainable & Clean Energy Access Transformation Program (ASCENT) objective is to increase access to sustainable energy services in East and Southern Africa. Today, 365 million people are without electricity access in the region and 558 million people without clean cooking access. Eastern and Southern Africa accounts for more than half of the world’s unelectrified population (675 million) and nearly a quarter of the global population without access to clean cooking (2.4 billion). Accelerating energy access progress in the region is essential not only to help unlock its potential and deliver on its development goals, but also to help the world achieve SDG7 (and other SDG goals) and address global challenges including climate change, resilience, and fragility.
ASCENT is expected to provide life-transforming opportunities for 100 million people across 20 countries in Eastern and Southern Africa, placing the region on the path to universal energy access. It will align the comparative advantage of all parts of the World Bank (IDA, IFC, MIGA) and build on the proposed IDA funding envelope of $5 billion to leverage an additional $10 billion from public and private financing through strategic partnerships. ASCENT’s programmatic approach will allow the World Bank to dedicate significant resources over a longer time horizon (seven years) and to provide a platform across both national and regional levels that will offer opportunities for collaboration with development partners and a focus on unlocking private capital.
ASCENT has become the leading vehicle for delivering the targets under Mission 300 (M300). In order to provide access to sustainable and clean energy to 300 million in Africa, the Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation, (ASCENT) (P180547): MPA (ASCENT MPA) project will continue to integrate gender-transformative approaches that will not only close gender gaps related to energy access but will also employ interventions to empower women to make meaningful contributions to the AFE energy sector in alignment with the WBG Gender Strategy 2024-2030.
BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT
A sustainable future for all people, including the 1.2 billion people in Africa, depends on the collective ability to tackle climate change, promote a rapid economic recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic, and achieve the Sustainable Development Goals, including Sustainable Development Goal 7 – affordable and clean energy, and Sustainable Development Goal 5, gender equality. The rapid economic growth underway in Africa since 2000 has lifted millions out of poverty, and has supported expansion of the continent’s middle class, but better living, working, and social conditions have fuelled a surge in demand for energy. Nearly half of Africa’s 1.2 billion people still lack access to power (AfDB 2018, IRENA 2019) and the continent is home to the world’s fastest growing population. Thus, the demand for energy is expected to double by 2040 (OECD/IEA 2017, IRENA 2019). Africa’s Renewable Energy (RE) sector is just taking off as a major job creation vehicle. In 2020, the International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA) estimated that the RE sector employed 219,000 people in Sub Saharan Africa (SSA), and about half of these jobs (110,000) were in the off-grid solar photovoltaic (PV) sector (IRENA 2020a). Also, according to a 2019 job census conducted in Kenya and Nigeria, decentralised RE solutions already employed as many people as the traditional utility power sector (Power for All 2019). By 2023, the number of jobs in the RE sector is expected to double in Kenya, and multiply more than tenfold in Nigeria. The good news is that although the SSA renewable energy companies are male-dominated, about 30 percent of RE company board members and CEOs are women, which outpaces G-20, as well as African averages. However, despite this positive trend, the RE workforce has substantial gender gaps, with strong occupational segregation that recruits women predominantly for corporate support functions, rather than in core business functions, which will impact future cohorts of RE leaders.
The International Labour Organization (ILO) considers that a workforce is gender balanced when the composition is between 40 and 60 percent of either gender (ILO 2019). In RE companies in SSA, women comprised 27 percent of the members of boards of directors, 30 percent of Chief Executive Officers (CEOs), 16 percent of vice presidents, and 26 percent of middle- and lower-level managers. Oftentimes, women are concentrated in corporate support functions, rather than in the core business functions that are critical for feeding the leadership pipeline. Highest proportion of female employees are represented in administration (38 percent), communications (public relations) (34 percent), and sales (31 percent).Women hold an estimated 13 percent of the positions that require a degree in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM), and 16 percent of non-STEM technical positions (such as environmental, health and safety, legal, and other standards) .
To meet the energy sector’s significant skillset and labour demand, energy entities in SSA require a skilled workforce across the entire value chain, which includes project development, manufacturing, installation, operations, and maintenance. Energy access and gender are deeply entwined components of the global development agenda. Adopting a gender a perspective to affordable and clean energy development is critically important to ensure that diversified and increased skills and views – represent an integral part of the growing industry.
The Regional STEM Skills and the Regional Women’s Leadership Accelerator
ASCENT COMESA Project Implementation Unit (PIU) captures among the Project key actions the capacity building of women’s leadership skills and increased participation of females in the energy sector. The realisation of this result is earmarked to be attained through implementation of regional STEM Skills Accelerator and regional Women’s leadership, as critical pathways through which the gender gaps in leadership and increased visibility in STEM related fields will be ably secured. The Leadership capacity building and STEM related participation will be implemented by creating pivotal partnerships with robust and impactful institutions at regional level, institutions with pre-existing curricula and programmes with similar areas of focus of the Institutes’ objective. The partnership will equally entail possible expansion of current scope of the capacity building initiatives conducted and modalities for STEM participation by identified partner institutions, to enable the evidence-based findings of the planned Consultancy to be incorporated in the curricula and programmes designed.
In this respect, Consultant will be hired, to conduct the gap analysis in relation to entry and retention of women in the energy sector, in attainment of leadership positions and barriers to the increased participation of females in STEM related fields. The Consultant will conduct the assessment and identify opportunities and pathways to bridge skillsets in response to the existing constraints. The Consultancy will be undertaken in selected ASCENT countries, targeting national machinery such as public energy utilities, national private sector, academia, research institutions, national gender machineries, ASCENT PIUs, renewable energy developers, NGOs and CBOs.
The Regional STEM Skills Accelerator under ASCENT COMESA is a new and innovative initiative that is critical for closing gender gaps related to the women’s employment in the energy sector and STEM related fields. The Institute is also expected to primarily provide and initiate mentoring, networking, internships, apprenticeship and coaching opportunities, in energy and STEM related fields, and other soft skills that will allow female engineers to advance career ladders and attain management positions within the energy sector. The Institute will also provide placement services and monitor the employment of the program participants and establish a feedback mechanism useful for keeping the Institute current with market trends.
The Regional Women’s Leadership accelerator under ASCENT COMESA is a new initiative to develop professional women expertise in leadership skills to foster opportunities for career advancement. The overall goal is to increase women's participation in decision-making by developing capabilities that enable women to rise in leadership roles, advance in their careers, engage in decision-making, and drive systemic change across the energy sector and institutions.
OBJECTIVES OF THE ASSIGNMENT
The objective of the consultancy is to develop a foundational curriculum for the regional STEM Skills Accelerator and the regional Women’s Leadership for females in the energy sector in the Eastern and Southern Africa. The goal is to support specialised and technical skills development of women leadership in the sector, as well as females with STEM backgrounds who face challenges transitioning from graduation to entering the AFE energy sector. The core focus being to close the STEM skills gap females encounter tin the energy sector.
The consultant will also support other areas of capacity building as deemed necessary by the PIU. While the institute will be outsourced, it is important that the curriculum aligns with the objectives of the ASCENT Project to ensure full participation of females in the AFE energy sector.
The ASCENT COMESA PIU has identified the need for a technical consultant who is tasked with undertaking the assessment, identification of potential institutions to be outsourced and development of curricula that is aligned with identified institutions. This role will create the blueprint for the Institutes’ operations, programmes, and strategic partnerships to close the skills gap of women and men engineers by graduation and accelerate the increased and balanced integration of females into the energy sector. This role requires a deep understanding of STEM related labour markets dynamics in energy sector, gender issues and market-aligned skills within STEM fields, and innovation and creativity to build robust and impactful training programs.
The Assessment will be conducted in four (4) countries ensuring geographical representation across all ASCENT countries, upholding the importance of ensuring balanced geographical representation of countries across the Eastern and Southern African region.
Consultancy will entail undertaking the tasks outlined below:
Detailed Scope
Detailed Scope:
Detailed Scope:
Detailed Scope:
Detailed Scope:
Detailed scope:
Detailed Scope:
Engage other organizations in the energy sector, such as Association of Power Utilities’ Africa (APUA), EAPP, WAPP, APP) SAPP), CAPP, and NAPP that may have an interest in the Institutes to ensure continued funding beyond the initial project period in case the current funding is limited.
DURATION
The assignment will span 7 months, covering all technical responsibilities of the Institutes’ curriculum design and implementation, as well as capacity-building initiatives for females in the energy sector. The exact duration is subject to the scope and complexity of the assignment.
REPORTING
The consultant will report to the ASCENT COMESA PIU Coordinator and will be supervised by the PIU gender specialist, with the support of the World Bank ASCENT Gender Team and the COMESA Gender Affairs Division Director.
QUALIFICATIONS OF THE CONSULTANT
The individual expert should demonstrate the following qualifications and experience:
At the inception meeting, the consultant is tasked with several key responsibilities, development Inception report, situational analysis report, development of the Blueprint for the Design of the Institutes establishment of a Programme Framework, collaboration with stakeholders, presentation of the Resource Allocation Plan, and proposal of policy and best practices integration measures to ensure high-quality outcomes. The consultant is required to provide an indicative methodology for undertaking the assessment and engagement of key stakeholders, time schedule for the assignment activities and main deliverables, which will be outlined in the matrix provided below
Deliverable | Timeline (TBD) |
Inception Report | 2026 |
Conduct a Thorough Situational Analysis of the data collected on Skills Gaps and labour force participation of female leadership roles in energy sector | 2026 |
Draft Situational Analysis report, based on desk research and literature review | 2026 |
Develop assessment data collection tools and circulate for approval | 2026 |
Conduct the on-site comprehensive assessment exercise | 2026 |
Conduct extensive consultative sessions with key stakeholders and mapped Institutions | 2026 |
Develop the Draft Blueprint for the Design of Curriculum for both Institutes | 2026 |
Establish a Draft Programme Framework | 2026 |
Develop a Pilot Programme for Bridging Skills Gaps – Skills Accelerator and Capacity building framework | 2026 |
Develop a feedback mechanism | 2026 |
Resource Allocation Planning | 2026 |
Validation workshop of ASCENT Countries and relevant stakeholders of the Blueprint of Design of Curriculum, Programme Framework, Pilot Programme, Feedback mechanism and Resource Allocation Plan | 2027 |
Finalise, Draft Blueprint Curriculum, Draft Programme Framework, Draft Pilot Programme, Feedback mechanism and Resource Allocation Plan | 2027 |
Initial capacity building of identified relevant stakeholders | 2027 |
Final Report and Recommendations | 2027 |
These metrics will determine what success looks like for the Regional Women’s Leadership Institute and Regional STEM Skills Accelerator Institute Project at the end of the consultancy.
The Institutes would have successfully addressed skills gaps by
Success for the Institutes would also be measured by their support to fostering an environment for gender equality in the workforce. This includes:
Success will also be measured by the engagement and impact on companies and individuals:
Success at the end of the consultancy would be marked by:
ANNEX 3: Standard Terms and Conditions
STANDARD CONTRACT FOR CONSULTING SERVICES
THIS Contract is entered into between,
[name of Procuring Entity] (hereinafter called the “Procuring Entity”), on the one hand and;
[name of Consultant] (hereinafter called the “Consultant”) of the other part;
WHEREAS COMESA wishes to have the Consultant perform the services hereinafter referred to, and
WHEREAS the Consultant is willing to perform these services,
NOW THEREFORE THE PARTIES hereby agree as follows:
1. Services | (a) The Consultant shall perform the services specified in Annex A, “Terms of Reference and Technical Proposal,” which is made an integral part of this contract (“the Services”). (b) The Consultant shall provide the personnel listed in Annex B, “Consultant’s Personnel,” to perform the Services. (c) The Consultant shall submit to COMESA the reports in the form and within the time periods specified in Annex C, “Consultant’s Reporting Obligations.” |
2. Term | The Consultant shall perform the Services during the period commencing [insert the date] and continuing [insert the date] or any other period as may be subsequently agreed by the parties in writing. |
3. Termination |
|
3.1 By COMESA | COMESA may terminate this contract in case of the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this Clause 3.1. In case of an occurrence specified in (a) to (g) COMESA shall give not less than seven (7) days’ written notice of termination to the Consultant (a) If the Consultant fails to remedy a failure in the performance of its obligations hereunder, within seven (7) days of period after the receipt of a registered mail with acknowledgment of receipt specifying the failure. (b) If the Consultant becomes (or, if the Consultant consists of more than one entity, if any of its members becomes) insolvent or bankrupt or enter into any agreements with their creditors for relief of debt or take advantage of any law for the benefit of debtors or go into liquidation or receivership whether compulsory or voluntary. (c) If the Consultant fails to comply with any final decision reached as a result of arbitration proceedings pursuant to Clause 15 hereof. (d) If the Consultant, has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for or in executing this Contract. (e) If the Consultant submits to COMESA a false statement which has a material effect on the rights, obligations or interests of COMESA. (f) If, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultant is unable to perform a material portion of the Services for a period of not less than fourteen (14) days. (g) If COMESA, in its sole discretion and for any reason whatsoever, decides to terminate this Contract. Early termination shall not prejudice or affect the accrued rights or liabilities of the Parties. |
3.2 By the Consultant | The Consultant may terminate this contract, by not less than seven (7) days’ written notice to COMESA, in case of the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this Clause 3.2. (a) If COMESA fails to pay any money due to the Consultant pursuant to this contract (which is not subject to dispute pursuant to Clause 15 hereof) within seven (7) days after receiving written notice from the Consultant that such payment is overdue. (b) If, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultant is unable to perform a material portion of the Services for a period of not less than fourteen (14) days. (c) If COMESA fails to comply with any final decision reached as a result of arbitration pursuant to Clause 15 hereof. (d) If COMESA is in material breach of its obligations pursuant to this Contract and has not remedied the same within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as the Consultant may have subsequently approved in writing) following the receipt by COMESA of the Consultant’s notice specifying such breach. Early termination shall not prejudice or affect the accrued rights or liabilities of the Parties. |
4. Payment | A. Ceiling For Services rendered pursuant to Annex A, COMESA shall pay the Consultant an amount not to exceed US$ [insert the amount in figures and letters]. This amount has been established based on the understanding that it includes all of the Consultant's costs and profits as well as any tax obligation that may be imposed on the Consultant.
B. Schedule of Payments The schedule of payments is specified below:1 maximum 20% of the contract value upon COMESA's receipt and acceptance of the inception report signed by the Consultant.
50% upon COMESA’s receipt of the draft final report, acceptable to COMESA; and
maximum 30% of the contract value upon COMESA’s receipt and acceptance by COMESA of the final report.
Total: 100%
C. Acceptance The Deliverables, meaning Reports or Services submitted to an Acceptance (either formal or not), are listed in the Annex C thereof. Acceptance means express or tacit acknowledgment that the Deliverables comply with the Contract. The following principles are always applicable:
D. Payment Conditions Payment shall be made in US$ no later than 30 days following submission by the Consultant of an acceptable invoice accompanied by prove of Acceptance (implicit or explicit) of Deliverables associated to the invoice, in duplicate, to the coordinator designated in paragraph 4.
|
5. Payment upon Termination | Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses 3.1 or 3.2 hereof, COMESA shall make the following payments to the Consultant: (a) The cost of all accepted Deliverables performed prior to the effective date of termination and any interest rate due to the Consultant as a result of previous delays in payment of invoices; and
(b) Except in the case of termination pursuant to paragraphs (a) through (e) of Clause 3.1 hereof, reimbursement of any reasonable out-of-pocket demobilization or other direct costs incidental to the prompt and orderly termination of this Contract, including the cost of the return travel of the Consultant’s Personnel. |
6. Project Administration | A. Coordinator COMESA designates the [insert de full name, the title, department and organization], as Procuring Entity's Coordinator; the coordinator will be responsible for the coordination of activities under this Contract, for acceptance and approval of the reports and of other deliverables by COMESA and for receiving and approving invoices for the payment. B. Reports The reports listed in Annex C, “Consultant's Reporting Obligations,” shall be submitted in the course of the assignment and will constitute the basis for the payments to be made under Clause 4 thereof.
COMESA shall timely provide to the Consultant, free of cost, all information that may be reasonably required for the provision of the Services. The Consultant shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy and completeness of such information furnished by or on behalf of COMESA. D. Decisions COMESA shall give his decision on all matters properly referred to him in writing by the Consultant within a reasonable time so as not to delay the Services. Where there is a misunderstanding between COMESA’s Coordinator and the Consultant, the Consultant can bring the issue into the attention of the SADC Secretariat Executive Secretary, which is entitled to express COMESA’s final decision on the issue brought into attention. E. Assistance COMESA shall co-operate with the Consultant and shall not interfere with or obstruct the proper performance of the Services. COMESA shall as soon as practicable: (a) Provide the Consultant’s personnel with work permits and such other documents as shall be necessary to enable them to perform the Services;
(b) Arrange for the Consultant’s personnel and, if appropriate, their eligible dependents to be provided promptly with all necessary entry and exit visas, residence permits, exchange permits and any other documents required for their stay in the Government’s country;
(c) Facilitate prompt clearance through customs of any property required for the Services and of the personal effects of the Consultant’s personnel and their eligible dependents;
(d) Issue to officials, agents and representatives of the Government all such instructions as may be necessary or appropriate for the prompt and effective implementation of the Services;
(e) Exempt the Consultant and its personnel from any requirement to register or obtain any permit to practice their profession or to establish themselves either individually or as a corporate entity according to the Applicable Law;
(f) Grant to the Consultant and its personnel of either of them the privilege, pursuant to the Applicable Law, of bringing into the Government’s country reasonable amounts of foreign currency for the purposes of the Services or for the personal use of the personnel and their dependents and of withdrawing any such amounts as may be earned therein by the personnel in the execution of the Services;
(g) Authorize the Consultant and its personnel to act as his agent as may be necessary for the performance of the Services; (h) Procure the Consultant’s ready access to the necessary sites; and (i) Designate in writing a person to act with his complete authority to give instructions for and to receive information on his behalf. |
7. Performance Standards | The Consultant undertakes to perform the Services with the highest standards of professional and ethical competence and integrity. The Consultant shall promptly replace any employees assigned under this Contract that COMESA considers unsatisfactory as a result of their incompetence to render the Services or their misconduct. |
8. Confidentiality | (a) The Consultants shall not, during the term of this Contract and within two (2) years after its expiration, disclose any proprietary or confidential information relating to the Services, this Contract or COMESA's business or operations without the prior written consent of COMESA. (b) Where necessary, the parties may enter into a non-disclosure agreement that shall form an integral part of this contract. |
9. Ownership of Material | Any studies reports or other material, graphic, software or otherwise, prepared by the Consultant for COMESA under the Contract shall belong to and remain the property of COMESA. The Consultant may retain a copy of such documents and software but shall refrain from using it without the prior written consent of COMESA. |
10. Consultant Not to be Engaged in Certain Activities | The Consultant agrees that, during the term of this Contract and after its termination, the Consultant and any entity affiliated with the Consultant, shall be disqualified from providing goods, works or services (other than the Services and any continuation thereof) for any project resulting from or closely related to the Services. |
11. Insurance | The Consultant will be responsible for taking out any appropriate insurance coverage, in the limit indicated in the Clause 14 hereof. |
12. Amendments | Any modification of the Terms and Condition of the Contract shall be through a written Amendment signed by both parties. The procedures for modification of the Contract shall observe the COMESA Secretariat principles of modifying contracts as lay down in the COMESA Secretariat Procurement Guidelines of February 2014. Only the addition or the replacement of key experts shall be considered a modification of the Contract. In case of replacement of a key expert, this shall be done only with an expert having equal or better qualification than the expert replaced. The Consultant shall not assign this Contract or sub-Contract any portion of it without COMESA's prior written consent.
|
13. Law Governing Contract and Language
| The Contract shall be governed by UNIDROIT Principles of International Commercial Contracts (2011) as developed by the International Institute for the Unification of Private Law and the language of the Contract shall be English. |
14. Liability | Limitation of the Consultants’ Liability towards COMESA: (a) Except in case of gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Consultant or on the part of any person or firm acting on behalf of the Consultant in carrying out the Services, the Consultant, with respect to damage caused by the Consultant to COMESA ’s property, shall not be liable to COMESA: (i) For any indirect or consequential loss or damage; (ii) For any direct loss or damage that exceeds by two times the value of the fees of this Contract (reimbursable expenses will not be taken into consideration for determining the value of Consultant’s liability); and (iii) For loss or damage caused as a result of any Force Majeure Event.
Any action by either party must be brought within one (1) year after the cause of action arose. |
15. Dispute Resolution |
|
Annexes:
Annex A: Terms of Reference and Technical Proposal
Annex B: Financial Proposal
Annex C: Consultant’s Reporting Obligations
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties’ representatives, being so duly authorized, have caused this Contract to be signed in four originals in the English language in their respective names as of the day and year first below written:
Signed today [insert the date]
For COMESA | Signature |
| For the Consultant | Signature |
Name: [insert full name] |
|
| Name: [insert full name] |
|
Title: [insert the title] |
|
| Title: [insert the title] |
|
Place: [insert the city and country] |
|
| Place: [insert the city and country] |
|
Date: [insert the date] |
|
| Date: [insert the date] |
|
1 Modify, in order to reflect the output required, as described in Annex C.
"},{"id":"OP00450030","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"09-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-28T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Cambodia","project_id":"P509852","project_name":"Nurturing Early Skills through Technology","bid_reference_no":"KH-SVA-NEST PMU-553629-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Individual Consultant for ECE Digital Platform and Content Development Specialist","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"#8, Street 424, Sangkat Tomnob Teuk, Khan Boeng Keng Kang, Cambodia","contact_ctry_name":"Cambodia","contact_email":"info@sva-cambodia.org","contact_name":"Ayano Kikuchi","contact_organization":"Shanti Volunteer Association (NEST PMU)","contact_phone_no":"023219080","submission_date":"2026-06-09T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"Title | ECE Digital Platform and Content Development Specialist |
Contractual Arrangement | Local Recruitment |
Expected Start Date | 16 July 2026 |
Contract Duration | Initial contract period of 24 months, renewable based on satisfactory performance, project needs, and availability of funding. |
Level of Input | Part-time, long-term assignment with regular monthly engagement |
Project | Nurturing Early Skills through Technology (NEST) Project |
Financing Partner | The World Bank |
Hiring Organization | Shanti Volunteer Association (SVA) |
Duty Station | Phnom Penh, with travel to Battambang, Banteay Meanchey, and Pailin Provinces as required |
Contract Type | Individual Consultant (IC) |
1. Background
The Nurturing Early Skills through Technology (NEST) Project is funded by the Japan Social Development Fund (JSDF) and administered by the World Bank. The Project is implemented by Shanti Volunteer Association (SVA) in close collaboration with the Ministry of Education, Youth and Sport (MoEYS) of Cambodia.
The Project aims to enhance access to and quality of Early Childhood Education (ECE) through the promotion of learning through play and the integration of digital technology in target districts in Cambodia. The Project supports teacher professional development, establishment of an ECE digital resource platform, parental and community engagement, improvement of preschool learning environments through construction and renovation, and implementation of pilot school meal programs.
The Project is implemented in selected districts in Battambang, Banteay Meanchey, and Pailin provinces, targeting public preschools with the objective of strengthening equitable access to quality ECE services for young children aged 3–5 years.
Under Sub-Component 1.2, the Project will establish an ECE Digital Resource Platform integrated with MoEYS digital systems and platforms. The platform will serve as a centralized repository of ECE teaching and learning resources, including lesson planner, play-based learning materials, classroom activity ideas, videos, guidebooks, and other digital contents aligned with the national ECE curriculum. These resources are intended to support preschool teachers in applying child-centered and play-based teaching approaches in their daily classroom practices.
In addition, the Project will support the development of e-learning modules for preschool teachers and principals through the MoEYS Capacity Development Platform. The modules will contribute to continuous professional development (CPD) by providing structured online learning opportunities related to ECE pedagogy, play-based learning, classroom management, child development, and integration of digital resources into teaching practices.
The Project also promotes the appropriate use of digital technology to support teachers’ professional learning, mentoring, and access to educational resources, particularly in rural and underserved areas.
To support the effective implementation of these activities, SVA seeks to recruit a qualified National Individual Consultant – ECE Digital Platform and Content Development Specialist.
2. Objectives
The objective of this consultancy is to support the development and implementation of digital systems and digital learning contents under the NEST Project to strengthen the quality of Early Childhood Education (ECE) teacher professional development in Cambodia.
The ECE Digital Platform and Content Development Specialist will provide technical and coordination support for the establishment of the ECE Digital Resource Platform integrated with existing MoEYS systems, as well as the development of E-learning modules and digital learning resources for preschool teachers and principals.
The consultancy aims to improve teachers’ access to practical, curriculum-aligned, and play-based teaching resources and to strengthen continuous professional development (CPD) opportunities through appropriate and sustainable use of digital technology.
The assignment will also support the effective integration of digital tools and contents into teacher training, mentoring, and classroom practices, particularly in rural and underserved preschool settings.
3. Scope of Work
Under the supervision of the NEST Project Manager and Senior Coordinator and in close coordination with Task Team, and other relevant stakeholders, the ECE Digital Platform and Content Development Specialist will undertake the following tasks:
a. Digital Platform Development and Coordination
b. Development of ECE Digital Learning Contents
c. Coordination and Consultation
d. Capacity Building and Dissemination
e. Reporting
4. Expected Outputs and Deliverables
The ECE Digital Platform and Content Development Specialist is expected to deliver the following outputs and deliverables during the assignment period:
# | Deliverable | Timeline | |
1 | Initial Work Plan and Implementation Approach | Within 1 month of contract signing | |
2 | Functional and Technical Requirements Document for the ECE Digital Resource Platform | Month 2-3 | |
3 | Technical Coordination Support for Digital Platform Development with Contracted IT Firm | Month 3-6 | |
4 | Draft Structure and Content Framework for E-learning Modules and Digital Learning Resources | Month 4-5 | |
5 | Technical Coordination Support for ECE E-Learning Modules and development of Learning Resources with Contracted IT Firm | Month 5-8 | |
6 | Consultation Workshop Reports and Technical Coordination Meeting Summaries | Month 9-11 | |
7 | Content Quality Assurance Support and Update/Revised Digital Learning Content Package | From Month 9 throughout the project implementation | |
8 | User Manuals, Orientation Materials, and Technical Support Materials | Month 16-18 | |
9 | Finalized Digital Platform Content Package and E-learning Materials | Month 20-22 | |
10 |
| Quarterly |
5. Work Supervision
The ECE Digital Platform and Content Development Specialist will work under the overall supervision of the SVA Senior Coordinator for ECE and Field Office Management for the NEST Project, in close coordination with the Sub-Component 1.2 focal point and the SVA Project Manager.
The Specialist will work in close coordination with relevant SVA staff, Task Team members, including the Early Childhood Education Department (ECED), Department of Digital Transformation (DDT), Teacher Development Department (TDD), Teacher Education Department (TED), and Preschool Teacher Training Center (PSTTC).
Technical outputs and deliverables will be reviewed and endorsed by SVA in consultation with relevant MoEYS counterparts and stakeholders as necessary.
The Specialist is expected to coordinate regularly with the contracted IT firm and other relevant service providers to support the effective development and implementation of the ECE Digital Resource Platform and E-learning modules.
6. Contract Term and Location of Assignment
The initial contract period will be 18 months, with possibility of extension based on satisfactory performance, project needs, and availability of funding.
The consultant will be based in Phnom Penh, Cambodia, with travel to Battambang, Banteay Meanchey, and Pailin provinces as required for project implementation, coordination meetings, workshops, training activities, and field support.
Payment will be made on a monthly basis upon submission and approval of progress updates and/or deliverables as agreed with SVA. Travel costs related to approved project activities will be covered separately in accordance with SVA and project policies.
7. Consultant Qualifications
Education
Experience
Technical Competencies
Other Considerations
8. Guidelines for Applying
Interested candidates should submit the following documents to the contact below, with the subject line:
“Application for IC –ECE Digital Platform and Content Development Specialist – NEST Project: [Your Full Name]”
Required submission documents:
Submit to:
Ms. Chea Sopheavy
Position: Procurement and Operation Officer, Shanti Volunteer Association (SVA)
Address: No. 8, Street 424, Sangkat Tomnob Teuk, Khan Boeng Keng Kang, Phnom Penh
Email: info@sva-cambodia.org
Copy to:
Ms. Ayano Kikuchi
Position: Project Manager, NEST Project, SVA
Email: kikuchi@sva.or.jp
Applications will be accepted until June 28, 2026. Only shortlisted candidates will be contacted for further assessment. The Consultant will be selected in accordance with the World Bank's Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Revised February 2025), under the Individual Consultant (IC) selection method.
"},{"id":"OP00435405","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"26-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-16T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"China","project_id":"P177450","project_name":"Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project","bid_reference_no":"SXPMO-CS05","bid_description":"Critical Habitat Assessment","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"China","contact_ctry_name":"China","contact_email":"xmb1630@163.com","contact_name":"Xiaowen Hu","contact_organization":"Accounting Center of Shanxi Forestry and Grassland Bureau","contact_phone_no":"+86-351-3126275","submission_date":"2026-05-26T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
Country: People's Republic of China
Name of Project: Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project
Loan No.: 9843-CN
Assignment Title: Critical Habitat Assessment
Reference No. (as per Procurement Plan): SXPMO-CS05
The Chinese Government has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project, and intends to apply part of the proceeds for Critical Habitat Assessment Consulting Services.
The consulting services (“the Services”) include collecting relevant data within the assessment area, identifying important habitats within the project area, and determining the assessment targets, scope, and content, the assessment of the ecosystem quality and suitability of the habitat of the target species, the impact of human activities on the connectivity, fragmentation and threat level of the habitat of the target species, the determination of habitats of the above importance based on the spatial coupling analysis of ecological sensitivity and stress factors, and the proposal of protection, restoration or sustainable utilization measures. The assessment includes the current ecological environment quality, ecosystem function and value of important habitats, the degree of threat to habitats, and recommendations for measures to protect important habitats. The CHA should be reviewed by the World Bank. The consulting service period shall commence on the date of contract signing and continue until May 31, 2031, covering the entire project implementation period. For specific details, please refer to the Terms of Reference (TOR).
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.
The Accounting Center of Shanxi Forestry and Grassland Bureau now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are: 1. From an independent consulting agency (such as a research institute, consulting company, university or other non-governmental organization, etc.), with no affiliation or conflict of interest with the Borrower and the project implementation unit; 2. The consulting unit must have at least three ecological field experts; 3. Have technologies and equipment for biodiversity and species habitat monitoring, remote sensing, and GIS. 4. Ensure adequate staffing and ensure they are able to work on site in accordance with the project’s requirements. The number of experts conducting this critical habitat assessments task shall not be less than two. Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.13, 3.15, and 3.16 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” September 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub- consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultant’s Qualifications Based Selection (CQS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours (office hours: 9:00-12:00,13:30-18:00).
Expressions of interest must be delivered to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 14:00 (Beijing Time) of June 16, 2026 .
The Client:
Accounting Center of Shanxi Forestry and Grassland Bureau Project Management Office of Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project
Attn: Xiaowen Hu, Engineer
Add: Room 520, 5th Floor, Building A, Lihua Building, No.1 Changfeng West Street, Wanbailin District, Taiyuan City, Shanxi Province
Postal Code: 030000
Tel: +86-351-3126275
E-mail: xmb1630@163.com
The Client’s Agent:
China Capital Tendering Co., Ltd.
Attn: Hongyan Mao, Project Manager
Add: 15th Floor, South Building, Jiuling Plaza, No.21, Xisanhuan North Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China
Postal Code: 100089
Tel: +86-10-67409997
Email: maohongyan@chinatendering.com.cn
Attachment:
Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project
Terms of Reference for Critical Habitat Assessment
This document provides guidance for the critical habitat assessment during the implementation of the World Bank-financed Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project (hereinafter referred to as “the Project”).
1.1 Project content:
The project includes three components: ecosystem restoration and management, supporting environment for biodiversity conservation, and project management, involving a total of 8 aspects and more than 80 specific sub-projects. The development goal of the project is to restore key habitats in target areas in Shanxi Province and strengthen in situ and ex situ conservation of key species.
The decomposition goals to be achieved are:
1) The habitat of the North China leopard in Shanxi Province is effectively protected and restored, and China's first North China leopard conservation green list and OECM demonstration site is established;
2) Important wetland systems in Shanxi are effectively protected and restored, and the habitats of key protected birds are greatly improved;
3) Shanxi's wildlife monitoring and rescue system is improved and optimized, and the scientific and standardized construction of biodiversity protection is promoted in an orderly manner;
4) The ex situ conservation of rare plants in Taihang Mountains has achieved initial results, and the biodiversity science popularization and public education system has been improved.
The construction content of this project mainly focuses on three types: ecosystem restoration and management, supporting environment for biodiversity conservation, and project management. It includes habitat restoration and habitat connectivity restoration, protection of protected species (including Taihang Mountain Botanical Garden, wildlife rescue, capacity building for the protection of North China leopard populations, and the construction of a conservation research base for North China leopards, etc.), biodiversity monitoring and supervision, public awareness and nature education (including the construction of ecological experience or study bases, biodiversity science education halls, and field education points, etc.), training and knowledge management, etc.
1.2 Project implementation scope:
The project is located in the southern and central regions of Shanxi Province, mainly in Zhongtiao Mountain at the southern end of Taihang Mountains, and also involves four counties (cities) including Heshun County of Jinzhong City, Yangcheng County of Jincheng City, Hejin City of Yuncheng City, and Wenxi County.
The subprojects implemented by Zhongtiao Forestry Bureau are distributed in the forest farms under the jurisdiction of Zhongtiao Forestry Bureau and its office and management facilities in neighboring counties and towns. The corresponding administrative divisions involve nine counties, including Xia County, Wenxi County, Yuanqu County, and Jiangxi County in Yuncheng City, Yicheng County, Fushan County, and Anze County in Linfen City, and Qinshui County and Yangcheng County in Jincheng City.
1.3 Project construction period:
The project period is planned to be 5 years, from 2026 to 2030.
2. Background and purpose
This project will apply for World Bank loan. During the preparation period, an environmental impact assessment report (EIA, including an environmental management plan and various sub-management plans) and an environmental and social commitment plan (ESCP) were prepared. In accordance with the World Bank's Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) and the requirements of the environmental impact assessment report on environmental management, the project should conduct external monitoring on the implementation of the environmental management plan (EMP, refer to Attachment 1 for details) during the project implementation period to monitor the environmental performance of the project and the implementation of environmental mitigation measures.
In addition, according to the recommendations of World Bank experts, a critical habitat assessment needs to be carried out in the project area during the project implementation period. On the basis of considering natural environmental variables, attention should be paid to the impact of human activities on endangered species, the habitat distribution of endangered species should be systematically identified, and used as baseline data to guide project implementation and provide precise scientific support for conservation actions.
To this end, this TOR is specially formulated which mainly includes the objective to conduct critical habitat assessment and prepare an assessment report.
3. Work content and working methods
In order to achieve the above objectives, the consultants need to carry out the following work.
Critical Habitat Assessment (CHA) is a systematic ecological assessment method used to identify and evaluate habitats that are important for the survival, reproduction and long-term persistence of target species (especially threatened or endangered species). By collecting existing data and combining it with transect and quadrat survey data obtained from the World Bank Shanxi Province Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project, this study analyzes the current status of biodiversity and natural resources, major threats, ecosystem functions, and values of important habitats. The main purposes of CHA include:
3.1 Work Description
The main work content of CHA includes collecting relevant data within the assessment area, identifying important habitats within the project area, and determining the assessment targets, scope, and content, the assessment of the ecosystem quality and suitability of the habitat of the target species, the impact of human activities on the connectivity, fragmentation and threat level of the habitat of the target species, the determination of habitats of the above importance based on the spatial coupling analysis of ecological sensitivity and stress factors, and the proposal of protection, restoration or sustainable utilization measures.
The assessment includes the current ecological environment quality, ecosystem function and value of important habitats, the degree of threat to habitats, and recommendations for measures to protect important habitats. The CHA should be reviewed by the World Bank.
3.2 Scope of work
The scope of work is mainly concentrated in the southern section of Taihang Mountain, the central and southern parts of Shanxi Province, with the Shanxi Zhongtiaoshan State-owned Forest Management Bureau as the key construction area, and also involves parts of four counties (cities) including Heshun County of Jinzhong City, Yangcheng County of Jincheng City, Hejin City of Yuncheng City, and Wenxi County (the project area, refer to the figure below).
3.3 Work reference
The CHA assessment will be carried out in accordance with the relevant requirements of the World Bank's ESF "Environmental and Social Standard 6 Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources", which defines critical habitats as areas of high importance or value in terms of biodiversity, including:
(a) Habitat of significant importance to Critically Endangered or Endangered species, as listed in the IUCN Red List of threatened species or equivalent national approaches and the research results of this project;
(b) Habitat of significant importance to endemic or restricted-range species;
(c) Habitat supporting globally or nationally significant concentrations of migratory or congregatory species;
(d) Highly threatened or unique ecosystems; and
(e) Ecological functions or characteristics that are needed to maintain the viability of the biodiversity values described above in (a) to (d).
3.4 Method
3.5 Report main content
4. Work output and key submission time points
The outputs of this consulting service (both Chinese and English versions must be submitted) mainly include the following:
Table 1 Consulting service output and submission time
Task | Results | Submission time |
Critical Habitat Assessment | Critical Habitat Assessment Report (Initial) | The project will commence immediately upon its launch, with preliminary evaluation report expected to be submitted by December 31, 2026. |
Critical Habitat Assessment Report (Final) | Combining the findings of wildlife surveys and habitat quality assessments in the study area, the final report is expected to be submitted by December 31, 2030. |
5. Work schedule
The consulting service period shall commence on the date of contract signing and continue until May 31, 2031, covering the entire project implementation period.
Table 2 Consulting service work schedule
Time (year)
Work content | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 | 2030 | 2031 |
Project launch, understanding of the detailed timetable, implementation plan and progress of project construction | X |
|
|
|
|
|
Critical Habitat Assessment Report Preparation | X |
|
|
| X |
|
Participate in project-related meetings and discuss, revise and improve the above output reports | X | X | X | X | X | X |
6. Consultant Qualification Requirements
The project office selects environmental consultants according to the following conditions.
Environmental consulting unit and experts for critical habitat assessments must meet the following requirements:
For consulting unit:
For consulting experts:
The specific responsibilities and division of tasks for the project leader and experts include:
The project leader is responsible for: 1) developing the overall working methodology and roadmap; 2) leading the team in data collection, field investigation, and report preparation; and 3) participating in relevant World Bank communication meetings.
Other experts are primarily responsible for: 1) collecting data from multiple sources and consulting with relevant parties to obtain baseline data; 2) conducting field investigations of the evaluation area, and supplementing investigations of some transects and quadrats when necessary; 3) identifying and evaluating important habitats; 4) preparing critical habitat assessment report; and 5) revising report for World Bank review.
Attachment:
1. EIA
2. ESCP
"},{"id":"OP00446831","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"23-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-12T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Kosovo","project_id":"P179831","project_name":"KOMPAS - Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening","bid_reference_no":"XK-MOH-1.3.3F-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Architectural Design and Supervision of Civil Works for the Central Pharmaceutical Waste Warehouse","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"Zagreb Street, Pristina 10000","contact_ctry_name":"Kosovo","contact_email":"fanol.duli@rks-gov.net","contact_name":"Fanol Duli","contact_organization":"Ministry of Health","contact_phone_no":"+38344505750","submission_date":"2026-05-23T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"Request for Expression of Interest
Country: Republic of Kosovo
Project: Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening (KOMPAS)
Project ID: P179831
Reference No.: XK-MoH-1.3.3f-CS-CQS
Issued on: 22 May 2026
Consulting Firm for HCWM Infrastructure Assessment, Design, Investment Planning, and Supervision
Background
The Government of Kosovo has received financing from the International Development Association (IDA) toward the cost of the Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening Project (KOMPAS) (P179831), implemented by the Ministry of Health (MoH) of the Republic of Kosovo.
The Project Development Objective (PDO) is to strengthen institutional capacity and governance for quality of care in the Kosovo health system.
The Project consists of the following components:
Under Subcomponent 1.3 – Strengthening Public Health and Pandemic Prevention, Preparedness and Response (PPR), the Project supports activities related to Infection Prevention and Control (IPC) and Healthcare Waste Management (HCWM), including infrastructure investments aimed at improving environmentally sound and sustainable HCWM systems across public health institutions in Kosovo.
The Ministry of Health intends to engage a qualified Consulting Firm to support the assessment, planning, design, and supervision of HCWM-related infrastructure investments
Objective of the Assignment
The objective of this assignment is to support the Ministry of Health in identifying, prioritizing, and technically defining infrastructure investments required to ensure safe, compliant, and sustainable Healthcare Waste Management (HCWM) systems across public health institutions in Kosovo.
The Consulting Firm will:
The assignment will cover tertiary, secondary, and primary healthcare institutions throughout Kosovo, including the University Clinical Center of Kosovo (UCCK), regional hospitals, and Main Family Medicine Centers (MFMCs).
Further details regarding the scope of services, deliverables, timelines, and institutional arrangements are provided in the Terms of Reference (ToR), which forms an integral part of this Request for Expressions of Interest
Qualification Requirements
The Consulting Firm shall demonstrate:
1. Specific Experience of the Consulting Firm
The Consulting Firm must provide descriptions of similar assignments and client references, including contact details.
2. Key Professional Staff
The Consulting Firm should demonstrate availability of qualified experts, including at minimum:
a) Team Leader / HCWM Specialist
b) Infrastructure / Civil Engineer
c) Given the nationwide scope of the assignment, the Consulting Firm must propose an adequate number of additional field assessors or associate engineers to ensure timely assessment of all health facilities.
Selection Process
Shortlisted firms will be evaluated based on the following criteria:
The Consulting Firm will be selected in accordance with the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, July 2016, revised in November 2017, August 2018, and November 2020, using the Consultant Qualification Selection (CQS) method.
Duration of the Assignment
The expected duration of the assignment is three (3) months for the assessment and design phase.
Construction supervision services will continue throughout the implementation phase of HCWM infrastructure works.
Submission of Expressions of Interest
Interested consulting firms may submit Expressions of Interest no later than 12 June 2026 at 14:00 PM. Late submissions will not be considered. Late submissions will not be considered.
Expressions of Interest must be delivered electronically to the addresses below:
Ministry of Health – KOMPAS Project
Attn.: Procurement Specialist, KOMPAS Project
Address: Olti Trasin Sh.P.K. Objekti Donika Hyrja C #3,
10 000, Pristine Republic of Kosova
Email(s):
To: blerim.cerkini@rks-gov.net
Cc: fanol.duli@rks-gov.net
TERMS OF REFERENCE (ToR)
Assignment Title: Consulting Firm for HCWM Infrastructure Assessment, Design, Investment Planning, and Supervision
Project: Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening (KOMPAS)
Project ID: P179831
Implementing Agency: Ministry of Health (MoH), Republic of Kosovo
Location: Prishtina, Kosovo (with nationwide travel required)
Duration: 3 Months
Referring to the Financing Agreement between the Republic of Kosovo and the International Development Association for the Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening Project (KOMPAS), the KOMPAS Project (P179831) was approved on May 07, 2024. The Project Development Objective (PDO) is to strengthen institutional capacity and governance for quality of care in the Kosovo health system.
The following are the components of the project:
Component 1: Strengthening key health system building blocks for Quality of Care (QoC)
The objective of this component is to support aspects of public health/Pandemic Preparedness and Response (PPR), service delivery, and health financing (strategic purchasing), that will help unblock the bottlenecks in the structural and process of care. This component will include three sub-components, outlined below:
Subcomponent 1.1 Improving service delivery. This subcomponent is aligned with the strategic objectives of the forthcoming Health Sector Strategy for 2023-2030 and builds on the recommendations of the recent World Bank’s report highlighting the quality aspect of non-communicable diseases (NCD) management in Kosovo.
Subcomponent 1.2 Developing and implementing strategic purchasing for quality. This subcomponent will support the development and implementation of key strategic purchasing elements which are not in place in Kosovo but are critical for both structural and process aspects of quality care.
Subcomponent 1.3 Strengthening public health and PPR. This subcomponent will build on activities carried out under the Kosovo Emergency COVID-19 Response Project (P173819) in the areas of PPR. It will support key areas of the Action Plan of the National Program on Communicable Diseases (2022) and the Action Plan for HCWM (2023).
Component 2: Developing an Integrated Health Information System (IHIS): The objective of this component is to support the design, development, and implementation of an integrated digital health ecosystem that is critical for the functioning of the entire health system. The foundational and key strategic IHIS building blocks will set the digitized health data environment to support health service delivery and decision-making.
This activity is informed by the “Kosovo eHealth Feasibility Study,” which was completed under the Kosovo Emergency COVID-19 Project (P173819). The planned system will include Primary Health Care (PHC) facilities and hospitals, as well as laboratories and the National Institute of Public Health (NIPH), and will allow for the seamless transmission and sharing of health information among all authorized individuals. Based on globally recognized best practices and experience with previous health information systems development in Kosovo, the approach will be to not build one monolithic system but rather an ecosystem of cooperating information systems built on common governance, standardization, and technical foundational building blocks. Such a system will also require robust patient confidentiality and data privacy protocols to ensure that only authorized users can access patient data.
This component will include three sub-components, outlined below:
Subcomponent 2.1: Establishing foundational building blocks of IHIS. This subcomponent will support the establishment of critical elements of foundational environment (Enterprise Architecture) for digital health systems implementation, including: (i) the legal and regulatory framework for transformed health services delivery through digital systems utilization; (ii) the assessment and design of Master Data Management standards and systems, such as foundational registries and common coding and classification systems; (iii) design and implementation of the Health Information Exchange services; and (iv) upgrade of hardware platforms on central locations and in health facilities.
Subcomponent 2.2: Digital health support for improvement in QoC. Implementation of Component 1 will require finalization of the implementation and upgrade of the basic health information system (BHIS). Currently, the BHIS is not fully implemented in all Primary Health Care (PHC) facilities and with full functionality. This subcomponent will support: (i) rolling out the BHIS to all PHC facilities (including finalization of patient empanelment and zoning); (ii) upgrading the BHIS functions (automatic update of codes from key registries and allowing dashboard and smart reporting on facility level); and (iii) upgrading the integration with eReferrals system and introduction of eAppointments.
Subcomponent 2.3: Implementation of IHIS strategic systems. The eHealth Feasibility Study envisages full digitalization of the health sector in Kosovo to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of service delivery, clinical decision support, health financing, pandemic preparedness and public health functions, supply chain for pharmaceuticals and nutraceuticals, health workforce management, and health system management and policy making.
Component 3: Project Management, Monitoring, and Evaluation: The objective of this component is to support overall project administration, including project management, fiduciary functions (procurement, financial management (FM)), monitoring and evaluation, environmental and social compliance, and regular monitoring of and reporting on project implementation. The component will finance consulting services, including consultants to staff the Project Coordination Unit (PCU), as well as office equipment, training, audits, filing systems, and operating costs.
In parallel to the KOMPAS Project, the Ministry of Health is implementing activities financed by the Pandemic Fund (PF), which support strengthening pandemic prevention, preparedness, and response (PPR) capacities through a One Health approach. These activities are implemented in coordination with relevant national institutions and contribute to improving surveillance, laboratory systems, infection prevention and control (IPC), healthcare waste management (HCWM), and emergency response capacities. The proposed assignment contributes to these efforts through assessment, planning, and supervision of investments aimed at strengthening environmentally sound and sustainable healthcare waste management systems across the health sector.
The objective of this assignment is to support the Ministry of Health (MoH) in identifying, prioritizing, and technically defining infrastructure investments required to ensure safe, compliant, and sustainable Healthcare Waste Management (HCWM) across public health institutions in Kosovo.
This assignment is undertaken within the framework of the KOMPAS Project, which aims to strengthen institutional capacity and improve quality of care, including Infection Prevention and Control (IPC) and environmental health. Recent assessments have identified significant systemic gaps in HCWM, including deficiencies in infrastructure, equipment, operational practices, and compliance with national and international standards.
In particular, key challenges include:
In this context, the Consulting Firm (the “Vendor”) will:
The outputs of this assignment will serve as the technical foundation for subsequent procurement and implementation of infrastructure interventions aimed at improving HCWM practices across all levels of the healthcare system.
The assignment also directly supports the preparation of technical inputs (design, BoQs, and specifications) for two planned procurement packages under the Project:
The Vendor shall perform the following tasks:
Task 1: Desk Review and Methodology Design
Deliverable: Inception Report including the Assessment Tool and the proposed assessment schedule.
Task 2: Facility-Level Infrastructure Assessment
Conduct comprehensive on-site technical assessments across all public health institutions in the network. The assessment must include:
The assessment must verify:
The assessment shall specifically map:
Task 3: Gap Analysis and Compliance Review
TASK 4 – Functional & Technical Design Development
The Consulting Firm shall:
TASK 5 – Technical Specifications and BoQs
The Consulting Firm shall prepare:
The design and BoQ outputs shall be structured to directly inform future procurement packages for (i) waste storage infrastructure and (ii) medical waste treatment-related infrastructure works.
Task 6: Construction Supervision of HCWM Infrastructure Works
The Consulting Firm shall provide full-time construction supervision services for all HCWM infrastructure works financed under the Project. The supervision shall ensure that all works are executed in full compliance with approved designs, technical specifications, Bills of Quantities, national legislation, WHO standards, and World Bank Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines.
The Consulting Firm shall be responsible for:
All deliverables must be submitted in English (with the Executive Summary of the Final Report also provided in Albanian).
# | Deliverable | Timeline (Weeks from Signing) | Payment % |
1 | Inception Note: Methodology, assessment tool/checklist, and schedule for nationwide facility visits | Week 2 | 6% |
2 | Draft Assessment Report: Summary of site visits, database of findings, and initial gap analysis. Identification of investment needs and priority investments | Week 8 | 24% |
3 | Technical Design Package (including Indicative BoQs) | Week 10-11 | 15% |
4 | Prioritized Investment Plan and Costed Bills of Quantities + Final Report The Costed Bills of Quantities shall be prepared based on prevailing market prices in Kosovo and/or verifiable recent procurement data, ensuring realistic budget estimation for implementation.” | Week 12 | 15% |
The design phase shall constitute 60% of the total contract value and shall be fully completed and paid within the initial 3-month period based on approved deliverables.
The remaining 40% of the total contract value shall be allocated to construction supervision services. This phase shall commence only after completion of the design phase and initiation of HCWM infrastructure works, and shall be paid separately based on actual implementation progress and approved supervision reports.
The construction supervision phase will cover the entire duration of HCWM infrastructure works, beyond the initial design phase
6. Reporting and Institutional Arrangements
7. Required Qualifications
A. Firm Qualifications
B. Key Personnel Requirements
The Vendor must propose a qualified team to execute the assignment. At a minimum, the team must include:
Key Expert 1: Team Leader / HCWM Specialist
Key Expert 2: Infrastructure / Civil Engineer
Field Assessment Team:
Given the nationwide scope of Task 2, the Vendor is expected to propose additional field assessors or associate engineers as necessary to cover all institutions within the required timeline.
8. Selection Method
Experienced and qualified firms will be selected according to the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers’ (the Regulations), issued in July 2016, and revised in November 2017 and August 2018, based on the selection method for Consultant’s Qualification based Selection (CQS). The shortlisted firms will be evaluated based on the following criteria:
Request for Expression of Interests
CountryPeople’s Republic of China
Project Name: IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
Numbers: 9213-CN
Task Name: Third-party Institution for Environmental and Social External Monitoring Consulting Services
Contract Number: GDCS-014
The Government of the People’s Republic of China has obtained a loan from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to improve food safety management at the national and sub national levels and reduce food safety risks in certain value chains. This project is implemented by the State Administration for Market Regulation, the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs, Guangdong Province, and Shandong Province (Yantai City). The project aims to enhance the quality and safety management level of the entire agricultural product value chain in Guangdong Province and reduce food safety risks, covering characteristic industries such as vegetables, lychees, live pigs, and aquatic products, as well as emerging fields including pre made dishes and marine ranches. The total investment of the project is approximately 330 million US dollars, of which 260 million US dollars is a World Bank loan, and 70 million US dollars is matched by provincial finance. The construction period is from March 2024 to March 2029.
To ensure that the project complies with the World Bank’s environmental and social safeguard policies, this contract will use World Bank loan funds to engage an environmental and social external monitoring consultant (hereinafter referred to as the “external monitoring agency”) to independently carry out external monitoring work for the environment, society, and Pest Management Plan (PMP). Through independent monitoring and evaluation, it is ensured that: all project activities fully implement the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) and the World Bank’s safeguard policies (OP4.01, OP4.04); environmental and social risk mitigation measures are effectively implemented; the Pest Management Plan (PMP) and the Ethnic Minority Development Framework are effectively executed; and the environmental and social benefits of the project are sustainable and in line with both domestic standards and World Bank standards.
The implementation period of this contract begins on the date of signing and ends on January 31, 2029, with an estimated total input of 75 person-months. The task is expected to start on June 15, 2026. Please refer to the attachment for the detailed Terms of Reference.
Guangdong Provincial Center of Agri-product Safety and Quality (Guangdong Provincial Green Food Development Center) is now inviting qualified and interested consultants to provide environmental and social external monitoring consulting services.
A. Scope and Content of the Consulting services
1. Main Scope of Work
The consulting agency is expected to monitor the environmental and social performance of all the project activities under the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project with reference to the project ESMF, currently, it covers five pilot cities (Guangzhou, Foshan, Huizhou, Jiangmen, and Zhaoqing) and four major industries (vegetables, lychees, live pigs, and aquatic products). After the midterm adjustment, additional project cities and new industries will be included. For the financial insurance subproject, environmental and social monitoring shall cover at least 10% of the project activities, while other subprojects shall achieve 100% coverage. All subprojects/works shall be subject to full monitoring in accordance with the ESMF.
2. Main Work Content, including the following aspects:
(1) Environmental Monitoring
Verify the implementation of environmental mitigation measures (Annex 1 to the Terms of Reference) and monitor the compliance of environmental indicators. The related sub-projects include: laboratory upgrading, agricultural safety pilots, aquaculture tail water projects, and regional public brand building.
Continuous effectiveness monitoring will be conducted for 10 typical tail water treatment projects (covering no less than 3 types of technologies) over 3 years (Annex 4 to the Terms of Reference), aiming to comprehensively and objectively grasp and analyze the technological effectiveness, operation costs, existing deficiencies and improvement suggestions of the 10 typical tail water treatment technologies.
(2) Social Monitoring
The content includes: tracking the participation of vulnerable groups, the operation of complaint mechanisms, and the status of land acquisition and resettlement compensation; conducting stakeholder satisfaction surveys (indicators in Annex 2 to the Terms of Reference); and supervising the implementation effect of the Ethnic Minority Development Framework. This monitoring task covers all sub-projects.
(3) Pest Management (PMP)
Monitor the use of pesticides/veterinary drugs, pest outbreaks and ecological impacts in accordance with the indicators specified in Annex 3 to the Terms of Reference, with a focus on verifying the use of WHO Class I/II pesticides and compliance with registration requirements. The related sub-projects include: vegetables, lychees, live pigs and aquatic products under the agricultural safety pilots; aquatic products involved in aquaculture pond renovation and tail water treatment projects; vegetables, lychees, live pigs and aquatic products covered by the project for implementing the agricultural product quality and safety financial risk sharing facility; and vegetables, lychees, live pigs and aquatic products included in the development and enhancement of agricultural product public brands.
(4) Reporting and Feedback
Prepare an on-site report (work plan), as well as 6 semi-annual/annual monitoring reports (in both Chinese and English) and 2 summary reports.
(5) Other Tasks
Participate in meetings of the World Bank inspection mission, provide technical suggestions and improvement plans; cooperate with the audit, supervision and other work of relevant departments; collect and analyze the project’s development goal values and intermediate result indicator values. Provide technical consulting services for environmental and social management work during the Mid-Term Review (MTR), update the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF).
B. Criteria for Shortlist Evaluation
(1) Legally registered, with independent legal person status and good business reputation
Note: please provide a copy of the Business License, organization profile and a Letter of Commitment affirming sound commercial reputation (the format of the Letter of Commitment may be self-drafted).
(2) The consultant shall have rich experience in consulting services related to environmental monitoring, and shall have undertaken at least 2 similar contracts related to environmental monitoring in the past 5 years.
Note1. the term 'the past 5 years' refers to the period from January 1, 2020, to the present date, and the signing date of the contract shall prevail. 2. please provide copies of supporting documents, including: key contract pages (which should reflect the contract name, execution date, scope of services, service period/contract term, contract value, the page with signatures and seals of parties).
Interested consultants shall submit the information and documents specified in B. Criteria for Shortlist Evaluation, to demonstrate their qualifications and capability to perform the consulting services. The submission shall also include the contact details (e.g., address, telephone number, and e-mail address) of the consultant's contact person.
Interested consultant should pay attention to the provisions concerning conflict of interest in the Procurement Regulations for Investment Project Financing (IPF) Borrowers (November 2020) (see: www.worldbank.org)..
Consultant may submit expressions of interest jointly with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but such collaboration shall be clearly indicated as being in the form of a consortium and/or subcontracting. If a consortium is chosen and subsequently selected, all parties to the consortium shall bear joint and several liabilities for the entire contract. In the case of joint venture, each of the members of the joint venture must be reasonably strong on their own to carry out the assignment in the event the other members of the JV withdraw. It means each member of JV is required to meet Item (1) and Item (2) of the shortlisting criteria.
This project will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) method specified in the Procurement Regulations.
This Request for Expressions of Interest for consulting services is published on the China Tendering and Bidding Public Service Platform World Bank Section (https://bulletin.cebpubservice.com/bank/index.html) and China Procurement and Bidding Network (https://www.chinabidding.cn/).
Further information may be obtained from the Procurement Agent between April 22, 2026 and May 11, 2026 from 9:00 to 11:30 AM and 13:00 to 17:00 PM (Beijing time, excluding holidays).
Expressions of Interest and related supporting documents (such as company profile, performance materials, brief service proposal, relevant personnel qualifications, etc.) must be delivered in written form (by hand delivery, mail, fax, or email, one original and four copies in English and Chinese; the original and copies should be identical; in case of discrepancy, the English original shall prevail) and must be received by 9:30 AM on May 12, 2026, at the address: Bid Opening Room 2, 6th Floor, Guangren Building, No. 1 Guangren Road, Guangzhou, China, Attn: Ms. Guo; Tel: 010-87945198-503/504; E-mail: guoying@ck.citic.com; zhangfan@ck.citic.com. Consultants intending to submit via mail, fax, or email are requested to contact the Tendering Agent for confirmation first.
Client: Guangdong Provincial Center of Agri-product Safety and Quality (Guangdong Provincial Green Food Development Center)
Contact Person: Mrs. Meng
Address: No. 135, Xianlie East Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province
Postal Code: 510230
Phone: 020-87590235
Email: nynct_ncpzx_zhangsh@gd.gov.cn
Procurement Agent: CITIC International Tendering Co., Ltd.
Contact Person: Ms. Guo and Mr. Zhang
Address: Room 1811, 18th Floor, Building 59, East 3rd Ring Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing
Postal Code: /
Phone: 010-87945198-503/504
Fax: /
Email: guoying@ck.citic.com; zhangfan@ck.citic.com
Attachment: IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project Terms of Reference for Environmental and Social External Monitoring Consulting Services
IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
Terms of Reference for Environmental and Social External Monitoring Consulting Services
To ensure the effective implementation of environmental and social external monitoring for the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project (hereinafter referred to as the “World Bank-financed Project”) and to guarantee the enforcement of the World Bank’s safeguard policies and relevant domestic policies, the Guangdong Provincial Center of Agro-product Safety and Quality (Guangdong Provincial Green Food Development Center) intends to engage a third party consultant to carry out the external monitoring work.
The development goal of the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project is to enhance the level of agricultural product quality and safety management in the project areas, reduce the risks of agricultural product quality and safety in the entire value chain (from production areas to market entry), and improve the capacity to ensure agricultural product quality and safety. The total investment of the project is approximately 330 million US dollars (about 2.31 billion yuan), of which 260 million US dollars (about 1.82 billion yuan) is a loan from the World Bank, and 70 million US dollars (about 490 million yuan) is the counterpart fund from the provincial finance.
The project takes five cities—Guangzhou, Foshan, Huizhou, Jiangmen, and Zhaoqing—as pilot areas and will gradually expand to the entire province. It focuses on characteristic agricultural products such as vegetables, lychees, live pigs, and aquatic products, as well as marine ranches and the pre-made dish industry, aiming to improve the quality and safety level of the entire value chain across all links including production, processing, circulation, sales, and consumption. The project has a construction period of 5 years, from March 2024 to March 2029.
The construction content includes four sub-projects:
Sub-project 1: Food Safety Supervision Process. Formulate plans for improving agricultural product quality and safety, and establish and improve the supervision mechanism for agricultural product quality and safety; formulate and improve inter-departmental cooperation mechanisms for collaborative supervision; integrate, publicize, and promote the comprehensive system of full industry-chain and full standard dominated by Guangdong’s characteristic agricultural products; carry out training on supervision technologies and production capabilities, and strengthen the quality and safety control capabilities at the production end.
Sub-project 2: Institution Building and Regulatory Performance. Enhance the capability of agricultural product quality and safety monitoring and testing, improve the agricultural product quality and safety testing system, with key efforts on upgrading the provincial animal derived bacterial resistance testing laboratory, agricultural product quality and safety testing laboratory, and animal disease prevention and control laboratory, as well as building the capacity of training bases and service stations to boost monitoring and inspection capabilities; construct a smart supervision platform for agricultural product quality and safety, focusing on developing an agricultural product quality and safety data analysis and early warning system, upgrading the provincial agricultural product quality and safety testing and supervision information system and the provincial agricultural product quality and safety traceability system, improving the remote diagnosis system for animal diseases, building a grid-based supervision system for agricultural product quality and safety, and demonstration bases for “Agricultural Safety” pilots such as “Assured Fish Ponds”; carry out third party supervision and evaluation of quality and safety testing, apply information technologies such as big data, block chain, IoT perception, and AI to build and improve a smart supervision system for agricultural product quality and safety, and enhance the capabilities of safety production control and monitoring for agricultural product quality; conduct risk communication activities with consumers, encourage the whole people to participate in improving agricultural product quality and safety, innovate and improve the supervision model of joint governance by regulatory authorities and consumers; develop and enhance regional public brands of agricultural products; and promote agricultural product brands.
Sub-project 3: Whole Value Chain Food Safety Control
Financial risk sharing facility related to agricultural product quality and safety. By establishing a project pool for agricultural product quality and safety improvement and a risk fund pool for agricultural product quality and safety simultaneously, which serves as credit enhancement or risk compensation for commercial banks, green loan channels will be provided to enterprises and farmers in the project pool. These loans will be used for the safety improvement and demonstration of the entire value chain of vegetables, lychees, live pigs, and aquatic products. Innovative model of quality and safety liability insurance for the entire agricultural product value chain. Through market-oriented operations driven by the government and linked by insurance companies and third-party institutions, a comprehensive service model integrating pre-event, in-event, and post-event risk early warning, risk control, and risk transfer, which combines standardized technical services and insurance services, will be created. This aims to improve the closed loop management and operation mechanism for agricultural product quality and safety throughout the entire value chain. Aquaculture quality improvement projects, mainly including the renovation and upgrading of aquaculture ponds and aquaculture tail water treatment projects.
Sub-project 4: Project Implementation Support. Whole-process project management: Establish a project management office and an expert team to organize project planning and implementation, fund management, performance evaluation, etc. Whole process project monitoring, intelligent supervision, and effect evaluation: Entrust professional institutions to conduct monitoring of project progress and effectiveness, evaluate the contribution of project implementation to regional agricultural product quality and safety, as well as its economic, ecological, and social benefits. Project summary and promotion: Summarize project experiences and achievements, formulate promotion plans, and publicize project outcomes.
The number of newly implemented sub-projects in each year is as follows (estimated figures):
| Agricultural Security Demonstration Base Project | Development and Enhancement of Public Brands for Agricultural Products |
| Laboratory Enhancement | Aquaculture and Tailwater Treatment Engineering | Financial Risk Sharing Facility of Agricultural Product Quality Safety | Agricultural Product Quality Safety Liability Insurance |
2026 | 23 | 2 |
| 290 | 40 | 500 | 1000 |
2027 | 40 | 4 |
|
| 39 | 1000 | 1000 |
2028 |
| 4 |
|
| 21 | 500 | 1000 |
TOTAL | 63 | 10 |
| 290 | 100 | 2000 | 3000 |
Note: The above figures are the current planned numbers and will increase after the midterm adjustment.
II. Project Description
In accordance with the requirements of the Project’s “Environmental and Social Management Framework”, the following activities require focused attention:
(1)Food safety supervision process and project implementation support. Such activities fall under the category of technical assistance, and full consideration should be given to the potential environmental and social impacts downstream of such projects.
(2) Activities that have direct environmental and social impacts mainly include the upgrading of laboratories in the development of agricultural product quality and safety supervision capabilities, agricultural safety base and aquaculture quality and safety improvement projects, protection and enhancement of regional public brands, the agricultural product quality and safety liability insurance model, and activities related to applying for loans from commercial banks under the mechanism for sharing financial risks related to agricultural product quality and safety.
The application of the World Bank’s environmental and social safeguard policies is as follows:
SL. No. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
World Bank Safeguard Policies | OP4.01 Environmental Assessmcnt | op4.04 Natural Habitats | op4.09 Management | op4.12 Involuntary Resettlement | op4.10 Indigenous Peoples |
In general, the expected environmental and social impacts of the activities under this project are limited and reversible, and can be controlled within an acceptable range through reasonable and effective mitigation measures. Therefore, this project is classified as a Category B project by the World Bank.
In addition, this project shall also comply with the following environmental, health and safety guidelines of the World Bank:
“General Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines”
“Aquaculture Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines”
“Water and Sanitation Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines”
“Food and Beverage Processing Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines”
“Fish Processing Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines”
“Meat Processing Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines”
III. Purpose of Consulting Services
To ensure the effective implementation of the project’s Environmental and Social Management Plan and compliance with the relevant safeguard policies of the World Bank, the project plans to engage a third party external monitoring consultant. This consultant will, in conjunction with the project progress, independently conduct third-party external monitoring of the environment, society, and Pest Management Plan (PMP). It will objectively monitor the implementation and effectiveness of the “Environmental and Social Management Framework” and other relevant documents during the project implementation. Through on-site inspections, data collection, and other methods, it will supervise and verify the implementation of the “Environmental and Social Management Plan”, “Pest Management Plan”, “Ethnic Minority Development Framework”, and other environmental and social action plans during the implementation of each sub-project.
IV. Scope and Main Content of Consulting Services
The consultant shall, in accordance with the requirements of the “Environmental and Social Management Framework” and “Project Implementation Manual” for IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project, conduct external monitoring of the environment, society, and pests and diseases, and provide technical guidance and feedback to the implementing agency, project owner, contractor, supervisor, consultant, etc. The monitoring scope will cover the five pilot project cities of Guangzhou, Foshan, Huizhou, Jiangmen, and Zhaoqing by December 2026, and will be expanded to the entire province after the mid-term adjustment. The activities to be monitored include the four sub-projects of this project.
(1) Scope of Work
In accordance with the project implementation progress, the monitoring agency shall conduct external monitoring on the implemented projects. The specific monitoring scope and main monitoring contents are as follows:
Monitoring Item | Monitoring Scope | Main Monitoring Content |
Environmental Monitoring |
| Monitor the implementation of the environmental management plans for sub-projects, including the implementation of environmental mitigation measures specified in Appendix 1 and the compliance of environmental monitoring indicators with standards. Additionally, conduct effectiveness monitoring and evaluation for 10 typical tailwater treatment projects, as detailed in Appendix 4. |
Social Monitoring and Land Acquisition & Resettlement Monitoring | All project areas of the implemented sub-projects | Monitor the project's impacts on vulnerable groups, women, and ethnic minorities; the operation of public participation, information disclosure, and complaint and appeal mechanisms in the project; and conduct project satisfaction surveys. For sub-projects involving land acquisition, track and monitor the affected population in accordance with the *Resettlement Action Plan* of the sub-projects. Conduct regular monitoring in accordance with the social safeguard monitoring indicators specified in Appendix 2. |
Pest and Disease Monitoring |
| For sub-projects that may be affected by pests and diseases, conduct regular monitoring in accordance with the pest and disease monitoring and inspection indicators specified in Appendix 3. |
The consulting agency is expected to monitor the environmental and social performance of all the project activities under the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project with reference to the project ESMF, currently, it covers five pilot cities (Guangzhou, Foshan, Huizhou, Jiangmen, and Zhaoqing) and four major industries (vegetables, lychees, live pigs, and aquatic products). After the midterm adjustment, additional project cities and new industries will be included. For the financial insurance subproject, environmental and social monitoring shall cover at least 10% of the project activities, while other subprojects shall achieve 100% coverage. All subprojects/works shall be subject to full monitoring in accordance with the ESMF..
(2) Specific Work Content
1. In conjunction with the project progress, be responsible for conducting independent third-party external monitoring of the environmental, social and Pest Management Plan (PMP). Objectively monitor the implementation and effectiveness of the project’s “Environmental and Social Management Framework” during the project implementation process. Through on-site inspections, questionnaires, sampling and testing, data collection and other methods, supervise and guide the formulation and implementation of the “Environmental and Social Management Plan”, “Pest Management Plan”, “Ethnic Minority Development Framework” and other environmental and social action plans during the implementation of each sub-project.
2. Visit the project construction site to supervise the environmental, social, and pest/disease management and safeguard activities of the construction unit. In accordance with the contents of Appendix 1, monitor the implementation of environmental and social impact mitigation measures during the construction and operation phases, as well as the compliance of environmental monitoring indicators with standards. Additionally, ensure full consultation and communication with potential stakeholders during the project implementation process.
3. Carry out tracking of effects, monitoring, and evaluation for 10 typical tailwater treatment projects (covering at least 3 different technological modes). During the operation period of these 10 typical tailwater treatment projects, monitor the tailwater treatment systems annually during the fish culture period (within 15 days before fish harvest) and the pond drying period (within 7 days after pond cleaning). Sampling points shall be set at least at the water inlet, after the core process, and at the system outlet. The pollution indicators to be tested include suspended solids, pH, CODMn, total nitrogen (calculated as N) and total phosphorus (calculated as P). Each sampling and monitoring shall be conducted continuously for 3 days, lasting for three years. The sampling methods and detection and analysis methods shall be implemented in accordance with the requirements of relevant standards such as DB44/2462-2024. Conduct on-site investigations into production conditions, analyze changes in water quality environment and production methods before and after the construction of each project, evaluate the operation status and operating costs of each project, conduct a comparative analysis of the effects of different tailwater treatment technologies, identify existing problems, and put forward suggestions for improving tailwater treatment technologies. For details, see Appendix 4.
4. Conduct external social monitoring of the project to monitor the implementation of policies and measures involved in the project implementation, including social security, community participation, gender issues, capacity building for vulnerable groups, information disclosure, complaint compensation monitoring, and food safety risk communication activities. Investigate the complaints received by the project’s Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) and their actual handling status. Survey the stakeholders' satisfaction with the project in each phase. Evaluate the rationality of the project design and its impact on the community. For the main social safeguard monitoring indicators, please refer to Appendix 2.
5. For the project areas involving ethnic minorities in this project, monitor the impact of project implementation on ethnic minority communities, including the participation of ethnic minority people in the project, their benefits, their opinions and suggestions on the project, etc., and supervise the implementation of the “Ethnic Minority Development Framework” for relevant sub-projects.
6. In view of possible situations such as land occupation and rural collective land transfer in the project, external monitoring shall be carried out in accordance with the “Resettlement Framework” of this project and the “Resettlement Action Plans” of relevant sub-projects. A sample survey covering no less than 10% of the affected people shall be conducted to assess the implementation of rights protection for the affected people and the social and economic impacts of the project implementation on them.
7. To ensure the smooth implementation of the Pest and Disease Management Plan, during the project execution, on-site monitoring shall be conducted on such aspects as the implementation of the integrated pest and disease management plan, pesticide usage patterns, crop quality and yield, dynamics of major pests/diseases and their natural enemy populations, and the environmental impact after project implementation. During the peak period of pests and diseases each year, inspections shall be carried out on the implementation of the Pest and Disease Management Plan. Collect, investigate and statistics the proportion of participating enterprises that meet the standards for pollutants such as biological hazards, pollutants (pesticide and veterinary drug residues), seasonings and food additives. For specific monitoring indicators, inspection contents, and requirements for monitoring and inspection plans, see Appendix 3.
8. Based on the monitoring results of external environmental, social, and pest/disease management, objectively evaluate the implementation progress, completion status, and existing problems of the environmental, social, and pest/disease management procedures. Put forward professional suggestions and measures, and formulate improvement action plans when necessary for the reference of the project office.
9. Prepare the inception report, as well as semi-annual and annual monitoring reports on environmental, social, and pest/disease management plans in compliance with the World Bank’s requirements. Revisions shall be made in accordance with the feedback and comments provided by the World Bank until full alignment with its specifications is achieved.
10. During the project’s Mid-Term Adjustment and Review (MTR), provide technical consulting for environmental and social management work.
11. Attend regular meetings held by the project entity and stakeholders, and provide professional knowledge support in environmental, social, and pest and disease management to assist in the successful holding of the meetings and the achievement of results.
12. Discuss the evaluation results with the PPMO and provide suggestions to address any problems and difficulties encountered by the project in environmental, social security, and pest and disease management.
13. Participate in the World Bank inspection team when necessary, assist the PPMO in communicating with World Bank environmental and social experts on a daily basis, and accept guidance from World Bank experts.
14. After the completion of the project services, review the environmental and social benefits of the project, the effectiveness of pest and disease management, etc., and combine the implementation status of the “Environmental and Social Management Framework” to form a summary report.
(III) External Monitoring and Evaluation Methods
The monitoring unit will apply qualitative and quantitative methods during the monitoring period, including rapid assessment, on-site investigation, sampling and testing, consultation, discussion, meetings, interviews, etc. The work will be arranged according to the actual progress, but there will be at least one on-site investigation of the project every six months. For items requiring sampling and testing, sampling and testing will be conducted once every six months (the effect monitoring of typical tailwater treatment projects shall be implemented in accordance with the requirements of Appendix 4). All collected information and data shall be processed and analyzed, and included in the baseline or subsequent monitoring and evaluation reports. The monitoring unit must store the data, and the data ownership belongs to Guangdong DARA. Upon the termination of the contract, all original data and processed data shall be handed over to Guangdong DARA.
V. Requirements for Submitting Consulting Service Reports
(1) Deliverables
1. Within one month after the signing of the contract, submit the environmental and social monitoring inception report and the pest/disease management inception report, specifying the implementation plan for external monitoring work, including the effect testing implementation plan for 10 typical tailwater treatment projects.
2. Within one month after the end of each half-year period, submit the environmental and social monitoring report and the pest and disease management monitoring report; a total of 6 issues of monitoring reports will be submitted from June 2026 to January 2029.
3. One monitoring will be conducted before the end of the contract (January 2029), and a comparison will be made based on annual data. Focusing on material analysis and comprehensive collation, combining qualitative and quantitative analysis, two copies of the external summary report on social, environmental and pest monitoring will be compiled and submitted.
All reports shall be prepared in a format and content acceptable to the World Bank, with one copy each in Chinese and English, and submitted to the project office in Word format. The PPMO will, with the assistance of the consultant, review the quality and compliance of each report. After revisions, the final version will be confirmed and submitted to the World Bank. The specific submission time shall be determined according to the project progress and the requirements of the PPMO and the World Bank. The final version of each report shall be printed, bound into a volume, stamped, and then submitted to the PPMO in duplicate.
(2) Requirements for External Monitoring and Evaluation Reports on Environment and Society
The reports shall include at least the following contents:
1.The progress status of the project.
2.The implementation status of the Environmental and Social Management Framework procedures, including the screening of sub-project activities, risk levels, preparation and review as well as implementation of environmental and social documents, the implementation of environmental mitigation measures, the monitoring of environmental indicators, and the participation of vulnerable groups and ethnic minorities in the project, etc.
3. The staffing arrangements of environmental and social institutions as well as the implementation status of training plans.
4.Separately compile monitoring and effectiveness evaluation reports for 10 typical tailwater treatment projects.
5.The status of ongoing public participation; whether there are public complaints, and if complaints occur, record the main content of the complaints, solutions, and public satisfaction.
6.Environmental, health and safety incidents or accidents that occurred during the reporting period.
7.Existing problems and solutions.
8.ESMF action plan for the second half of the year.
(3) Requirements for Monitoring and Evaluation Reports on Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
The reports shall include at least the following contents:
1.Implementation plans and methods.
2.Whether pesticides with pesticide registration are used.
3.Whether pesticides with pesticide registration are used.
4.Policy issues concerning pesticide use.
5.The implementation status and effectiveness of the monitoring plan, as well as the differences between the actual implementation effect and the expected effect (combining qualitative and quantitative analysis).
6.Problems encountered in implementation and corresponding solutions.
7.PMP action plan for the second half of the year.
VI. Qualification Requirements for Consultant and Experts
The consulting services for this project are expected to start in June 2026 and end in January 2029, with an implementation period of 31 months.
The consultant shall have rich experience in consulting services related to environmental monitoring, and shall have undertaken at least 2 similar contracts related to environmental monitoring in the past 5 years.
Note1. the term 'the past 5 years' refers to the period from January 1, 2020, to the present date, and the signing date of the contract shall prevail. 2. please provide copies of supporting documents, including: key contract pages (which should reflect the contract name, execution date, scope of services, service period/contract term, contract value, the page with signatures and seals of parties).
The details of consulting experts and their input are as follows:
Estimated Experts and Their Input Required for Consulting Service Tasks
Field of Expertise | Number of People | Person-Months | |
Key Experts | |||
1 | Environmental Expert (Project Manager) | 1 | 6 |
2 | Social and Resettlement Expert (Deputy Manager) | 1 | 6 |
3 | Expert in Plant Pest and Disease Control | 1 | 3 |
4 | Expert in Prevention and Control of Aquaculture Pests and Diseases | 1 | 3 |
5 | Expert in Prevention and Control of Pests and Diseases in Pig Breeding | 1 | 3 |
Non-key Experts | |||
1 | Environmental and Social Investigator | 6 | 36 |
2 | Pest and Disease Investigator | 3 | 18 |
TOTAL | 14 | 75 |
1.Environmental Expert (Project Manager)
The environmental expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or above in an environmental-related major, have more than 10 years of relevant work experience, be familiar with the World Bank's safeguard policies and relevant domestic laws and regulations, and have participated as an environmental expert or project leader, has participated in environmental management or pest/disease management work for more than three similar contracts, including at least one contract experience from a loan or grant project of an international financial organization. Specific tasks include:
(1) Responsible for carrying out relevant external environmental monitoring work in accordance with the Project’s “Environmental and Social Management Framework” to ensure compliance with the World Bank’s safeguard policy requirements.
(2) Responsible for supervising and guiding the formulation of environmental and social assessment reports as well as environmental and social management plans related to sub-projects. Through on-site inspections, assess whether all parties involved in the project construction comply with the requirements of the “Environmental Management Plan” and supervise the implementation of environmental mitigation measures. If any non-compliance is found, the expert shall put forward suggestions to help all project parties improve to a satisfactory level.
(3) Review environmental monitoring or environmental monitoring record reports. If non-conformities are found, experts shall recommend necessary rectification measures.
(4) When significant environmental or social issues are identified in the project, report them to the PPMO in a timely manner, put forward mitigation suggestions, and formulate an action improvement plan when necessary.
(5) Compile the environmental management content in the project’s overall monitoring report.
(6) Evaluate the operation effect of 10 typical tail water treatment systems and compile a separate effect evaluation report.
(7) Organize other experts to compile other contents of the overall monitoring report and strictly check them.
2. Social and Resettlement Expert (Deputy Manager)
The social expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or above in social sciences, migration-related fields or other relevant areas, have more than 10 years of relevant work experience, be familiar with the social security policies and requirements of international financial organizations as well as relevant domestic laws and regulations, and as a social or resettlement expert, or project leader, has participated in social safeguards management work for more than two similar contracts, including at least one contract experience from a loan or grant project of an international financial organization. Specific tasks include:
(1) Responsible for carrying out external monitoring work related to society, immigration, and ethnic minorities.
(2) Supervise and guide the implementation units of sub-projects in compiling relevant social assessment reports and action plans, and conduct regular on-site inspections to check the progress of the social management action plans.
(3) Responsible for carrying out external monitoring work for sub-projects involving land expropriation and resettlement.
(4) Supervise and guide the implementation units of sub-projects in compiling relevant resettlement action plan reports, and conduct regular on-site inspections to check the implementation of the resettlement action plans.
(5) Compile the content related to external monitoring of society, immigration and ethnic minorities in the overall monitoring report.
3. Expert in Plant Pest and Disease Control
Experts in plant pest and disease control are required to have a bachelor’s degree or above in fields related to agricultural plant pests and diseases, with more than 10 years of work experience in the prevention and control of agricultural plant pests and diseases, and be familiar with relevant domestic laws and regulations. Specific tasks include:
(1) Responsible for carrying out plant pest and disease monitoring work for agricultural planting projects.
(2) Conduct regular on-site inspections to check the implementation of the plant pest and disease management action plan.
(3) Compile the content related to external monitoring of plant pests and diseases in the overall monitoring report.
4. Expert in Prevention and Control of Aquaculture Pests and Diseases
It is required to have a bachelor’s degree or above in fields related to aquaculture pests and diseases, with more than 10 years of work experience in aquaculture pests and diseases, and be familiar with relevant domestic laws and regulations. The specific tasks include:
(1) Responsible for carrying out aquaculture pest and disease monitoring work.
(2) Conduct regular on-site inspections to check the implementation of the aquaculture pest and disease management action plan.
(3) Compile the content related to external monitoring of aquaculture pests and diseases in the overall monitoring report.
5. Expert in Prevention and Control of Pests and Diseases in Pig Breeding
It is required to have a bachelor’s degree or above in fields related to pig pests and diseases, with more than 10 years of work experience in pig pests and diseases, and be familiar with relevant domestic laws and regulations. The specific tasks include:
(1) Responsible for carrying out pig pest and disease monitoring work for livestock breeding projects.
(2) Conduct regular on-site inspections to check the implementation of the pig pest and disease management action plan.
(3) Compile the content related to external monitoring of pig pests and diseases in the overall monitoring report.
6. Environmental and Social Investigator
Environmental and social investigators are required to have a bachelor’s degree or above in environmental science, social science or other related majors, with more than 3 years of relevant work experience. They shall assist environmental, social and immigration experts in conducting relevant on-site investigations, data collection, user satisfaction surveys and other work.
7. Pest and Disease Investigator
There shall be at least one pest and disease investigator for each of the fields of planting, aquaculture, and pig breeding. They are required to have a bachelor’s degree or above in relevant majors, with more than 3 years of relevant work experience, and shall assist pest and disease experts in conducting relevant on-site investigations, data collection and other work.
VII. Facilities and Personnel Provided by the Employer
To ensure the smooth implementation of the consulting services, the employer will provide the following necessary assistance and services:
(1) Relevant project documents, reports, annual work plans and other materials.
(2) Designate or entrust a coordinator to assist the consultant in arranging the connection and liaison work related to external monitoring services.
(3) Provide the contact information of the PMOs at the municipal, county and town levels, information on relevant activities of the project’s agricultural production, and the contact information of local pest and disease management agencies.
Annex 1 Environmental and Social Impact Mitigation Measures
Table 1.1 Environmental and Social Impact Mitigation Measures for Laboratory Upgrading
Phase | Impact | Mitigation/Prevention Measures |
Construction Phase | This sub-project does not involve civil engineering works. | |
Operation Phase | Water pollution | 1.Laboratory waste liquids are divided into organic waste liquids, toxic waste liquids and general acid-base waste liquids. Organic waste liquids and toxic waste liquids shall be collected separately and centrally, and then handed over to qualified treatment units for disposal; general acid-base waste liquids shall be neutralized first and then handed over to qualified units for treatment. |
2.Domestic sewage is discharged into the sewage treatment plant for treatment. | ||
Ambient air | 1.The waste gas emitted from the laboratory must undergo pre-treatment. For gases with strong acidity or alkalinity, appropriate alkalis or acids shall be used for absorption. | |
2.Volatile gases are treated by adsorption, using wood charcoal powder or absorbent cotton for adsorption. | ||
3.The emission rate and emission concentration both meet the secondary standards specified in “Integrated Emission Standard of Air Pollutants” (GB16297-1996), which has little impact on the surrounding atmospheric environment. | ||
Solid waste pollution | Laboratories must handle domestic waste and hazardous waste by classifying them according to their nature. Domestic waste shall be transported and disposed of by the environmental sanitation department; Laboratory hazardous waste shall be temporarily stored in a hazardous waste temporary storage room that meets the *Standards for Pollution Control on the Storage of Hazardous Wastes* (GB18597-2001), and qualified units shall be commissioned regularly for disposal. Among the equipment packaging materials, those that can be recycled shall be recycled as much as possible; those that cannot be recycled can be treated as domestic waste and entrusted to the environmental sanitation department for transportation and disposal. | |
Noise pollution | Equipment and instruments are placed in the laboratory. All equipment has low noise source intensity due to wall sound insulation, distance attenuation and other effects. Sound-insulating glass should be used in all laboratories. | |
Employees’ occupational health and safety | 1.Strengthen and better implement the existing waste management rules and regulations for laboratories/testing stations, including emergency response plans, internal self-inspection mechanisms, and personnel performance evaluation systems. | |
2.Strengthen the training of wastewater management personnel and the supervision of wastewater management. | ||
3.Avoid mixing waste with general waste to minimize the costs of transportation and disposal of medical waste. | ||
4.Strengthen the procurement management of waste containers to ensure that they are purchased from reliable sources and meet national standards. | ||
5.Provide regular training on waste management requirements to laboratory personnel, ensure the provision of personal protective equipment, and enhance the self-protection awareness of staff. | ||
6.Strengthen the daily disinfection of waste containers and waste transfer vehicles. | ||
7.Regular physical examinations shall be conducted for staff who may come into contact with laboratory waste, and records of occupational health accidents and diseases shall be maintained. | ||
Community safety | Strengthen the management of the entry and exit of experimental samples to ensure that samples are not lost and do not pollute the surrounding communities. Strengthen the management of vehicle entry and exit to ensure the safety of the surrounding communities. Increase the frequency of waste cleaning. Waste shall be transported in sealed and leak-proof containers by special vehicles. |
Table 1.2 Measures for Mitigating Environmental and Social Impacts of Aquaculture Pond Renovation and Tailwater Treatment Projects
Phase | Impact | Mitigation/Prevention Measures |
Construction Phase | Water pollution | 1. Strengthen management during construction, save water, and reduce the amount of construction wastewater generated. 2. Construction waste must not be dumped into nearby rivers. |
Air pollution | 1. Construction sites shall be enclosed and regularly sprinkled with water to control construction dust or surface dust. 2. Spoiled soil shall be disposed of on-site. If on-site disposal is not feasible, it shall be cleared and transported in a timely manner. In addition, piles of powdery building materials shall be covered, or temporary enclosures or wind shields shall be set up around them to prevent dust from rising and spreading. | |
Solid waste pollution | 1. Classify and dispose of the waste generated from construction, demolition and site cleaning, and sort, recycle and reuse the materials that can be directly reused or recycled. 2. The remaining part shall be entrusted to a hauling unit for timely cleanup, and such unit must hold an environmental service qualification certificate approved by the relevant authorities. 3. During construction, if oil spills occur, the contaminated soil must be cleaned up immediately. 4. Regularly remove the blockages in the drainage ditches. 5. After the completion of the project, all solid wastes generated during construction must be removed. | |
Noise pollution | Low-noise equipment shall be selected for construction; vehicles shall be prohibited from honking during night transportation. | |
Operation Phase | Water pollution | 1.Gradually phase out aquaculture methods that cause severe water pollution, such as cage culture and pen culture, and develop ecological, efficient and environmentally friendly ecological aquaculture methods. |
2.Strengthen the supervision over the use of pesticides in agricultural production and strictly restrict the use of highly toxic pesticides. | ||
3.Strongly polluted aquaculture wastewater can be reused after treatment in biological purification ponds, without the need for discharge. | ||
4.Domestic and industrial wastewater generated in the processing link shall be centrally collected, treated and then reused. | ||
5.Domestic wastewater is directly discharged into the urban sewage treatment plant through the pipe network for treatment, and then discharged after reaching the standard. | ||
Noise pollution | Low-noise equipment shall be adopted. Noise-generating equipment shall be placed indoors, and measures such as vibration reduction, sound insulation, and distance attenuation shall be taken. After the above measures are implemented, the factory boundary of the project shall meet the requirements of “Emission Standard for Noise at Boundary of Industrial Enterprises” (GB12348-2008). | |
Solid waste pollution | 1. Sick and dead aquatic products shall be subjected to harmless treatments such as on-site burial and incineration, with disinfection and sanitation and epidemic prevention work properly done; alternatively, they shall be uniformly handed over to companies with harmless treatment qualifications for disposal. 2. Production fertilizers and domestic garbage have relatively little impact and only need to be centrally treated. 3. Sludge generated from the wastewater system shall be uniformly handled by the environmental sanitation department. | |
Atmosphere | 1.Regularly sprinkle water in the breeding area to prevent dust from spreading. 2.Reduce the speed of vehicle operation. 3.Workshops in processing facilities that emit waste gas shall adopt centralized exhaust systems. Temporary stacks of aquatic product processing by-products shall be subject to sealing and anti-seepage treatment. Sewage treatment stations shall be covered with closed structures. These measures are intended to mitigate the impact of unorganized odor emissions on the surrounding environment. 4.The odor concentration at the factory boundary shall meet the requirements of the limit values for unorganized emission monitoring specified in Emission Standard for Odor Pollutants (GB14554-93). | |
Risk control of epidemic spread | 1. Conduct regular safety tests on personnel to ensure they are not infected, and do a good job in epidemic prevention-related work in accordance with the requirements of local epidemic prevention departments. 2. Regularly carry out comprehensive disinfection and sterilization measures on storage places, transportation tools, etc., to prevent virus carrying during the cold chain process. 3. The source and destination of goods shall be clearly recorded, and virus sampling tests can be conducted on goods when conditions permit. 4. Formulate relevant emergency disposal plans, and promptly handle and report any detected epidemics. 5.Producers and operators shall refer to international good practices (such as relevant guidelines of the World Health Organization), strictly abide by laws, regulations and the requirements of relevant national food safety standards, and implement the epidemic prevention and control regulations of local competent authorities. | |
Employees’ occupational health and safety | 1. Regularly organize employees to carry out training on occupational health and safety. Employees in occupational positions shall receive pre-employment training, on-the-job training and physical examinations, as well as post-employment physical examinations and training on preventing sexual harassment. 2. Strengthen the personal protection of employees in disinfection positions. |
Table 1.3 Environmental and Social Impact Mitigation Measures for Agricultural Security Demonstration Base Project (Planting Industry)
Phase | Impact | Mitigation/Prevention Measures |
Construction Phase | This sub-project does not involve civil engineering works. | |
Operation Phase | Water pollution | The planting process is mainly based on irrigation. Wastewater generated during the processing can all be reused for fertilizing farmland and will not be discharged externally. |
Ecological environment | 1.Where conditions permit, crop rotation between vegetables and rice should be carried out. | |
2.Carry out balanced formula fertilization to avoid excessive fertilization. | ||
3.Increase the application of organic fertilizers, such as chicken manure and pig manure, return straw to the field, and reduce the use of chemical fertilizers. | ||
4.Try to reduce the application of organic fertilizers with high salt content and chemical fertilizers containing chlorine. | ||
5Remove the 2-3 cm topsoil and replace it with fertile field soil to improve the soil and remove salt. | ||
6Improve soil structure and activate the soil. | ||
7Control pesticide usage, strengthen monitoring of soil pesticide pollution, and understand the status of soil pesticide pollution. | ||
Solid waste pollution | 1Weeds need to be removed regularly during planting. The straw generated from weeding and the vegetable leaves produced during harvesting are all general solid wastes, which are sold to organic fertilizer manufacturers on a regular basis. | |
2Properly store the collected pesticide packaging waste, and it is prohibited to dump, stack, or scatter pesticide packaging waste without authorization. | ||
3Measures to prevent environmental pollution shall be taken when transporting pesticide packaging waste. Pesticide packaging waste shall not be discarded or spilled, and the means of transport shall meet the requirements of being rainproof, leak proof and spill proof. | ||
4Resource utilization of pesticide packaging waste is encouraged; for those not suitable for resource utilization, harmless disposal such as land filling and incineration shall be carried out in accordance with laws and regulations. | ||
5Processing waste and domestic garbage shall be centrally and uniformly treated. | ||
Atmosphere | 1. Regularly spray water in the planting area to prevent dust from spreading. 2. Reduce the speed of vehicles. | |
Employees’ occupational health and safety | 1. Regularly organize employees to carry out occupational health and safety training; employees in professional positions shall receive pre-employment and on the job training as well as physical examinations, and physical examinations upon departure; training on the prevention of sexual harassment shall also be conducted. 2. Strengthen the personal protection of employees in disinfection positions. |
Table 1.4 Mitigation Measures for Environmental and Social Impacts for Agricultural Security Demonstration Base Project (Aquaculture)
Phase | Impact | Mitigation/Prevention Measures |
Construction Phase | This sub-project does not involve civil engineering works. | |
Operation Phase | Water pollution | 1. Flushing water from pens, manure and urine wastewater in the breeding area shall be treated by biogas digesters or sewage treatment facilities before being reused for irrigation in agricultural areas as much as possible. 2. It is strictly prohibited to discharge untreated breeding wastewater into surface water bodies. 3.The project's breeding pens, temporary garbage stacking facilities, manure storage tanks, sewage pipes, sewage treatment facilities, etc., must undergo anti-seepage treatment to prevent pollution of underground water sources. The waste generated from construction, demolition and site cleaning shall be classified and treated. Materials that can be directly reused or recycled shall be sorted, recycled and reused. The remaining parts shall be entrusted to a transportation unit for timely cleaning, and the transportation unit must hold an environmental service qualification certificate approved by the relevant departments. 4.If there is an oil spill, the contaminated soil must be cleaned up immediately. 5. Regularly remove obstructions in the drainage ditches. 6. All solid waste generated during production must be completely removed. |
Odor pollution | 1. Breeding sites, composting yards, and waste disposal sites shall be selected downwind of residential areas and kept at a certain distance from them. 2. The production area shall be cleaned in a timely manner to reduce the exposure time of manure, urine and spoiled feed; regular cleaning shall be carried out within the site to prevent solid waste from spilling. 3. Temporary solid waste storage yards shall be equipped with rainproof and anti-dispersal devices, and manure and urine collection and storage devices shall be built. When using compost products, they should be buried in a timely manner after being applied in ditches. 4. Ensure ventilation in the pens, and at the same time strengthen the management of the pens. Try to use slatted floors with gaps to ensure that the feces are cooled down, and remove the feces from the pens as soon as possible to reduce the generation of odors. 5. Poultry and livestock should be kept clean. 6. Reduce the degree of odor through the shielding and absorption of plants. | |
Solid waste pollution | 1. Livestock and poultry manure, as well as biogas residues produced by biogas digesters, shall be recycled as fertilizers after treatment, and random discarding or stockpiling is prohibited. 2. Livestock and poultry carcasses shall be recycled and disposed of by specialized treatment institutions. If there is no such institution in the local area, they shall be properly handled by means such as digging pits for deep burial, and random discarding or stockpiling is prohibited. | |
Use of veterinary drugs for epidemic diseases
| 1. Promote the large-scale, intensive and standardized development of animal breeding. Fully consider the breeding scale in relation to environmental carrying capacity and the risk of disease occurrence, and advocate healthy breeding methods. 2. Control the movement of personnel and items, which mainly includes the control of animal groups, environmental sanitation control and pathogen control, etc. 3. Establish and improve epidemic prevention systems, which mainly include sanitation and disinfection systems, immunization systems, medication systems, systems for the harmless treatment of sick and dead livestock/poultry and pollutants, insect and rodent control systems, and epidemic reporting systems, etc. 4. Carry out immunization against avian influenza, foot and mouth disease and other epidemic diseases in accordance with procedures. Keep proper immunization records and conduct regular monitoring of immunization effects. 5. Establish a regular disinfection system, and select appropriate broad-spectrum, high-efficiency and low-toxicity disinfectants for disinfection. 6. Animals suffering from avian influenza, foot-and-mouth disease and other epidemic diseases shall be culled and not treated. For some parasitic diseases and acute bacterial infectious diseases, antibiotics or chemical drugs can be used for treatment. | |
Foul odor pollution from pig transportation, liquid fertilizer distribution, and fecal transportation
| 1. Breeding enterprises (including breeders, farms, or cooperative enterprises) shall establish an account system for feces and biogas slurry to record the production volume and treatment/disposal volume of feces and biogas slurry. 2. Feces transportation units must establish an account management system for the transportation link and implement the transfer manifest system. 3. Before dispatching vehicles, make a driving plan for fecal collection and transportation to ensure that the collection and transportation work is carried out in an orderly and efficient manner. Formulate specified driving routes for each farm, and the routes should avoid concentrated residential areas and water source protection areas as much as possible. Operators shall drive according to the specified routes and are not allowed to change the driving routes without authorization. 4. All transport vehicles shall use sealed tank trucks. 5. Inspect the transport vehicles before departure. After manure pumping, clean the manure pumping pipes and manure receiving hoppers to prevent leakage of the transport vehicles during driving. 6. Keep observing during transportation. If any spillage occurs, it shall be cleaned up in a timely manner. | |
Animal welfare | Strengthen animal welfare management with reference to the “Guidelines on Good Practices for Improving Animal Welfare in Animal Husbandry”. General principles of the World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE) regarding animal welfare in livestock production systems: 1. Genetic selection should always take into account the health and welfare of animals. 2. Animals selected to be introduced into a new environment should be adapted to the local climate and capable of adapting to local diseases, parasites and nutrition. 3. The physical environment, including substrates (such as walking surfaces, resting surfaces, etc.), should be suitable for the species to reduce the risk of injury, disease, or parasite transmission to animals. 4. The physical environment should allow for comfortable rest, safe and comfortable movement (including normal postural changes), and provide opportunities for animals to engage in natural behaviors that they are motivated to perform. 5. The social grouping of animals should be managed to allow positive social behaviors and minimize harm, suffering, and long-term fear. 6. For captive animals, the air quality, temperature, and humidity should be conducive to animal health rather than being aversive. In extreme cases, animals should not be prevented from using their natural methods of regulating body temperature. 7.Animals should have access to sufficient feed and water suitable for their age and needs to maintain normal health and productivity, and to prevent prolonged hunger, thirst, malnutrition or dehydration. 8.Diseases and parasites should be prevented and controlled as much as possible through good management measures. Animals with serious health problems should be isolated and treated promptly; if treatment is not feasible or recovery is unlikely, humane slaughter should be carried out. 9. If painful procedures cannot be avoided, the resulting pain should be managed to the extent permitted by existing methods. 10. When dealing with animals, a positive relationship between humans and animals should be fostered, and no harm, panic, lasting fear or avoidable stress should be caused. 11. Owners and breeders should possess sufficient skills and knowledge to ensure that animals are treated in accordance with these principles. Pay attention to developing good animal welfare conditions. The five freedoms of animal welfare are as follows: 1. Freedom from hunger and thirst, with ready access to fresh water and a diet to maintain full health and vigor. 2. Freedom from discomfort, by providing an appropriate environment including shelter and a comfortable resting area. 3. Freedom from pain, injury and disease through prevention or rapid diagnosis and treatment. 4. Freedom to express normal behavior by providing sufficient space, appropriate facilities and the company of con-specifics. 5. Freedom from fear and distress by ensuring conditions and treatment that avoid mental suffering. | |
Epidemic spread | Risk control of epidemic spread | 1. Investigation of zoo-noses. 2. Conduct comprehensive disinfection and sterilization measures on storage places, transportation tools, etc. on a regular basis. 3. The source and destination of goods need to be clearly recorded, and virus sampling inspections can be carried out on goods when conditions permit. 4. Formulate relevant emergency response plans, and promptly handle and report any detected epidemics. 5. Producers and operators shall refer to international good practices (such as relevant guidelines of the World Health Organization), strictly abide by laws, regulations and relevant national food safety standards, and implement the epidemic prevention and control regulations of local competent authorities. |
Employees’ occupational health and safety | 1. Regularly organize employees to carry out training on occupational health and safety; employees in professional positions shall receive pre-job training, on the job training and physical examinations, as well as physical examinations upon leaving their posts; and training on the prevention of sexual harassment shall also be conducted. 2. Strengthen the personal protection of employees in disinfection positions. |
Annex 2: Social Security Monitoring Indicators
Table 2.1 Summary of Social Security Monitoring Indicators
Content | Monitoring Indicators | Monitoring Methods |
Monitoring of Community Participation, Gender Issues and Capacity Building of Vulnerable Groups | Area of promoted aquaculture quality improvement technologies (10,000 mu) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. |
Number of aquaculture entities with promoted aquaculture quality improvement technologies (units) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of farm households benefiting from the promotion of aquaculture quality improvement technologies (units) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of pig farms participating in the project (units) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Total stock of live pigs in farms participating in the project (10,000 heads) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of planting entities participating in the project (units) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Cultivated land area of planting entities participating in the project (10,000 mu) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of person-days for training on agricultural product quality and safety improvement technologies (person-days) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of female person-days for training on agricultural product quality and safety improvement technologies (person-days) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Farmers reached with agricultural assets or services (units) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Farmers reached with agricultural assets or services (units) - Female | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Users/citizens engaged in food safety risk communication campaigns focusing on healthy and nutritious food | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Users/citizens engaged in food safety risk communication campaigns focusing on healthy and nutritious food - Female | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Number of disabled persons employed by the project (persons) | Data analysis, on-site investigations, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of project entities led by females (units) | Data analysis, on-site investigations, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of female employees in project entities (persons) | Data analysis, on-site investigations, questionnaires, etc. | |
Growth rate of female income after project implementation (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Growth rate of disabled persons' income after project implementation (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Satisfaction rate of project entities (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Monitoring of Involuntary Resettlement, Information Disclosure and Appeal Compensation | Percentage of complaints received that were resolved within the standard time limit through the complaint compensation mechanism established by the project (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. |
Number of complaints about environmental pollution from villagers around aquaculture farms and agricultural safety base (times) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Awareness rate of participants regarding the implementation of the project (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Whether the complaint channels are unblocked during the project implementation process | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Whether appeals are effective during the project implementation process | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Performance of the loan portfolio (Non-performing Loans (NPL) (%)) | Provided by financial third party service institutions | |
Satisfaction rate with the work efficiency of PMOs at all levels (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Satisfaction rate with the services provided by technical suppliers (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Share of satisfactory citizen’s feedback received on services provided by Project (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Monitoring of Minority Development Plans | Whether the rights of ethnic minorities and ethnic groups to equal participation in the project are effectively protected | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. |
Whether the linguistic and cultural rights of ethnic minorities are respected | ||
In accordance with the requirements of EMDP, what specific measures have been taken by the local PMOs; and what are the actual effects of these measures | ||
How do ethnic minorities and ethnic groups evaluate these measures | ||
Growth rate of income of ethnic minorities and ethnic groups | ||
What are the specific evaluations of these measures by the main population groups | ||
Is an EMDP monitoring and evaluation mechanism established? Is it effective? |
Annex 3: Monitoring and Inspection Indicators for Pest and Disease Management Plan
The monitoring methods involve consulting agencies obtaining data through on-site investigations, sampling monitoring, data verification, document inquiries, and other means based on the characteristics of each monitoring indicator, so as to ensure that the data is scientific, accurate, and highly credible.
Table 3.1 Summary of Monitoring Indicators for Plantation Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
Category | Monitoring Indicators |
Degree of adoption of comprehensive management measures |
|
| |
Crop production |
|
Other indicators |
|
Table 3.2 Summary of Inspection Contents for Plantation Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
Category | Inspection content |
Pesticide Registration |
|
Policy Issues |
|
Monitoring Situation |
|
Table 3.3 Summary of Monitoring Indicators for Swine Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
Category | Monitoring Indicators |
Degree of adoption of comprehensive management measures |
|
The number of farmers who can recognize plant diseases and insect pests Pesticide application methods |
|
The cost of using medicines |
|
Other indicators |
|
Table 3.4 Summary of Inspection Contents for the Pig Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
Category | Inspection content |
Pesticide Registration | Registration status of new veterinary drugs |
Policy Issues |
|
Monitoring Situation |
|
Table 3.5 Summary of Monitoring Indicators for the Aquatic Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
Category | Monitoring Indicators |
Degree of adoption of comprehensive management measures |
|
Aquatic drug application methods |
|
Aquatic production |
|
Other indicators |
|
Table 3.6 Summary of Inspection Contents for the Aquatic Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
Category | Inspection content |
Policy Issues | The extent of government subsidies for aquatic pharmaceuticals (if any) |
Monitoring Situation |
|
Annex 4: Tracking, Monitoring and Evaluation of the Effects of 10 Typical Tailwater Treatment Projects
Table 4.1 Testing Indicators for Tailwater Treatment Projects
Tailwater salinity | Monitoring indicator name | Analysis method | Reference standard |
≤5‰ | Suspended solids | Gravimetric method | GB 11901 |
pH | Glass electrode method | HJ 1147 | |
CODMn | Acidic potassium permanganate method | GB 11892 | |
Total nitrogen (calculated as N) | Alkaline potassium persulfate digestion ultraviolet spectrophotometric method | HJ636 | |
Continuous flow - N - (1 - naphthyl) ethylenediamine dihydrochloride spectrophotometric method | HJ667 | ||
Flow injection - N - (1 - naphthyl) ethylenediamine dihydrochloride spectrophotometric method | HJ668 | ||
Gas-phase molecular absorption spectrometry | HJ/T199 | ||
Total phosphorus (calculated as P) | Continuous flow - ammonium molybdate spectrophotometric method | GB 11893 | |
Continuous flow - ammonium molybdate spectrophotometric method | HJ670 | ||
Flow injection-ammonium molybdate spectrophotometric method | HJ671 | ||
>5‰ | Suspended solids | Gravimetric method | GB 17378.4 |
pH | pH meter method | ||
CODMn | Alkaline potassium permanganate method | ||
Total nitrogen (calculated as N) | Potassium persulfate oxidation method | GB/T 12763.4 | |
Flow analysis method | HY/T 147.1 | ||
Total phosphorus (calculated as P) | Potassium persulfate oxidation method | GB/T 12763.4 | |
Flow analysis method | HY/T 147.1 |
2.Schematic diagram of monitoring points
Tailwater collection tank/channel → system water inlet → Process 1 →... → Core Process n →... → system water outlet → external discharge/recycling and reuse.
It indicates the water quality monitoring points, and the core processes are determined according to each specific process.
3.Monitoring frequency
Breeding stage | Monitoring time period | Monitoring frequency | Monitored species | Monitoring points | Duration | Description |
Adult fish stage / late breeding stage | Within 15 days before harvest | For each project, once per crop, 3 monitoring points are monitored each time for 3 consecutive days, resulting in a total of 27 samples over 3 years. | Mainly cultured species / species with high pollution load | As shown in the schematic diagram, at least 3 (pieces/units) | 3 years | During sampling, there is tail water from fish ponds in the adult fish stage discharged into the system. |
Dry pond stage | Within 7 days after pond cleaning | For each project, once per crop, 3 monitoring points are monitored each time for 3 consecutive days, resulting in a total of 27 samples over 3 years. | Mainly cultured species / species with high pollution load | As shown in the schematic diagram, at least 3 (pieces/units) | 3 years | During sampling, there is drainage from dried fish ponds discharged into the system. |
Table 4.2 Monitoring frequency Table
4.On-site investigation and analysis and evaluation
To objectively analyze the effectiveness of the tailwater treatment system, the monitoring unit shall conduct necessary on-site investigations each time it enters the site for sampling. These investigations shall include the cultured species, breeding scale, stocking density, yield per mu, input conditions, tailwater discharge behaviors of farmers (intermittent discharge or continuous drainage), changes in the surrounding water environment, testing conditions of local ecological authorities, opinions of farmers, as well as treatment water volume, system power consumption, and medication dosage related to the system’s operating costs. The purpose is to comprehensively and objectively analyze the compliance status, process effectiveness, operating costs, existing problems of 10 typical tailwater treatment technologies, and put forward corresponding suggestions.
"},{"id":"OP00445789","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"19-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-09T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Egypt, Arab Republic of","project_id":"P172548","project_name":"Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project","bid_reference_no":"EG-EEAA-542759-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Preparation of a Road Safety Plan (RSP) for Public Electric Bus Operations in Greater Cairo.","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"Fustat, Old Cairo","contact_ctry_name":"Egypt, Arab Republic of","contact_email":"mohamed.hassan@gccceg.com","contact_name":"Mohamed Hassan","contact_organization":"Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency","contact_phone_no":"01128333019","submission_date":"2026-05-19T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST “REOI”
\n\n(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
\n\nArab Republic of Egypt
\n\nGREATER CAIRO AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE "GCCC" PROJECT
\n\nProject ID: P172548
\n\nAssignment Title: Preparation of a Road Safety Plan (RSP) for Public Electric Bus Operations in Greater Cairo
\n\nReference No.: EG-EEAA-542759-CS-CQS
\n\nI. Background
\n\nAs part of the “Sustainable Development Strategy (SDS): Egypt Vision 2030” the country committed to halving its fine particulate matter (PM10) air pollution by 2030. Significant improvements have been made towards that goal in recent years. In fact, Cairo’s PM10 concentration fell by about 25 percent over the past decade. Despite these improvements, the city’s pollution levels are still several times the WHO recommended concentrations and higher than national guidelines taking as these high levels are taking their toll on the health and quality of life of the population, in particular poor people.
\n\nIn response to this situation, the approved World Bank-financed Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project aims at reducing air emissions from critical sectors and increase resilience to air pollution in Greater Cairo. The Project aims more specifically at reducing air emissions which is a key step toward the reduction of pollution concentrations and improvement of air quality. The Project will focus on the two main sources of air pollution: open burning of solid waste and vehicle emissions and will geographically cover Greater Cairo (i.e., Cairo, Giza and Qalyoubia Governorates --GC); and will include four main components aiming at: (i) enhancing the air quality decision support system in Egypt; (ii) improving Solid Waste Management services; (iii) reducing air and climate pollutants from vehicle emissions; and (iv) furthering stakeholder engagement, awareness and communication.
\n\nComponent 3 Vehicle Emission Reduction
\n\nUnder this component, the Project will support activities aimed at reducing vehicle emissions from the public transport sector. 100 electric buses and the equipment required to operate and maintain these buses are procured. To integrate the electric buses, the project will retrofit existing bus depots with charging stations, upgraded power supply, and safety equipment. The activities will support the Cairo Transport Authority (CTA), which will operate the electric buses. The Project will upgrade facilities at CTA, including the retrofitting of existing bus depots with electric charging stations, power supply and related safety equipment; training CTA staff such as bus drivers and mechanics on operating and maintaining the new e-equipment. The Ministry of Environment, through the Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency (EEAA), is the project’s borrower, while CTA is the beneficiary responsible for implementation. By investing in e-bus technology, modernizing infrastructure, and strengthening operational capacity, this component plays a key role in Egypt’s green transport transition, reducing emissions and setting a model for future urban mobility.
\n\nThe Government of Egypt, through the Ministry of Environment and in collaboration with the Ministry of Transport (MoT) and Cairo Transport Authority (CTA), is implementing the "Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project". This project supports the transition toward a low-emission, safe, and sustainable public transport system by financing 100 electric buses for CTA and 20 for MoT.
\n\nIn compliance with World Bank Environmental and Social Standards (ESS1, ESS2, ESS4, and ESS10), the Project Coordination Unit (PCU) is seeking to recruit a qualified Consultant to develop a comprehensive Road Safety Plan (RSP). This plan will identify road safety risks, propose mitigation measures, and establish operational protocols to protect passengers, drivers, and other road users.
\n\nII. Assignment Description
\n\nThe objective of this assignment is to assess current infrastructure, institutional, and operational conditions for e-bus operations and develop a comprehensive Road Safety Plan (RSP) meeting both World Bank standards and national laws.
\n\nThe scope of work includes six main tasks:
\n\nThe total estimated duration of the assignment is 4 months.
\n\nIII. Qualification Requirements and Shortlisting Criteria
\n\nThe Ministry of Environment now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
\n\nThe shortlisting criteria is:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t # \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Shortlisting Criteria \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Percentage \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Relevant Experience: Experience in road safety planning, including understanding of the local context and stakeholder engagement approach. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Methodology and Workplan: Proposed approach to the tasks outlined in the TOR. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 30% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Key Expert Qualifications: Demonstrated experience of the proposed team as follows: Lead Road Safety Consultant (14%), OHS Consultant (8%), and Social Development Consultant (8%). \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 30% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Minimum qualifying Mark : 70%
\n\nRequired Team Composition:
\n\nIV. Selection Process
\n\nThe Consulting Firm will be selected in accordance with the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations. The selection method will be Consultant’s Qualification-based Selection (CQS) using Lump-Sum Contract.
\n\nV. Submission
\n\nExpressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below by e-mail by not later than Tuesday June 9th. 2026 at 14:00 (CLT).
\n\nGreater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change "GCCC" Project
\n\nAttn: Dr. Mohamed Hassan, Project Coordinator and;
\n\nand Ms. Heba Elkarkari, Project Procurement Consultant
\n\nAddress: 15 S El Tawfik Building, El Fustat El Gedida,
\n\nOld Cairo, Cairo - Egypt
\n\nTel: +20 1128333019
\n\nE-mail: heba.elkarkari@gccceg.com , mohamed.hassan@gccceg.com
\n\n\n\n
The detailed Terms of Reference “TOR” including the scope of work and deliverables for the assignment is found below.
\n\nTerms of Reference (TOR)
\n\nPreparation of a Road Safety Plan (RSP) for Public Electric Bus Operations in Greater Cairo
\n\n1. Background
\n\nThe Government of Egypt, the Ministry of Environment in collaboration with Ministry of Transport (MoT) and Cairo Transport Authority (CTA), is implementing a transition toward a low-emission, safe, and sustainable public transport system supported by the world Bank’s Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change (GCCC) Project. The Project is financing: 100 electric buses and Ameriyah Depot retrofitting works for CTA operations, and 20 electric buses for MOT operations.
\n\nIn compliance with World Bank Environmental and Social standards ESS1 - Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts, ESS2 – Labor and Working Conditions, ESS4 – Community Health and Safety mainly and ESS10 – Stakeholder Engagement and Information, the GCCC project is preparing a Road Safety Plan (RSP) to support safe operation, maintenance, and community interaction of the electric bus fleet within the Greater Cairo Metropolitan Area.
\n\nThis RSP will identify road safety risks, propose mitigation measures, and establish operational protocols to protect passengers, drivers, pedestrians, and other road users.
\n\nThe GCCC Project Coordination Unit (GCCC - PCU) is seeking to recruit a qualified Consultant to undertake the activities specified under these Terms of Reference.
\n\n2. Objective of the Assignment
\n\nTo ensure the sustainability of the investments in the electric bus fleet and achieve the objective of the Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project to reduce air and carbon emissions, facilitating the safe e-bus operations by the beneficiaries of the GCCC investments, CTA and MOT.
\n\nThe assignment includes assessing the safety aspect of current infrastructure, institutional, regulatory, and operational conditions in operating e-buses, and developing a comprehensive Road Safety Plan (RSP) for public e-bus operations meeting World Bank ESS1, ESS2, ESS4 and ESS10 and national road safety laws, policies, and strategies.
\n\nThe RSP will serve as a practical management tool for operators, regulators, and development partners to ensure systematic risk prevention and continuous improvement in road safety performance. An RSP outline is annexed to this TOR.
\n\nA national consultant is required for this assignment due to the need for extensive knowledge of the national road safety context, institutional setup, local transport systems and key stakeholders.
\n\n3. Scope of Work
\n\nThe consultant shall undertake the following tasks:
\n\nTask 1: Inception and Review
\n\n• Conduct a review of:
\n\no Existing transport safety policies and regulations in Egypt;
\n\no Procedures, accident statistics, and safety records of the operators of the e-buses the GCCC project is financing (CTA and MOT, “Operators”);
\n\no Existing plans/strategies/projects/initiatives to improve road and bus operational safety of the Operators;
\n\no Relevant World Bank standards, including ESS4 guidance notes.
\n\n• Prepare an Inception Report with a methodology, work plan, data collection strategy, and stakeholder engagement approach.
\n\nTask 2: Baseline Assessment
\n\n• Assess the Operators’ current road safety performance of electric and conventional bus operations, including:
\n\no Infrastructure supporting the operation of e-buses financed by the GCCC project;
\n\no Operational environment of the GCCC-financed e-buses (pedestrians, surrounding vehicular traffic, weather patterns, etc.)
\n\n• Map high-risk corridors, black spots, and pedestrian conflict areas.
\n\n• Review the electric vehicle technology (e.g., braking, battery systems), driver safety behavior, infrastructure, and traffic management conditions.
\n\n• Identify institutional responsibilities and capacity gaps within operators and government agencies.
\n\nThe Consultant is expected to conduct field visits to the corridors, depots, and operational facilities related to the e-bus operation by the Operators.
\n\nTask 3: Risk Identification, Analysis and Evaluation
\n\n• Conduct a comprehensive road risk assessment, including risks to:
\n\no Passengers and pedestrians;
\n\no Other road users (e.g. motorcyclists, private vehicles, cyclists);
\n\no Bus drivers and staff;
\n\no Communities near depots, charging stations, and routes;
\n\no Risks identification shall include assessment of chargers and batteries risks.
\n\n• Conduct a gap analysis of the bus operational regulations and practices and the identified risks;
\n\n• Develop a risk register and risk ranking matrix (likelihood vs. severity).
\n\nTask 4: Development of the Road Safety Plan (RSP)
\n\nPrepare a structured RSP as summarized below, designed in a way to maximize synergies across the Operators while catered to each operator’s unique risk profile.
\n\n• Policy framework and institutional arrangements.
\n\n• Risk mitigation and control measures (engineering, enforcement, and emergency response).
\n\n• Operational safety management system for electric bus fleets (e.g. in-vehicle monitoring system – IVMS – Batteries and chargers’ operation).
\n\n• Driver training (include defensive driving accreditation) and fitness management programs.
\n\n• Drivers and operators' health and safety, including substance testing.
\n\n• Drivers and operators working conditions, including having a grievance mechanism for workers.
\n\n• Community safety and stakeholder engagement strategy, including grievance mechanism.
\n\n• Operationalize the gender and accessibility features that were included in the design of the e-buses.
\n\n• Ensure full enforcement of the national framework (The Ministerial Decree of the Minister of Transport No 237/2021) related to the code of conduct of operators and passengers, including women safety and anti-harassment measures.
\n\n• Monitoring and evaluation framework with measurable Key Performance Indicators (KPIs).
\n\n• Emergency preparedness and response procedures.
\n\n• Accident reporting and Root Cause Analysis
\n\n• Implementation plan with budget and timeline
\n\n• Further recommendations for the consideration of the beneficiaries.
\n\n• The Consultant shall develop practical implementation tools including SOPs, templates, and operational guidelines to support immediate adoption of the RSP
\n\nTask 5: Consultation and Validation
\n\n• Present the draft RSP to GCCC PCU and key stakeholders including the Operators, traffic police, local authorities, and bus operators, and the World Bank.
\n\n• Organize a validation workshop to collect feedback and incorporate recommendations. The consultant will be responsible for the workshop logistics (venue, invitations and materials).
\n\nTask 6: Finalization and Capacity Building
\n\n• Revise the RSP incorporating comments from stakeholders and development partners.
\n\n• Prepare an implementation roadmap including capacity building activities for the Operators, designed in a way to maximize synergies and cross-learning among the Operators.
\n\n4. Deliverables Schedule and Duration
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Deliverable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Timeline from Start \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Inception Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Methodology, work plan and schedule, data collection plan, stakeholder engagement approach, Baseline Assessment, etc., \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 Weeks from contract signature \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Draft Road Safety Plan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Complete plan in alignment with WB Environmental and Social Standards \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 weeks from contract signature \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Final Road Safety Plan & Implementation roadmap \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final report and training package \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 16 Weeks from contract signature \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
- The deliverables should be packaged in a manner friendly for review by the Operators respectively (e.g., separate packages for CTA, MOT, and the GCCC Project, depending on the contents).
\n\n- Total estimated duration: 4 months
\n\n5. Team Composition and Qualifications
\n\nLead Road Safety Consultant
\n\n• Advanced degree in transport engineering, road safety, or related field.
\n\n• Minimum 10 years of experience in road safety management and planning.
\n\n• Proven experience preparing RSPs compliant with international standards.
\n\n• Strong understanding of electric bus technologies and urban transport systems.
\n\n• Expertise crash analysis, traffic design, and road audits.
\n\n• Experience with fleet management and driver safety systems.
\n\n• Familiarity with ESS1, ESS2, ESS4 and ESS10, and community health and safety standards.
\n\n• Familiarity in using spatial risk mapping and performance monitoring.
\n\nOHS Consultant
\n\n• Advanced university degree in Engineering or a related field.
\n\n• Minimum 8 years of professional experience in occupational health and safety management, preferably in transportation, or infrastructure.
\n\n• Proven experience in conducting OHS risk assessments, hazard identification, and development of mitigation measures for transport operations, depots, and maintenance facilities.
\n\n• Good experience in World Bank Environmental and Social Standards.
\n\n• Familiarity with national labor laws, occupational safety regulations, and international practices.
\n\n• Experience delivering OHS training and capacity-building programs.
\n\n• Excellent spoken and written English language skills is required.
\n\nSocial Consultant
\n\n• Advanced university degree in Social Sciences, Sociology, or a related field.
\n\n• Minimum 8 years of professional experience in social risk management, stakeholder engagement, or social assessment for infrastructure or transport projects.
\n\n• Experience in National law and World Bank Environmental and Social Standards.
\n\n• Experience in assessing community safety risks, including pedestrian safety, vulnerable road users, gender-based risks, accessibility for persons with disabilities, and public transport users.
\n\n• Excellent spoken and written English language skills is required.
\n\n6. Reporting and Coordination
\n\nThe GCCC PCU will facilitate access to relevant data and stakeholders. The consultant will report to the GCCC Project Coordination Unit (PCU) and coordinate closely with:
\n\n• Cairo Transport Authority (CTA)
\n\n• Ministry of Transport (MoT)
\n\nAll reports shall be delivered in English and Arabic.
\n\n7. Deliverable Format and Submission
\n\n• Reports in editable electronic format (Word, Excel, GIS shapefiles, PDF).
\n\n• Maps and graphics must be georeferenced and compatible with Cairo’s GIS database.
\n\n• Draft and final reports to be reviewed and approved by GCCC PCU.
\n\n8. Duration and Level of Effort
\n\nThis assignment will be implemented under a Lump-Sum Contract. The Consultant shall be responsible for delivering all outputs described in these ToRs for the agreed contract price. The proposed staffing and time-input presented in the Consultant’s proposal shall be considered indicative for planning purposes; however, payments will be linked exclusively to the acceptance of deliverables as defined in this ToR.
\n\nThe assignment is expected to require approximately 16 weeks (4 months), The estimated level of effort for this assignment is approximately 60 person-days, which is provided only as guidance for proposal preparation. The Consultant may propose a different level of effort if justified in the methodology.
\n\n9. Payment Schedule
\n\nPayments will be made upon acceptance of deliverables, as follows:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Deliverable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Payment (%) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D1: Inception Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D2: Draft Road Safety Plan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 30% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D3: Final Road Safety Plan & Implementation roadmap \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 50% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Payments will be made upon review and written acceptance of deliverables by the GCCC PCU/ committee. The consultant should consider the review time in the proposed timeline (5 working days for D1, 10 working days for D2 & D3 respectively).
\n\n10. Confidentiality and Data Ownership
\n\nAll data, materials, and reports produced under this consultancy will be the property of GCCC PCU and shall not be shared or published without written consent.
\n\nThe Consultant shall not have any conflict of interest with other assignments related to the procurement, supply, or operation of the electric bus fleet financed under the GCCC Project.
\n\nANNEX 1: Proposed Outline of the Road Safety Plan
\n\n1. Introduction and Objectives
\n\n• Purpose of the RSP:
\n\nEstablish measures to prevent and mitigate road traffic risks associated with the operation of public electric buses in Greater Cairo.
\n\n• Scope:
\n\nCovers all bus operations, routes, depots, terminals, and associated infrastructure.
\n\n• Alignment:
\n\nThe plan is aligned with:
\n\no World Bank ESS4 – Community Health and Safety
\n\no World Bank ESS2 – Occupational Health and Safety
\n\no Egyptian transport safety regulations and Cairo Transport Authority (CTA) requirements.
\n\n2. Regulatory and Institutional Framework
\n\n• National legislation:
\n\no Egyptian Traffic Law No. 66/1973 and amendments
\n\no Ministry of Transport safety regulations
\n\no Environmental Law No. 4/1994 (air/noise impacts)
\n\no Labor law No. 14/2025
\n\n• International standards:
\n\no World Bank ESS1, ESS2, ESS4 and ESS10
\n\no WHO Global Road Safety Guidelines
\n\n• Institutional responsibilities:
\n\no Public bus operators (fleet management, compliance)
\n\no Greater Cairo Transport Regulatory Authority (GCTRA)
\n\no Ministry of Transport and local traffic police
\n\n3. Roles and Responsibilities
\n\n• Operator-level:
\n\no Safety Manager (RSP implementation lead)
\n\no Fleet Operations Supervisors
\n\no Drivers and Maintenance staff
\n\n• Government-level:
\n\no Oversight and compliance monitoring (GCTRA, MoT)
\n\n• Stakeholders:
\n\no Passengers, pedestrians, local communities, schools near routes
\n\n4. Risk Identification and Assessment
\n\n• Baseline analysis:
\n\no Mapping of accident-prone areas (“black spots”) along the corridors of e-bus operations
\n\no Assessment of pedestrian and cyclist interaction points
\n\no Assessment of drivers’ safety and operational competence in Electric Bus Operations
\n\n• Risk sources:
\n\no Driver behavior (fatigue, speeding, distraction, uncertified, medical unfitness)
\n\no Electric bus technology (battery hazards, braking systems failures, electrical or software malfunctions)
\n\no Maintenance Practices (inadequate preventive maintenance, insufficient technical capacity, lack of spare parts or diagnostic tools)
\n\no Road infrastructure conditions
\n\no Fleet management and operations (lack of real-time monitoring system, communication)
\n\no Weather and urban congestion
\n\no Data and monitoring systems (absence of reliable accident data for electric bus operations, lack of digital monitoring tools for driver performance and vehicle condition
\n\no Institutional and Regulatory Framework (weak enforcement, regulatory gaps on e-bus operations and battery disposal, fragmented coordination)
\n\n• Risk ranking:
\n\nMatrix identifying likelihood and severity (High/Medium/Low).
\n\n\n\n
5. Mitigation and Control Measures
\n\n• Fleet management:
\n\no Preventive maintenance schedule (battery systems, brakes, tires)
\n\no GPS-based speed monitoring and route tracking (IVMS)
\n\n• Driver behavior and training:
\n\no Mandatory defensive driving and eco-driving courses (Accredited)
\n\no Periodic and pre-employment competency and health checks (including vision, fatigue, cardiovascular, neurological, and musculoskeletal conditions, as well as drug and substance use)
\n\no Incentive and disciplinary system for safety compliance and enforcement
\n\n• Operational safety systems:
\n\no Installation of telematics and collision avoidance systems
\n\no Emergency response equipment onboard
\n\no Effective communication protocol
\n\n• Public and community safety:
\n\no Safe bus stop design (lighting, accessibility, separation from traffic)
\n\no Public awareness campaigns for pedestrians and passengers
\n\no Hotline for receiving complaints on drivers' poor performance
\n\n6. Emergency Preparedness and Response
\n\n• Emergency Response Plan (ERP):
\n\no Procedures for accidents, fires, battery malfunctions, and passenger injuries
\n\no Coordination with local emergency services (police, ambulance, fire)
\n\no Training and simulation drills for staff
\n\no Post clear safety instructions inside the buses for passengers
\n\n• Incident reporting and learning:
\n\no Standard forms and digital platforms for reporting accidents/near misses
\n\no Root cause analysis and feedback loops
\n\n\n\n
7. Monitoring and Evaluation
\n\n• Key performance indicators (KPIs):
\n\no Accident rate per 100,000 km
\n\no Number of traffic violations per driver
\n\no Number of emergency incidents per month
\n\n• Monitoring tools:
\n\no Telematics and dashboard analytics
\n\no Periodic audits and road safety inspections
\n\n• Review frequency:
\n\no Monthly internal review
\n\no Annual third-party audit aligned with World Bank requirements
\n\n8. Stakeholder Engagement and Communication
\n\n• Engagement strategy:
\n\no Consult local communities along routes on safety issues, specially targeted vulnerable groups such as children, women and disabled people
\n\no Establish hotline and feedback channels for passengers
\n\n• Disclosure:
\n\no Publicly accessible summary of safety performance (e.g., annual report)
\n\n• Coordination:
\n\no Collaboration with Cairo traffic police, municipalities, and NGOs
\n\n9. Training and Capacity Building
\n\n• Target groups: Drivers, maintenance teams, dispatchers, managers
\n\n• Training content:
\n\no Road safety awareness, emergency handling, EV-specific safety
\n\no First aid and passenger safety
\n\no Gender and disability sensitivity in transport safety
\n\n• Evaluation:
\n\no Certification system and refresher courses
\n\n10. Budget and Resources
\n\n• Safety investments:
\n\no Telematics and monitoring systems
\n\no Medical checkups and drug testing
\n\no Training and awareness materials and certifications
\n\no Safety audits and community campaigns
\n\n• Funding sources:
\n\no Operator’s operational budget
\n\no Public-private partnerships or donor-funded initiatives
\n\n11. Reporting and Continuous Improvement
\n\n• Internal reporting: Monthly and quarterly reports to management
\n\n• External reporting: Annual summary to World Bank and regulatory authorities
\n\n• Continuous improvement:
\n\no Lessons learned integrated into RSP updates
\n\no Benchmarking against international best practices
\n\n12. Annexes
\n\n• Annex A: Road Safety Plan Outline
\n\no Baseline Safety Assessment Report
\n\no Road Safety Risk Register, Analysis and Evaluation
\n\no Final Road Safety Implementation Toolkit
\n\no Stakeholder Consultation Report
\n\n• Annex B: Road Risk Assessment Matrix
\n\n• Annex C: Driver Safety Code of Conduct
\n\n• Annex D: Emergency Response Flowchart
\n\n• Annex E: Training Curriculum
\n\n• Annex F: Monitoring Checklist
"}]}